Document:

<PAGE>
[Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for
confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended. A copy of this Exhibit with the portions intact has been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.]

                                MASTER AGREEMENT

This Master Agreement, made and entered into this, by and between Select Comfort
Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of
Minnesota, hereinafter referred to as "Buyer" and XXXXXX, organized under the
laws of XXXXXXXX, hereinafter referred to as "Seller".

[Portions of this recital have been omitted pursuant to a request for
confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended. A copy of this Exhibit with this recital intact has been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.]

WINTNESS:

         WHEREAS, Buyer is a user of the goods hereinafter described and desires
to establish a formal relationship for the purchase from Seller of such goods;
and

         WHEREAS, Seller is the manufacturer and supplier of such goods and is
willing to provide and sell them to Buyer, all upon the terms and conditions
hereinafter stated.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants
herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1.
                                   DEFINATIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms, word and phrases, where
written with an initial capital letter, shall have the following meanings:

1.1      "Products" shall mean the air chambers manufactured by Seller according
         to the Master Specification Exhibit III attached;

1.2      "Improvements" shall mean modifications and/or enhancements to the
         design of products owned by Buyer, developed by either party during the
         term of this Agreement as per the Master Specification Exhibit III
         attached.

                                       1
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 2.
                               SUPPLY AND PURCHASE

2.1      During the term of this Agreement, Buyer agrees to purchase from
         Seller, and Seller agrees to supply to Buyer, at the prices determined
         in accordance herewith, and subject to the terms and conditions
         hereinafter set forth, the annual minimum volumes of Products set forth
         in Exhibit IV as defined by Exhibit III, Master Specification attached
         hereto from Seller.

2.2      Seller agrees that all air chamber "Products", as specified in Exhibit
         III, shall be delivered exclusively to Buyer or a company designated by
         the Buyer. All inquiries that Seller receives on a worldwide basis
         relative to Buyer's air chamber "Products" as specified in Exhibit III,
         shall be directed to Buyer.

                                   ARTICLE 3.
                  ORDERS, DELIVERY AND MODIFICATION OF PRODUCTS

3.1      Purchase Orders. Buyer shall submit purchase orders for the Products a
         minimum of 14 days prior to the requested delivery date. The delivery
         date is the date the order is expected to leave the factory en-route to
         the FOB point. Seller shall advise within 2 business days of receipt of
         the order if they are unable to fulfill the order as requested. All
         purchase orders shall be mutually executed in accordance with the terms
         and conditions of this Agreement and at the prices established herein.

3.2      Delivery of Products. Seller shall deliver the Products within the
         times specified on the individual purchase orders, in the quantities
         specified on the individual purchase orders and at the prices specified
         herein, all in accordance with Buyer's instructions and Master
         Specifications (Exhibit III). Buyer reserves the right to adjust the
         mix of the product with a minimum of 14 days notice from the requested
         delivery date.

3.3      Stock outs: Buyer shall reserve the right to assert claims for actual
         costs incurred due to the Seller's failure to deliver the product
         against a confirmed purchase order on the confirmed ship date. All
         claims shall be submitted in writing to the Seller and accompanied with
         supporting documentation. Seller may reserve the right to have the
         claim audited by an independent 3rd party. This claim shall include,
         but not be limited to, the following costs: expedited freight, in-bound
         and out-bound, sales lost due to Buyer's inability to meet the 7-10 day
         delivery commitment to our Customers, or any additional handling or
         overtime costs incurred as a result of the late delivery.

3.4      Shipping Terms. The initial shipping term for Products delivered by
         Seller to Buyer pursuant to this agreement shall be the shipping term
         set forth in Exhibit I. Such shipping term may be changed by the
         parties upon mutual agreement in writing at any time during the term of
         this agreement. The shipping terms stipulated by the Parties shall be
         interpreted in accordance with the terms of the Incoterm '90 defined by
         the International Chamber of Commerce. In the event of a change in the
         shipping term, the parties shall adjust the prices for Products set
         forth in Exhibit I to reflect the changed shipping term.

                                       2
<PAGE>

3.5      Packaging and shipping will be done according to the Master
         Specification (Exhibit III) and Buyers instructions that will be in
         conformity with the other paragraphs of the Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE 4.
                               QUALITY OF PRODUCTS

The quality of all Products delivered by Seller shall be in accordance with the
Quality Requirements and Acceptance Criteria, Exhibit II.

                                   ARTICLE 5.
                                   COOPERATION

The parties agree to cooperate in value engineering and product development
efforts relating to quality improvement and cost reduction of the Products. Such
efforts shall take the form and extent as mutually agreed to by the parties in
writing. A cost sharing formula for any savings achieved by these efforts shall
be mutually determined and the unit pricing established under Exhibit I shall be
revised accordingly to reflect such savings. It is Buyer's expectation that the
Seller take a lead role in investigating and presenting new material and process
improvements in the air chamber technology.

                                   ARTICLE 6.
                               PRICES AND PAYMENT

Prices and Adjustments. The pricing to be paid by the Buyer for the Products
purchased hereunder shall be the prices set forth in Exhibit I attached hereto.
In addition to any changes to such prices pursuant to Paragraph 3.4, such prices
may be subject to adjustments as agreed to by the parities. A minimum of 60 days
written notice is required prior to the effective date of the requested price
adjustment. The adjusted price shall be guaranteed for a minimum of 6 (six)
months from the effective date of the price adjustment. Such adjusted prices
shall be substituted for the prices set forth in Exhibit I, and a new Exhibit I,
as so modified shall be attached to this Agreement.

6.1      Payment Terms. Payment for delivered Products shall be made via a wire
         transfer by Buyer in United States Dollars thirty (30) days from the
         date of the Bill of Lading for Products ordered and delivered. Such
         payment terms may be changed by the parties upon mutual agreement in
         writing at any time during the term of this agreement.

                                       3
<PAGE>

6.2      Late Payments. If the Buyer is in delay of payment to the Seller,
         Seller reserves the right to assert a claim to the buyer for interest
         incurred at the rate of 0.05% per day for each day payment is delayed
         beyond the original due date of the invoice.
6.2.1    In the event that payment is delayed beyond 30 days from the original
         due date of the invoice, Supplier reserves the right to withhold
         confirmed shipments to the Buyer until payment for outstanding invoices
         is received by the Seller.

                                   ARTICLE 7.
                                      TAXES

         Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement Seller shall be
         responsible for and shall pay any and all (a) export duties, (b) gross
         receipt, income and pre-sale taxes and (c) other governmental charges
         which relate to the production, delivery and sale of the Products, as
         such are now or may hereafter be imposed under or by any state, local
         or municipal governmental authority or agency in the XXXXXXXXX. Seller
         shall not be responsible and shall not pay any taxes or charges as
         outlined in above levied after delivery to Buyer.

         [A portion of this Article has been omitted pursuant to a request for
         confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act
         of 1934, as amended. A copy of this Exhibit with this Article intact
         has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.]

                                   ARTICLE 8.
                             ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTY

8.   Buyer shall accept all Product that meets the Select Comforts Air Chamber,
     Rubber/Cotton Vulcanized, Test and Inspection Specification SP-004,
     conducted at the Seller site prior to shipment to Buyer. Buyer may forego
     inspection at the point of receipt or in-coming and/or in-process quality
     acceptance tests at the time the products are being prepared for shipment
     to Buyer's customers at its principal place(s) of business in Minneapolis,
     Minnesota; Irmo, South Carolina; and, Salt Lake City, Utah. Buyer and
     Seller shall agree to a quality discount percentage that will be applied to
     invoices at the time the Product ships from the Seller to Buyer. This
     quality discount XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX The quality discount
     will be reviewed at least every XXXX and adjusted based on the last XXXXXX
     activity. A review of the quality discount will be warranted prior to
     XXXXXXX in the event the quality discount average varies more than XXXXX
     from the established quality discount over any XXXXXXX period. In the event
     of a change in the quality discount, Exhibit II will be updated to reflect
     the revised quality discount.

[Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for
confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended. A

                                       4
<PAGE>

copy of this Exhibit with the portions intact has been filed separately with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.] 9.

         8.1.1.   Seller warrants to the Buyer from the date of delivery of the
                  Products to the Buyer in accordance with Section 3.2 of this
                  Agreement that all Products sold hereunder shall (i) be free
                  from any defects in material or workmanship and be of good and
                  merchantable quality, (ii) conform to Buyer's specifications
                  to any sample or prototype approved by Buyer and (iii) comply
                  and have been produced, processed and delivered in conformity
                  with Article 4 herein for the period defined in the warranty
                  schedule contained in Exhibit II, Quality Requirements and
                  Acceptance.

         8.1.2.   The foregoing warranties shall survive inspection of, delivery
                  of and payment for the Products and shall run in favor of
                  Buyer and its customers. If Seller breaches any of the
                  foregoing warranties during the term of the warranty period
                  specified in Exhibit II, or if Seller fails to perform or
                  comply with any provision of this Agreement, Seller shall be
                  liable to Buyer for any and all costs, expenses (including
                  reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs and litigation
                  expenses) and damages arising therefrom.

                                   ARTICLE 9.
                               PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

9.1   Buyer retains all proprietary rights in and to all designs of the air
      chambers, as specified in the Master Specification, Exhibit III. The
      Seller agrees to continuously undertake efforts concerning the quality
      improvements of the Products taking into consideration the market
      requirements and the economical production.

9.2   The Seller agrees to continue to make process and development improvements
      to the product according to special requests made by Buyer. Such
      improvements are made for consideration on basis of mutual written
      agreements of the parties. The costs of these development activities are
      to be borne as agreed upon in writing by both parties prior to the actual
      development activities.

9.3   Seller retains all proprietary rights in and to all engineering details
      and other data pertaining to its manufacturing technology and processes.

                                   ARTICLE 10.
                                   TRADEMARKS

Nothing contained in the Agreement will be deemed to grant either party any
right or interest in the trademarks, trade name, service marks, proprietary
words, or symbols which the other may have adopted or used at any time in the
course of its business.

                                       5
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 11.
                                 CONFIDENTIALITY

Each party agrees that all information disclosed to it or any of its affiliates
by other, whether verbally or in writing, shall be presumed to be proprietary
and confidential to such party, unless otherwise stated in writing. Each party
shall prevent the disclosure of any such proprietary information in strictest
confidence absent service of compulsory process. Each party shall not during the
term of this Agreement or thereafter, use any such proprietary information for
any purpose other than as specifically set forth in the Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE 12.
                             COMPETITIVE ACTIVITIES

During the term of this Agreement, Seller will not participate in the management
or operations of any enterprise engaged in activities in competition with the
business of Buyer.

                                   ARTICLE 13.
                              TERM AND TERMINATION

13.1     Term of Agreement. This agreement shall take effect as of the date
         hereof and shall continue in full force and effect for a period of (4)
         years and thereafter shall be automatically renewed for successive
         terms or (1) one year each. Either party may provide written notice to
         the other party at least 365 days prior to the expiration of the
         initial term or any renewal term of its desire not to renew this
         Agreement upon the expiration of the relevant term.

13.2     Termination. This Agreement may be terminated only in accordance with
         the following provisions:

         13.2.1   This Agreement may be terminated at any time upon the mutual
                  written consent of the parties hereto;

         13.2.2   Either party hereto may terminate this Agreement by giving
                  notice in writing to the other party in the event that the
                  other party is in material breach of this Agreement and shall
                  have failed to cure such breach within (30) thirty days of
                  receipt of written notice thereof from the first party
                  specifying the nature of the breach; or

         13.2.3   Either party hereto may terminate this Agreement at any time
                  by giving notice in writing to the other party, if (1) the
                  other party at any time (i) file or have filed against it a
                  petition of any type as to its bankruptcy, (ii) be adjudged
                  bankrupt or insolvent, (iii) make and assignment for the
                  benefit of its creditors, or (iv) go into liquidation
                  receivership; (2) a trustee, receiver or other equivalent
                  officer is appointed for the other party by any

                                       6
<PAGE>

                  court or governmental authority or any third party to
                  administrator or liquidate, who is not dismissed within (60)
                  sixty days of the date of appointment; or (3) dissolution
                  proceedings are commenced by or against the other party, which
                  are not dismissed within (60) sixty days of commencement.

         13.2.4   This Agreement may be terminated by Buyer or Seller with a
                  minimum of (365) three hundred sixty five days written notice
                  if either party discontinues using the Products in its
                  business.

13.3     Rights and Obligations on Termination. In the event of the termination
         of this agreement, the parties hereto shall have the following rights
         and obligations:

         13.3.1   The obligations of Seller and Buyer under the terms of
                  Sections 4, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 hereof shall survive the
                  termination of this Agreement.

         13.3.2   Within (20) twenty days after the termination of this
                  Agreement, each party shall either return to the other any and
                  all proprietary or provide a written certification of
                  destruction of such confidential information in its possession
                  or under its control.

         13.3.3   Termination or expiration of this Agreement shall not
                  release either party from the obligation to make payment to
                  the other party of all amounts then and thereafter due payable
                  under this Agreement within (30) thirty days of termination.

                                   ARTICLE 14.
                                  FORCE MAJEURE

14.1      Definition. Force Majeure shall mean any event or condition, not
         existing as of the date of signature of this Agreement, not reasonably
         foreseeable as of such date and not reasonably within the control of
         either party, which prevents in whole or in material part the
         performance of such obligations so difficult or costly as to make such
         performance commercially unreasonable. Without limiting the foregoing,
         the following shall constitute events or conditions of Force Majeure:
         acts of State or, governmental action, riots, disturbance, war,
         strikes, lockouts, slowdowns, prolonged shortage of energy supplies,
         epidemics, fire, flood, hurricane, typhoon, earthquake, lightning and
         explosion.

14.2     Notice. Upon giving notice to the other party, a party affected by an
         event of Force Majeure shall be released without any liability on its
         part from the performance of its obligations under this Agreement,
         except for the obligation to pay any amounts due and owing hereunder,
         but only to the extent and only for the period that its performance of
         such obligations is prevented by the event of Force Majeure. Such
         notice shall include a description of the nature of the event of Force
         Majeure, its cause and possible consequences. The party claiming Force
         Majeure shall promptly notify the other party to the terminations of
         such event.

14.3     Suspension of Performance. During the period that the performance by
         one of the parties of its obligations under this Agreement has been
         suspended by reason of an event of Force

                                       7
<PAGE>

         Majeure, the other party may likewise suspend the performance of all or
         part of its obligations hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE 15.
                           DISPUTES AND GOVERNING LAW

15.1     Disputes. The parties hereto shall submit any disputes arising under
         this Agreement to arbitration. Such arbitration proceedings shall be
         conducted in English and shall be carried on in the city of Vienna,
         Austria or any other place mutually agreeable to the Parties, under the
         UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules. Judgement upon the award rendered by the
         arbitrator in favor of the prevailing party, which shall include an
         award for the payment of costs, attorneys' fees and expenses of the
         arbitration proceedings, may be entered in any court of competent
         jurisdiction and assets may be attached in any country in the world
         pursuant to such judgement.

                                   ARTICLE 16.
                          GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

16.1     Relationship. This Agreement does not make either party hereto the
         employee, agent or legal representative of the other party for any
         purpose whatsoever. Neither party hereto is granted any right or
         authority to assume or to create any obligation or responsibility,
         expressed or implied, on behalf of or in the name of the other party.
         In fulfilling its obligations pursuant to the Agreement, each party
         hereto shall act as an independent contractor.

16.2     Assignment. Each party shall not assign or otherwise transfer any of
         its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior
         written consent of the other party. This Agreement and the rights and
         obligation arising hereunder shall not be affected by any change in the
         corporate structure of ownership of the parties.

16.3     Notices. All notices permitted or required to be given hereunder shall
         be delivered personally or sent by telecopy or registered or certified
         air mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to the
         addresses of the parties hereto as set forth above or to such other
         addresses as the given parties may designate by like notice from time
         to time. Notices so given shall be effective (a) upon the date of
         personal delivery, (b) if sent by telecopy, concurrently with the
         transmission thereof if the sender's machine produces a transmission
         report without notice of a communication fault, (c) on the (3rd) third
         business day following the date on which such notice is mailed by
         registered or certified air mail.

                                       8
<PAGE>

16.4     Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Exhibits attached
         hereto and by this reference made an integral part hereof, constitute
         the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject
         matter hereof and thereof, and supersede all previous proposals, verbal
         or written, expressed or implied, and all negotiations, conversations
         or discussions heretofore between the parties hereto related to the
         subject matter of this Agreement.

16.5     Amendment. This Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be
         modified, amended, rescinded, canceled or waived, in whole or in part,
         except by written statement signed by both parties hereto.

16.6     Severability. In the event that any of the terms of this Agreement are
         in conflict with any rule of law or statutory provision or otherwise
         unenforceable under the laws or regulations of any government or
         subdivision thereof, such terms shall be deemed stricken from this
         Agreement, but such invalidity or unenforceability of any such
         provisions hereof does substantial violence to, or where the invalid or
         unenforceable provisions comprise an integral part of, or otherwise
         inseparable from, the remainder of this Agreement.

16.7     Compliance with Applicable Laws. The parties to this Agreement shall at
         all times conduct their activities hereunder in accordance with all
         applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and governmental
         regulations.

16.8     Waiver. No failure by either party hereto to take any action or assert
         any right hereunder shall be deemed to be a waiver of such right in the
         event of the continuation or repetition of the circumstances giving
         rise to such right.

16.9     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in (2) two or more
         counterparts in the English language, each of which shall be deemed an
         original, but all of which shall constitute (1) one and the same
         instrument.

16.10    Remedies Cumulative. Each of the right and remedies of the parties set
         forth in this Agreement shall be cumulative with all other rights and
         remedies, as well as with all rights and remedies of the partied hereto
         otherwise available at law or in equity.

16.11    Indemnification. Each party shall indemnify the other and hold it
         harmless from and against any and all costs including reasonable
         attorneys' fees, court costs and litigation expenses, losses, expenses
         and damages incurred by the other party in connection with any claim or
         cause of action brought by any third person or part against it which,
         in whole or in part is based upon or arises out of any breach of any of
         its obligations hereunder.

                                       9
<PAGE>

16.12    Captions. The captions of Articles and Sections of this Agreement are
         included for convenient reference only, shall not be construed as part
         of this Agreement and shall not be used to define, limit, extend or
         interpret the terms hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed
on the day and year first written above.

SELECT COMFORT CORPERATION
                             -------------------------------------------------

By /s/ Kathleen Graber                By /s/ Ing. Jiri Kaluzik
                       --------------                           --------------

Title VP Supply Chain Mgmt            Title Managing Director
                       --------------                           --------------

Date:10/18/02                         Date:10/22/02
                       --------------                           --------------

EXHIBIT I
Product Part Number, Description and Pricing Structure

The following prices shall be in effect from January 2002 through December 2002
and shall only be amended in accordance with the provisions of Article 6.1,
Prices and payments. The baseline exchange rate used to determine the pricing is
$1.00 USD equals XXXX.

<Table>
<Caption>
       ITEM NUMBER        DESCRIPTION                COST / EA.
<S>                       <C>                        <C>
         100133           Mini Display                 $xxxx
         100270           Twin                         $xxxx
         100271           Full                         $xxxx
         100272           Queen Single                 $xxxx
         100273           Queen Dual                   $xxxx
         100274           E-King                       $xxxx
         100275           C-King                       $xxxx
         100276           TXL                          $xxxx
         100277           Super Single                 $xxxx
         100278           Super Queen                  $xxxx
         100279           Super King                   $xxxx
</Table>

                                       10
<PAGE>

<Table>
<Caption>
       ITEM NUMBER        DESCRIPTION                COST / EA.
<S>                       <C>                        <C>

         100281           Euro                         $xxxx
         105757           Expanded Queen               $xxxx
         105758           Flawed Twin                  $xxxx
         105759           Flawed Full                  $xxxx
         105760           Flawed Queen Dual            $xxxx
         105761           Flawed E-King                $xxxx
</Table>

[Portions of this Exhibit I have been omitted pursuant to a request for
confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended. A copy of this Exhibit with the portions intact has been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.]

DELIVERY/SHIPPING TERMS

o        FOB German - Bremerhaven or Hamburg Ocean Port, full 20' or 40'
         container delivered

PRICING/DISCOUNT STRUCTURE

Each January 1st, for the years 2003 - 2005 Exhibit I will be updated to reflect
the respective annual price reduction. In addition to the annual XXX reduction,
there will be an annual rebate program based on the following volume:
         400,001 - 500,000 air chambers per year (Jan 1 - Dec 31) XXX
         500,001 +         air chambers per year (Jan 1 - Dec 31) XXX

[Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for
confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended. A copy of this Exhibit with the portions intact has been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.]

These rebates will be calculated only on the air chambers shipped within the
calendar year, which exceed the volumes represented above. Eligible rebates will
be applied to the invoice at the point of shipment on the chambers that exceed
the volumes represented above.

EXHIBIT II

Quality Requirements and Acceptance Criteria

The Buyers engineering specifications and engineering drawing requirements take
precedence over other requirements communicated to the Seller, whether such
requirements are verbal or written, except where a Deviation From Specification
(DFS) is approved and issued to the Seller by the Buyer.

                                       11
<PAGE>

The Seller shall review pre-production, prototype, first-piece, sample, or other
initial part or product, with the Buyer. This review shall include
representative samples, process data, and inspection and test data, for the
purpose of determining if the part or product meets the Buyers engineering
specifications and engineering drawing requirements, as well as safety and other
regulatory requirements specific to the part or product supplied.

Either Seller or Buyer may initiate a DFS where there is a realized need to
depart from requirements documented within the Buyers engineering specifications
or engineering drawings.

The Seller shall review known part or product deficiencies with the Buyer prior
to shipping the part or product to the Buyer. In some instances, Buyer may
approve a DFS to allow the Seller to produce deficient parts or products for a
limited period of time, or to ship a limited quantity of parts or products
exhibiting a known deficiency.

Seller disputes concerning requirements, or whether part or product meets the
Buyers engineering specifications or engineering drawing requirements, shall be
reviewed and mediated by the Buyers representatives from the Quality Control,
Manufacturing Engineering, R&D, and Supply Chain Management departments.

The Seller shall install appropriate controls and methods to ensure the part or
product supplied meets the Buyers engineering specifications and engineering
drawing requirements upon final delivery to the Buyer. Seller controls shall be
considered for, but not limited to, operations within raw material receiving,
work-in-process, finished goods, packaging, and shipping.

Buyer may, at any point, reject part or product that does not meet the Buyers
engineering specifications, engineering drawing requirements, or deviated
requirements (per an approved and issued DFS). This shall include at the
receiving, storage, value-added operations, packaging, shipping, or customer
service stages of Buyer's use, and/or sale of the supplied part or product.

Rejected part or product shall be reviewed by the Buyer with the Seller for the
purpose of making a disposition of the part or product. The Seller shall have
the opportunity to review rejected part or product, and to dispute the
determination of rejection.

Where a rejection is found to be valid, the Seller shall perform an analysis of
the part, product, process, or other element within the Seller's scope of
operations, as necessary, and issue a report of corrective action to the Buyer.

The Seller shall allow buyer representatives to discuss, review, inspect,
measure, test, or otherwise evaluate part or product issues with Seller
representatives within the Seller's manufacturing facility(ies), at a Buyer's
facility, or at a mutually agreed upon location. Upon suitable notification to
the Seller, Buyer shall be allowed to verify compliance with this agreement, and
to perform on-site audits of the Seller's

                                       12
<PAGE>

manufacturing processes related to part or product as specified and purchased by
the Buyer.

Seller efforts to improve, cost-reduce, boost efficiencies, or otherwise change
the part, product, or the process originally agreed to, shall be reviewed in
advance with the Buyer, whether or not this activity has any affect or influence
on the part or product meeting the Buyer's engineering specifications or
engineering drawing requirements.

The Seller shall review plans to subcontract to another corporate entity, any
part or product the Buyer has contracted with the Seller to supply. This review
shall be completed prior to any such subcontracting, and shall include the
review and approval by the buyer of the Seller's quality plan for the
subcontracted part or product. In some instances, Buyer will require first piece
samples, including inspection and test data, from the subcontractor prior to
approval of part or product manufactured by the subcontractor. In any event, the
Seller shall remain fully and completely responsible for supplying the part or
product to the Buyer's engineering specification and engineering drawing
requirements.

All air chamber testing shall be in accordance with Select Comfort's Air
Chamber, Rubber/Cotton Vulcanized Construction, Test and Inspection
Specification SP-004.

QUALITY DISCOUNT PERCENTAGE: as of February 2002 is XXX and shall remain in
effect as outlined in Article 8.

[Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for
confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended. A copy of this Exhibit with the portions intact has been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.]

WARRANTY SCHEDULE:

January 1, 2002 - December 31, 2003         36 Month warranty period
January 1, 2004 - December 31, 2005         48 Month warranty period
January 1, 2006 and beyond                  60 Month warranty period

                                       13
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT III
Master Specification

[The entire contents of this Exhibit III have been omitted pursuant to a request
for confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended. A copy of this Exhibit with the contents intact has been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                       14
<PAGE>

Exhibit IV
Forecasted Volume
<Table>
<Caption>
Fiscal Year                  Volume Range

<S>                          <C>
2002                         425,000 - 475,000
2003                         450,000 - 500,000
2004                         475,000 - 525,000
2005                         525,000 - 575,000
</Table>

Best effort will be made to submit standard purchase orders that represent 12
equal monthly quantities plus or minus 20% in any given month.

Fiscal Year means the twelve-month period from January 1 through December 31.
Any changes to the volumes represented above shall be mutually agreed to with a
minimum of three months notice prior to the requested change date.<PAGE>

                       METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                               ADOPTION AGREEMENT
                                      FOR A
                                NON-STANDARDIZED
                           401(k)/PROFIT SHARING PLAN

BY SIGNING THIS ADOPTION AGREEMENT, YOU (THE EMPLOYER) ARE ADOPTING OR AMENDING
A 401(k)/PROFIT SHARING PLAN FOR THE BENEFIT OF YOUR ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES. THE
TERMS OF THE PLAN ARE CONTAINED IN THE METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT AND IN THIS ADOPTION AGREEMENT.

PLEASE FILL OUT THIS ADOPTION AGREEMENT COMPLETELY AND PROPERLY. FAILURE TO DO
SO MAY RESULT IN PLAN DISQUALIFICATION. PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT CLEARLY WITH A PEN;
DO NOT USE A PENCIL. PLEASE MAKE A COPY OF THIS ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR YOUR
RECORDS.

PART A - GENERAL INFORMATION                          (PLAN SECTIONS 2.9, 2.20)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A.1      NAME OF PLAN: This Plan shall be known as the Select Comfort Profit
                                                       ---------------------
         Sharing and 401(k) Plan
         -----------------------

A.2.     NAME OF THE EMPLOYER: Select Comfort Corporation
                               --------------------------

A.3.     EMPLOYER TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: 41-1597886
                                             ----------

A.4.     EMPLOYER'S ADDRESS: 6104 Trenton Lane North, Plymouth, MN 55442
                             -------------------------------------------

A.5.     EMPLOYER'S TELEPHONE NUMBER: (763) 551-8770
                                      --------------

A.6.     TYPE OF BUSINESS ENTITY:

         [ ] Sole Proprietor                       [ ] S Corporation
         [ ] Partnership                           |X| C Corporation
         [ ] Limited Liability Partnership         [ ] Tax-Exempt Organization
         [ ] Limited Liability Company             [ ] Governmental Entity
                                                   [ ] Other
                                                             -----------------

A.7.     DATE EMPLOYER'S BUSINESS COMMENCED: February 1987
                                             -------------

A.8.     LAST DAY OF EMPLOYER'S TAXABLE YEAR: December 31
                                              -----------
                                                                  (month/day)
A.9.     PLAN NUMBER: 001
                      ---

                 (C) 2000, METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

                                       1
<PAGE>

A.10.    PLAN YEAR                                          (PLAN SECTION 2.23)

         The Plan Year is the Employer's Taxable Year unless another 12
         consecutive month period is selected below.

         [ ]      Indicate last day of Plan Year if other than the Employer's
                  Taxable Year ___________
                               (month/day)

         [ ]      For short Plan Years created by this Adoption Agreement, the
                  Plan Year will be the period commencing on ___________ and
                  ending on ___________;                     (month/day)
                            (month/day)
                  thereafter, the Plan Year will be the 12 month period ending
                  on ___________.
                     (month/day)

A.11.    LIMITATION YEAR                                 (PLAN SECTION 13.1(h))

         For the purpose of determining whether the Plan has limited the
         Participants' Annual Additions under IRC Section 415, the Limitation
         Year is the Plan Year.

A.12.    NAME OF PLAN(S) BEING AMENDED:  Select Comfort Profit Sharing and
         401(k) Plan                     ---------------------------------
         -----------
         Original Effective Date(s):  January 1, 1994
                                      ---------------

A.13.    ADOPTION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN (COMPLETE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING.)
        (PLAN SECTION 2.6)

         [ ]      The Effective Date of the new Plan established by the
                  execution of this Adoption Agreement is: _________ (CANNOT BE
                  EARLIER THAN THE FIRST DAY OF THE PLAN YEAR IN WHICH THIS PLAN
                  IS ADOPTED. PLEASE NOTE, HOWEVER, THAT UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES
                  MAY 401(k) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS COMMENCE PRIOR TO THE DATE
                  THIS PLAN IS ADOPTED.)

         |X|      The Effective Date of Amendment(s) adopted by the execution of
                  this Adoption Agreement is: January 1, 1997 unless specified
                  otherwise.                  --------------------------------
                  ----------

(SPECIAL NOTE: IF THIS PLAN IS ADOPTED OR AMENDED EFFECTIVE AS OF THE 1997,
1998, 1999, 2000 OR 2001 PLAN YEAR, THEN THE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS C.3 (SAFE
HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS), C.6 (ADP/ACP TESTING METHOD), C.7, (DETERMINATION OF
HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES) D.8 (MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS AND CASH-OUT OF ACCOUNT
BALANCES) ARE EFFECTIVE FOR THE 2002 PLAN YEAR AND LATER. THE OPERATION OF THE
PROVISIONS OF THESE SECTIONS DURING THE 1997-2001 PLAN YEARS, TO THE EXTENT
APPLICABLE, IS REFLECTED IN SECTION G OF THIS ADOPTION AGREEMENT)

A.14.    FROZEN PLAN AMENDMENT

         [ ]      EFFECTIVE ______________, THIS PLAN IS FROZEN. ALL
                  CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PLAN WILL CEASE AND NO NEW PARTICIPANTS
                  WILL BE ALLOWED TO ENTER THE PLAN. (If elected, skip Parts B
                  and C.1 - C.5. Go directly to Part C.6.).

                                       2
<PAGE>

PART B - PARTICIPATION                                         (PLAN SECTION 4)

B.1.     ELIGIBILITY FOR 401(k) AND AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS

         AGE REQUIREMENT

         There will be no age requirement unless checked below.

         |X|      An Employee must have attained the age of 21 (MAY NOT BE
                  GREATER THAN 21).

         SERVICE REQUIREMENT

         There will be no service requirement unless checked below.
         |X|      One Year of Service is required for part time employees (under
                  30 hours per week). (If elected, complete the "Year Of
                  Service" information under B.4)
         [ ]      ____ Months of Service (NOT TO EXCEED 12. If the service
                  requirement selected is less than 12 months, an Employee will
                  not be required to complete any specified number of Hours of
                  Service to receive credit for such eligibility period.)

B.2.     SPECIAL ELIGIBILITY FOR EMPLOYER MATCHING AND SUPPLEMENTAL PROFIT
         SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS

         |X|      If elected, the following special eligibility conditions will
                  apply for all Employer Matching Contributions and Supplemental
                  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, as elected below.
                  Otherwise, the above eligibility requirements for 401(k) and
                  After-Tax Savings Contributions will apply for all Employer
                  Matching Contributions and Supplemental Employer Profit
                  Sharing Contributions.

                  AGE REQUIREMENT

                  There will be no age requirement unless checked below.

                  |X|      An Employee must have attained the age of 21 (MAY NOT
                           BE GREATER THAN 21).

                  SERVICE REQUIREMENT

                  There will be no service requirement unless checked below.

                  [ ]      One Year of Service. (If elected, complete the "Year
                           Of Service" information under B.4)

                  [ ]      Two Years of Service. (IF ELECTED COMPLETE THE "YEAR
                           OF SERVICE" INFORMATION UNDER B.4, AND ELECT THE 100%
                           VESTING (VESTING SCHEDULE C) UNDER D.1.)

                  [ ]      ____ Months of Service (NOT TO EXCEED 12. If the
                           service requirement selected is less than 12 months,
                           an Employee will not be required to complete any
                           specified number of Hours of Service to receive
                           credit for such eligibility period.)

B.3.     WAIVER OF ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW OR AMENDED PLAN

         [ ]      If checked, each Employee employed by a participating Employer
                  on the Effective Date or Amendment Date, is automatically
                  eligible to participate without meeting any age or service
                  requirement. Employees hired after the Effective Date or
                  Amendment Date are eligible upon satisfying any service and/or
                  age requirement.

                                       3
<PAGE>

B.4.     SERVICE RULES FOR ELIGIBILITY

         YEAR OF SERVICE (CHOOSE EITHER ELAPSED TIME OR HOURS OF SERVICE METHOD)

         [ ]      ELAPSED TIME METHOD                         (PLAN SECTION 3B)

                  An Employee's Service will be determined using the Elapsed
                  Time Method.

         |X|      HOURS OF SERVICE METHOD                     (PLAN SECTION 3A)

                  An Employee's service will be determined by counting Hours of
                  Service during the Computation Period.

                  The Employee must complete 1000 Hours of Service during a
                  Computation Period to be credited with a Year of Service
                  unless a lesser number is here indicated ___________.
                  (INSERT NUMBER; CANNOT EXCEED 1,000.)

         |X|      ACTUAL HOURS COUNTING METHOD. The Plan Administrator will
                  determine if the Participant is entitled to a Year of Service
                  as defined above by counting the actual hours the Employee
                  worked or for which he or she is paid during the Computation
                  Period unless the Equivalency Method is elected below.

         [ ]      EQUIVALENCY METHOD. Instead of counting actual hours, the
                  Employee is credited with the specified number of hours as
                  elected:
                  [ ]      10 hours per day
                  [ ]      45 hours per week
                  [ ]      95 per half month
                  [ ]      190 hours per month

         ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIODS

         Computation Periods used to measure an Employee's Years of Service for
         eligibility purposes are:

         [ ]      An Employee's Employment Years.

         |X|      An Employee's first Employment Year, the first Plan Year
                  beginning within his first Employment Year, and subsequent
                  Plan Years. (CANNOT BE SELECTED IF THE ELAPSED TIME METHOD IS
                  CHOSEN ABOVE.)

B.5.     PRIOR SERVICE WITH OTHER BUSINESSES        (PLAN SECTIONS 3A.10, 3B.6)

         REQUIRED CREDITING OF PRIOR SERVICE WITH OTHER BUSINESSES

         Service with the following employers described in this paragraph will
         automatically count as service for the purpose of determining
         eligibility and vesting: (a) Employers that are related in the manner
         described in Code Section 414 (b), (c), (m) or (o), limited to the time
         the entities were related, unless prior service is also elected below;
         or (b) predecessor employers who previously carried on the current
         Employer's business and maintained this Plan.

                                       4
<PAGE>

         OPTIONAL CREDITING OF PRIOR SERVICE WITH OTHER BUSINESSES

         [ ]      RELATED EMPLOYERS - PRIOR SERVICE. Years of Service with the
                  entities related to the Employer in the manner described in
                  Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) shall include years
                  BEFORE such entities were so related, only if such employers
                  are listed below:

                  --------------------------------------------------------------

                  --------------------------------------------------------------

         [ ]      OTHER EMPLOYERS.

                  (i) List any predecessor employer who previously carried on
                  the Employer's business, but DID NOT previously maintain this
                  Plan, for which service will be counted for eligibility and
                  vesting:

                  --------------------------------------------------------------

                  --------------------------------------------------------------

                  (ii) List any prior employer, other than an predecessor
                  employer, for which service will be counted for eligibility
                  and vesting. (In order to grant this pre-participation
                  service, you must determine that such crediting of this
                  service has met the requirements of Treasury Reg. Section
                  1.401(a)(4)-11(d)(3)(iii)).

                  --------------------------------------------------------------

                  --------------------------------------------------------------

B.6.     ENTRY DATES                                   (PLAN SECTIONS 4.3, 4.5)

                  The Plan's Entry Dates will be the first day of each of the
                  first and seventh months of the Plan Year, unless otherwise
                  elected below:

         [ ]      Payroll Entry Dates. The first day of each payroll period is
                  an Entry Date.

         |X|      Monthly Entry Dates. The first day of each month is an Entry
                  Date.

         [ ]      Quarterly Entry Dates. The first day of each of the first,
                  fourth, seventh and tenth months of the Plan Year is an Entry
                  Date.

         [ ]      Annual Entry Date. The first day of each Plan Year is an Entry
                  Date. (Service requirement may not be greater than 6 months
                  and age requirement may not be greater than 20 1/2.)

         [ ]      The Effective Date of this plan amendment is an Entry Date.
                  (This is a special one-time election to allow the effective
                  date of this amendment to be an Entry Date. The Plan's
                  subsequent Entry Dates will be as elected above.)

                  The original Effective Date of the Plan is an Entry Date.

B.7.     CLASS EXCLUSIONS                                    (PLAN SECTION 4.1)

         The following classes of individuals are not eligible to participate:

         |X|      All Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement,
                  where retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
                  bargaining with the Employer and the agreement does not call
                  for inclusion in this Plan, except for the following unit(s)
                  of Employees:
                  -------------------------------------------------------------

                  -------------------------------------------------------------

         [ ]      All nonresident alien Employees who receive no compensation
                  from the Employer which

                                       5
<PAGE>

                  constitutes income from sources within the United States.

         |X|      All individuals performing services for the Employer under an
                  agreement, whether oral or written, by which they acknowledge
                  their status as independent contractors, notwithstanding that
                  such person is later determined by a court of competent
                  jurisdiction or the Internal Revenue Service to be common law
                  employees for tax purposes.

         |X|      All individuals performing services for the Employer under a
                  leasing arrangement entered into between the Employer and some
                  other person, notwithstanding the fact that he or she is later
                  determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or the
                  Internal Revenue Service to be a common law employee or a
                  Leased Employee.

         [ ]      Employees who became Employees as the result of a "Section
                  410(b)(6)(C) transaction" during the period beginning on the
                  date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the
                  transition period. This class exclusion applies to all such
                  Employees except Employees of the following prior Employer(s)
                  or division(s):
                                 -----------------------------------------------

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  (IF APPLICABLE, LIST ANY PRIOR EMPLOYER(s) OR DIVISION(s)
                  INVOLVED IN THE SECTION 410(b)(6)(c) TRANSACTION WHICH YOU
                  WANT TO INCLUDE IN THE PLAN DURING THE TRANSITION PERIOD.)

         |X|      Other (specify): Employees hired for a specific period of time
                  or for the completion of a specific project.

         (NOTE: THE EXCLUSION SELECTED IN OTHER ABOVE CANNOT BE BASED UPON THE
         NUMBER OF HOURS WORKED BY PARTICIPANTS SUCH AS PART-TIME EMPLOYEES
         RELATED EMPLOYERS REQUIRED TO BE AGGREGATED WITH THE SPONSORING
         EMPLOYER UNDER CODE SECTION 414(b), (c), (m) OR (o), ARE AUTOMATICALLY
         EXCLUDED FROM THIS PLAN UNLESS THEY ADOPT THE PLAN AT F.4 OF THIS
         ADOPTION AGREEMENT. ALTHOUGH THE PLAN MAY EXCLUDE A RELATED EMPLOYER,
         THE PLAN WILL NEED TO PASS ALL THE REQUIRED COVERAGE AND
         NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS.)

PART C - CONTRIBUTIONS

C.1.     401(K) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS                        (PLAN SECTION 5.1)

         [ ]      No 401(k) Savings Contributions will be permitted in this
                  Plan. This Plan is a Profit Sharing Plan only.

         |X|      Each Participant may make 401(k) Savings Contributions in
                  accordance with the provisions and limits in the Plan
                  document. A Participant's 401(k) Savings Contributions shall
                  be equal to at least (Check applicable box(es).):

                  [ ]      $          (MINIMUM OF $1.00)
                            ----------
                  |X|      one percent (1%) of Plan Compensation (MINIMUM OF 1%)

                           A Participant's 401(k) Savings Contributions in a
                           Plan Year may not exceed fifty percent (50%) of his
                           or her Plan Compensation for the year. (IF A LIMIT IS
                           DESIRED, INSERT A PERCENTAGE THAT WILL NOT EXCEED THE
                           SECTION 415(c) MAXIMUM PERCENTAGE).

                  [ ]      If checked, notwithstanding the above limitation, a
                           Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee may
                           not make 401(k) Savings Contributions in a Plan Year
                           in

                                       6
<PAGE>

                           excess of_____% of his or her Plan Compensation for
                           the year. (PLEASE NOTE: THE PERCENTAGE INSERTED IN
                           THIS LIMITATION MUST BE LESS THAN THE PERCENTAGE
                           INSERTED IN THE ABOVE LIMITATION. INSERT A PERCENTAGE
                           THAT WILL NOT EXCEED THE SECTION 415(c) MAXIMUM
                           PERCENTAGE ).

         SPECIAL ELECTION FOR BONUS PAYMENTS.

         |X|      The Employer will permit the Participants to make a special
                  deferral election applicable to the annual management bonus
                  payment only. This election will OVERRIDE the Participant's
                  then current 401(k) Savings Contribution election as it
                  relates to bonus payments only. This election applies only to
                  those bonuses identified as annual management bonuses.

                  By making this election, the Employer will allow the
                  Participants to defer all or any portion of a bonus payment up
                  to: (CHECK ONE BOX, IF A LIMIT IS DESIRED)

                  |X|      50 % (100% MAXIMUM)

                  [ ]      $
                             -----------

                  (NOTE: 401(k) Savings Contributions and Deferrals from Bonus
                  Payments are subject to regulatory limits. Such Deferrals from
                  Bonus Payments may not cause a Participant's 401(k) Savings
                  Contributions for the Plan Year to exceed his or her Plan
                  Compensation times the Plan maximum allowable deferral
                  percentage or the maximum dollar amount permitted under
                  Section 402(g) of the Code.)

         DEEMED 401(k) CONTRIBUTION ELECTION                 (PLAN SECTION 5.1)

         [ ]      Each eligible Participant will be deemed to make 401(k)
                  Savings Contributions in accordance with Section 5.1 of the
                  Plan at the rate of ___% of Plan Compensation for each
                  payroll period, unless such Participant timely elects another
                  percentage, including 0%, in a format authorized by the
                  Employer. Otherwise, Participants must affirmatively elect to
                  make 401(k) Savings Contributions. Deemed 401(k) Contributions
                  and any attributable Employer Matching Contributions will be
                  invested in the Plan's default investment election, which is
                  selected by the Employer.

                  EMPLOYEES AFFECTED BY THE DEEMED 401(k) CONTRIBUTION ELECTION
                  (CHOOSE ONE):

                  [ ]      Employees first eligible to participate in the Plan
                           on and after the Adoption Date or Amendment Date
                           specified in Section A.13 of the Adoption Agreement.

                  [ ]      Employees first eligible to participate in the Plan
                           before, on or after the Adoption Date or Amendment
                           Date specified in Section A.13 of the Adoption
                           Agreement.

C.2.     AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS                     (PLAN SECTION 6.1)

         [ ]      Participants may make After-Tax Savings Contributions to the
                  Plan in accordance with the provisions and limits in the Plan
                  document. A Participant's After-Tax Savings Contributions
                  shall be equal to at least (CHECK APPLICABLE BOX(ES).):

                  [ ]      $         (MINIMUM OF $1.00)
                            ---------

                  [ ]           % of Plan Compensation (MINIMUM OF 1%)
                           -----

                                       7
<PAGE>

                  A Participant's After-Tax Savings Contributions in a Plan Year
                  may not exceed _______% (MAXIMUM 10%) of his or her Plan
                  Compensation for the year. (IF A LIMIT IS DESIRED, INSERT THE
                  PERCENTAGE).

                  [ ]      If checked, notwithstanding the above limitation, a
                           Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee may
                           not make After-Tax Savings Contributions in a Plan
                           Year in excess of ____% of his or her Plan
                           Compensation for the year. (PLEASE NOTE: THE
                           PERCENTAGE INSERTED IN THIS LIMITATION MUST BE LESS
                           THAN THE PERCENTAGE INSERTED IN THE ABOVE LIMITATION.
                           INSERT A PERCENTAGE THAT WILL NOT EXCEED THE SECTION
                           415(c) MAXIMUM PERCENTAGE ).

                  (NOTE: IF YOU ELECT TO USE THE SAFE HARBOR RULES UNDER C.3 FOR
                  A PLAN YEAR BEGINNING ON OR AFTER JANUARY 1,1999, YOU MUST
                  PERFORM ACP TESTING AT LEAST TO THE EXTENT OF AFTER-TAX
                  SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS).

C.3.     SAFE HARBOR EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS          (PLAN SECTIONS 5.10, 6.10)

         THE PLAN WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO THE ANNUAL ADP/ACP TESTING TO THE
         EXTENT THE EMPLOYER ELECTS THE SAFE HARBOR OPTION, ONE OF THE SAFE
         HARBOR CONTRIBUTION FORMULAS AND COMPLIES WITH ALL OF THE STATED RULES,
         EXCEPT THAT ACP TESTING OF AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS WILL BE
         REQUIRED IF ELECTED IN SECTION C.2 OF THIS ADOPTION AGREEMENT. THIS
         SECTION WILL APPLY TO ELECTIONS FOR PLAN YEARS BEGINNING ON OR AFTER
         JANUARY 1, 2002. Safe Harbor elections for the 1999, 2000 and/or 2001
         Plan Year(s) are reflected in Section G.7. of this Adoption Agreement.

         [ ]      The Employer elects to satisfy the Safe Harbor Method under
                  Plan Sections 5.10 and 6.10. The Employer elects to satisfy
                  the contribution requirement either by an election under the
                  following "(a) Employer Matching Contributions" formulas
                  and/or under the "(b) Employer Qualified Non-Elective
                  Contribution." These contributions are immediately 100% vested
                  and subject to the same withdrawal restrictions as 401(k)
                  Savings Contributions as described in IRC Section 401(k)(2)(B)
                  (other than hardship withdrawals).

                  (NOTE: FOR ANY PLAN YEAR THAT THE EMPLOYER MAKES THIS SAFE
                  HARBOR ELECTION, NO DISCRETIONARY EMPLOYER MATCHING
                  CONTRIBUTION WHICH EXCEEDS 4% OF PLAN COMPENSATION OR ANY
                  EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTION WHICH MATCHES PLAN
                  COMPENSATIONS OF MORE THAN 6% WILL BE ALLOWED IN ADDITION TO
                  THE SAFE HARBOR EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION.).

                  [ ]      SAFE HARBOR EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. The
                           Employer elects to make a Safe Harbor Employer
                           Matching Contribution under one of the following
                           formulas (Choose one):

                           [ ]      BASIC FORMULA. The Employer will contribute
                                    100% of the 401(k) Savings Contributions on
                                    the first 3% of the Participant's Plan
                                    Compensation plus 50% of the 401(k) Savings
                                    Contributions on the next two percent of the
                                    Participant's Plan Compensation.

                           [ ]      ALTERNATE FORMULA. The Employer will
                                    contribute a Matching Contribution of 100%
                                    of the 401(k) Savings Contributions up to
                                    _____% (CHOOSE 4, 5 OR 6) of the
                                    Participant's Plan Compensation.

                           MATCHING PERIODS

                           If the Employer has elected to make a Matching
                           Contribution to meet the Safe

                                       8
<PAGE>

                           Harbor requirements for ADP/ACP, then the Employer
                           should designate the Matching Contribution Period.
                           The period elected will be used as the allocation
                           period and the period for which Plan Compensation is
                           determined. If the period elected is not the Plan
                           Year, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions must be
                           deposited by the last day of the following quarter.
                           The Plan Year will be the Matching Period unless a
                           different period is elected below:

                           [ ]      Pay Period
                           [ ]      Monthly
                           [ ]      Quarterly
                           [ ]      Semi-annually

         [ ]      SAFE HARBOR EMPLOYER NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. The Employer
                  elects to make Safe Harbor Employer Non-Elective
                  Contributions, in lieu of Safe Harbor Employer Matching
                  Contributions. The Employer will make a contribution equal to
                  _________% (no less than 3%) of each eligible Participant's
                  Plan Compensation to the Plan, regardless of whether such
                  Participant has elected to make 401(k) Savings Contributions.
                  This contribution will be made to this Plan, unless the box
                  below is checked:

                  [ ]      Instead of being made to this Plan, the Employer will
                           make the Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions to
                           another qualified defined contribution plan sponsored
                           by the Employer and covering the same group of
                           employees.

                                Name of Plan:
                                             ----------------------------------

C.4.     EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS                     (PLAN SECTION 8.4)

         If elected below, an Employer Matching Contribution may be made to the
         Plan. Each Plan Year, the Employer will make Employer Matching
         Contributions on behalf of each Participant who makes Matchable Savings
         Contributions during the Plan Year in accordance with whichever of the
         following boxes are checked below. (IF THE EMPLOYER ELECTS ANY OF THE
         MATCHING CONTRIBUTION OPTIONS BELOW, THE PLAN MUST PASS THE ACP TESTING
         ANNUALLY FOR THOSE CONTRIBUTIONS, UNLESS THE EMPLOYER MATCHING IS MADE
         IN ADDITION TO THE SAFE HARBOR EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION AND MEETS SPECIFIC
         REQUIREMENTS.)

         [ ]      STATED MATCHING FORMULA. The Employer Matching Contribution
                  will be equal to _______% (such as 50%, or 100%) of the
                  Participant's Matchable Savings Contributions during the
                  Matching Period, subject to any limit indicated below.

                  LIMIT ON EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

                  [ ]      Matchable Savings Contributions above $____ or ____%
                           (such as 6%) of the Participant's Plan Compensation
                           during the Matching Period will not be matched. (IF A
                           LIMIT IS DESIRED, INSERT THE DOLLAR AMOUNT OR
                           PERCENTAGE.)

         [ ]      STATED TIERED MATCHING FORMULA. The Matching Contribution will
                  be based on a two-tiered formula as follows (NOTE: THE RATE OF
                  THE EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS CANNOT INCREASE AS A
                  PARTICIPANT'S RATE OF MATCHABLE SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS
                  INCREASE.):

                                       9
<PAGE>

                  1)   Provide a Matching Contribution of ______ % (such as 50%)
                       of the Participant's Matchable Savings Contributions up
                       to the first ______ % (such as 3%) of the Participant's
                       Plan Compensation, plus

                  2)   Provide a Matching Contribution of ______ % (such as 50%)
                       of the Participant's Matchable Savings Contributions up
                       to the next ______ % (such as 3%) of the Participant's
                       Plan Compensation.

         |X|      DISCRETIONARY MATCHING FORMULA. The Employer may make Matching
                  Contributions in a discretionary amount or percentage
                  determined each Plan Year on behalf of each Participant who
                  makes Matchable Savings Contributions. At the discretion of
                  the Employer, the amount or percentage of Matchable Savings
                  Contributions that will be matched each Plan Year may be
                  limited.

         [ ]      ADDITIONAL ANNUAL DISCRETIONARY MATCHING FORMULA. An Employer
                  who is making stated or discretionary Employer Matching
                  Contributions under any of the above options may make an
                  additional annual discretionary Employer Matching Contribution
                  for the Plan Year in an amount determined each Plan Year on
                  behalf of each Participant who makes Matchable Savings
                  Contributions. At the discretion of the Employer, the amount
                  or percentage of matchable savings that will be matched each
                  Plan Year may be limited. The Additional Annual Discretionary
                  Matching Contributions will be allocated in accordance with
                  either of the allocation methods allowed above for the regular
                  Discretionary Matching Formula.

         (NOTE: FOR ANY PLAN YEAR THAT THE EMPLOYER MAKES A SAFE HARBOR ELECTION
         NO DISCRETIONARY EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTION WHICH EXCEEDS 4% OF
         PLAN COMPENSATION OR ANY EMPLOYER MATCHING WHICH MATCHES PLAN
         COMPENSATION OF MORE THAN 6% WILL BE ALLOWED IN ADDITION TO THE SAFE
         HARBOR EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION.)

         MATCHABLE SAVINGS

         The Employer will make all Employer Matching Contributions based on
         401(k) Savings Contributions only.

         MATCHING PERIODS

         The Employer may make an Employer Matching Contribution for each
         Matching Period. The Matching Period will be the Plan Year, unless any
         one of the following boxes are checked:

         [ ]      Pay Period
         [ ]      Monthly
         |X|      Quarterly
         [ ]      Semi-annually
         [ ]      At the discretion of the Employer and so designated by the
                  Board of Directors of the Employer in the resolution
                  announcing the amount of the Matching Contribution. (MAY ONLY
                  BE USED IF A DISCRETIONARY MATCHING CONTRIBUTION IS SELECTED.)

         ANNUAL TRUE-UP MATCHING CONTRIBUTION.

         |X|      Where the Matching Period selected is not the Plan Year, the
                  Employer may make an

                                       10
<PAGE>

               additional Matching Contribution, which shall be allocated among
               those Participants whose Matchable Savings Contributions, when
               examined on an annual basis, was lower than the maximum
               percentage of Plan Compensation for which Matching Contributions
               could be made.

         EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENT FOR AN EMPLOYER MATCHING ALLOCATION

         Unless the Employer checks any of the boxes below, a Participant who,
         during a Matching Contribution Period, was making Matchable Savings
         Contributions and was employed at any point during such period is
         entitled to share in the allocation of Matching Contributions for the
         Matching Contribution Period. (CHECK THE APPLICABLE BOX(ES))

         [ ]      A Participant must be employed by the Employer on the last day
                  of the Plan Year or terminate employment during the Plan Year
                  with more than 500 Hours of Service. (CAN ONLY BE ELECTED IF
                  THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION PERIOD IS THE PLAN YEAR AND YOU DO
                  NOT ELECT ANY OTHER BOXES BELOW.)

         |X|      A Participant must be employed by the Employer on the last day
                  of the Matching Contribution Period to share in the allocation
                  of Employer Matching Contributions for such period.

         [ ]      Participant must have completed at least ____ Hours of
                  Service (CANNOT EXCEED 1,000) for the Employer during the Plan
                  Year to receive an Employer Matching Contribution for the Plan
                  Year. (CAN ONLY BE ELECTED IF THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION PERIOD
                  IS THE PLAN YEAR).

         [ ]      At the discretion of the Employer, the employment requirements
                  for an allocation will be designated by the Board of Directors
                  of the Employer in the resolution announcing the amount of the
                  Matching Contribution, but in no event shall a Matching
                  Contribution be denied to any Participant who is employed on
                  the last day of the Plan Year and who has completed at least
                  1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year. (MAY ONLY BE USED
                  IF A DISCRETIONARY MATCHING CONTRIBUTION IS SELECTED.)

         (EXCEPTION: A PARTICIPANT WHOSE EMPLOYMENT WITH THE EMPLOYER ENDS
         BECAUSE OF HIS OR HER RETIREMENT, DISABILITY, OR DEATH DURING A
         MATCHING CONTRIBUTION PERIOD IS NOT REQUIRED TO FULFILL THE FOREGOING
         EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENTS TO RECEIVE AN EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTION
         FOR SUCH PERIOD. ALSO, A PARTICIPANT WHO IS NOT ACTIVELY EMPLOYED BY
         THE EMPLOYER ON THE LAST DAY OF A MATCHING CONTRIBUTION PERIOD BECAUSE
         OF A FAMILY MEDICAL ABSENCE SHALL SHARE IN THE ALLOCATION OF MATCHING
         CONTRIBUTIONS FOR SUCH PERIOD.)

         SPECIAL EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENT FOR ADDITIONAL ANNUAL DISCRETIONARY
         EMPLOYER MATCHING ALLOCATION

         [ ]      If checked, the Employer elects to make a special allocation
                  election for the Additional Annual Discretionary Employer
                  Matching Contributions for the Plan Year, which is separate
                  from the above Employment Requirements for Allocation.

                  Unless the Employer checks any of the boxes below, a
                  Participant who during the Plan Year was making Matchable
                  Savings Contributions, and was employed at any point during
                  such period is entitled to share in the allocation of
                  Additional Annual Discretionary Employer Matching
                  Contributions for the Plan Year. (CHECK THE APPLICABLE
                  BOX(ES))

                                       11
<PAGE>

         [ ]      A Participant must be employed by the Employer on the last day
                  of the Plan Year or terminate employment during the Plan Year
                  with more than 500 Hours of Service. (CAN ONLY BE ELECTED IF
                  THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION PERIOD IS THE PLAN YEAR AND YOU DO
                  NOT ELECT ANY OTHER BOXES BELOW.)

         [ ]      A Participant must be employed by the Employer on the last day
                  of the Matching Contribution Period to share in the allocation
                  of Employer Matching Contributions for such period.

         [ ]      A Participant must have completed at least _____ Hours of
                  Service (CANNOT EXCEED 1,000) for the Employer during the Plan
                  Year to receive an Employer Matching Contribution for the Plan
                  Year. (CAN ONLY BE ELECTED IF THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION PERIOD
                  IS THE PLAN YEAR).

         [ ]      At the discretion of the Employer, the employment requirements
                  for an allocation will be designated by the Board of Directors
                  of the Employer in the resolution announcing the amount of the
                  Matching Contribution, but in no event shall a Matching
                  Contribution be denied to any Participant who is employed on
                  the last day of the Plan Year and who has completed at least
                  1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year. (MAY ONLY BE USED
                  IF A DISCRETIONARY MATCHING CONTRIBUTION IS SELECTED.)

         (EXCEPTION: A PARTICIPANT WHOSE EMPLOYMENT WITH THE EMPLOYER ENDS
         BECAUSE OF HIS OR HER RETIREMENT, DISABILITY, OR DEATH DURING THE PLAN
         YEAR IS NOT REQUIRED TO FULFILL THE FOREGOING EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENTS
         TO RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL ANNUAL DISCRETIONARY EMPLOYER MATCHING
         CONTRIBUTION FOR SUCH PERIOD. ALSO, A PARTICIPANT WHO IS NOT ACTIVELY
         EMPLOYED BY THE EMPLOYER ON THE LAST DAY OF A MATCHING CONTRIBUTION
         PERIOD BECAUSE OF A FAMILY MEDICAL ABSENCE SHALL SHARE IN THE
         ALLOCATION OF ADDITIONAL ANNUAL DISCRETIONARY EMPLOYER MATCHING
         CONTRIBUTIONS FOR SUCH PERIOD.)

C.5.     SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS  (PLAN SECTION  8.2)

         If elected below, a Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing Contribution
         may be made to the Plan. Each Plan Year, the Employer will make a
         Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing Contribution, which will be
         allocated in the manner described below.

         [ ]      NON-INTEGRATED FORMULA (DISCRETIONARY). The Supplemental
                  Employer Profit Sharing Contribution (if any) for a Plan Year
                  will be allocated so that each eligible Participant receives
                  an equal contribution as a percentage of his or her Plan
                  Compensation.

         [ ]      FLAT DOLLAR ALLOCATION. The Employer may make a Supplemental
                  Employer Profit Sharing Contribution. Such contribution will
                  be allocated in the amount of $__________ to each
                  eligible Participant.

         [ ]      DISCRETIONARY FLAT DOLLAR ALLOCATION. The Employer may make a
                  Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing Contribution. Such
                  contribution will be allocated as a flat dollar amount to each
                  eligible Participant.

         [ ]      INTEGRATED FORMULA (DISCRETIONARY). The Supplemental Employer
                  Profit Sharing Contribution (if any) for a Plan Year will be
                  allocated to eligible Participants using a formula that is
                  integrated with Social Security.

                                       12
<PAGE>

                  The integration level will be the Social Security taxable wage
                  base, unless another option is elected below:

         [ ]      The integration level will be equal to $___________(a dollar
                  amount less than the Social Security taxable wage base).

         [ ]      The integration level will be equal to _________% (maximum
                  100%) of the Social Security taxable wage base.

         (NOTE: IF YOU MAINTAIN ANY OTHER PLAN THAT IS INTEGRATED WITH SOCIAL
         SECURITY, YOU MAY NOT USE THE INTEGRATED CONTRIBUTION FORMULA.)

         Unless checked below, the integrated allocation formula will NOT depend
         upon whether or not the Plan is Top-Heavy, and will be limited to the
         formula described in Section 8.6(c)(1)(A) of the Basic Plan Document.

         [ ]      The integrated allocation formula will depend upon whether or
                  not the Plan is Top Heavy and will be allocated based on the
                  formula described in Section 8.6(c)(1)(A) or (B) of the Basic
                  Plan Document.

SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING ALLOCATION PERIODS

The period for allocating the Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing Contribution
will be the Plan Year unless a different period is elected below.

         [ ]      Monthly

         [ ]      Quarterly

         [ ]      Semi-annually

EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENT FOR A SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING ALLOCATION

Unless the Employer checks one of the boxes below, a Participant is entitled to
share in the allocation of Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
for the Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing Allocation Period if he or she was
a participant at any time during such period. (CHECK THE APPLICABLE BOX(ES))

         [ ]      A Participant must be employed by the Employer on the last day
                  of the Plan Year or terminate employment during the Plan Year
                  with more than 500 Hours of Service. (CAN ONLY BE ELECTED IF
                  THE SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING ALLOCATION PERIOD IS
                  THE PLAN YEAR.)

         [ ]      A Participant must be employed by the Employer on the last day
                  of the Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing Allocation Period
                  elected above to share in the allocation of Supplemental
                  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.

         [ ]      A Participant must have completed at least ________ Hours of
                  Service (CANNOT EXCEED 1,000) for the Employer during the Plan
                  Year to share in the allocation of Supplemental Employer
                  Profit Sharing Contributions for the Plan Year. (CAN ONLY BE
                  ELECTED IF THE SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING ALLOCATION
                  PERIOD IS THE PLAN YEAR.)

         (EXCEPTION: A PARTICIPANT WHOSE EMPLOYMENT WITH THE EMPLOYER ENDS
         BECAUSE OF HIS OR HER RETIREMENT, DISABILITY, OR DEATH DURING THE PLAN
         YEAR IS NOT REQUIRED TO FULFILL THE FOREGOING EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENT TO
         SHARE IN THE ALLOCATION OF SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING
         CONTRIBUTIONS FOR SUCH PLAN YEAR. A PARTICIPANT WHO IS NOT ACTIVELY
         EMPLOYED BY THE EMPLOYER ON THE LAST DAY OF THE PLAN YEAR BECAUSE OF A
         FAMILY MEDICAL ABSENCE SHALL SHARE IN THE ALLOCATION OF SUPPLEMENTAL
         EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS FOR THE PLAN YEAR. )

                                       13
<PAGE>

C.6.     ADP/ACP TESTING METHOD                         (PLAN SECTIONS 5.6, 6.6)

     PRIOR OR CURRENT YEAR TESTING ELECTIONS

         |X|      The Plan is using the Prior Year Testing Method for purposes
                  of the ADP and ACP tests.

         [ ]      The Plan is using the Current Year Testing Method for purposes
                  of the ADP and ACP tests. (THIS BOX CANNOT BE "UNCHECKED" FOR
                  A PLAN YEAR UNLESS (1) THE PLAN HAS BEEN USING THE CURRENT
                  YEAR TESTING METHOD FOR THE PREVIOUS 5 PLAN YEARS, OR, IF
                  LESSER, THE NUMBER OF PLAN YEARS THAT THE PLAN HAS BEEN IN
                  EXISTENCE; OR (2) THE PLAN OTHERWISE MEETS ONE OF THE
                  CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN NOTICE 98-1 (OR SUPERCEDING GUIDANCE)
                  FOR CHANGING FROM THE CURRENT YEAR TESTING METHOD.)

     SPECIAL FIRST PLAN YEAR ELECTIONS FOR PLANS USING THE PRIOR YEAR ELECTION

         If this agreement covers the first Plan Year and the Prior Year Testing
         Method was elected above, then the Employer should specify which of the
         following special Prior Year Testing Methods will be used. Since the
         first Plan Year does not actually have a prior Plan Year, the Employer
         may use either 3% or the actual first Plan Year's ADP/ACP percentages
         for the group of Non-Highly Compensated Employees when using the Prior
         Year Testing Method. Indicate which method will be utilized for the
         first Plan Year.

         [ ]      The ADP/ACP percentages for the group of Non-Highly
                  Compensated Employees will be 3% for the first Plan Year.

         [ ]      The ADP/ACP percentages for the group of Non-Highly
                  Compensated Employees will be the actual percentages for the
                  first Plan Year.

C.7.     DETERMINATION OF HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES      (PLAN SECTION 2.15)

         [ ]      TOP-PAID GROUP ELECTION If this box is checked, in determining
                  who is a Highly Compensated Employee, the Employer makes a
                  Top-Paid Group Election. The effect of this election is that
                  an Employee (who is not a 5 percent owner at any time during
                  the determination year or the look-back year) with
                  compensation in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted) for the
                  look-back year is a Highly Compensated Employee only if the
                  Employee was in the Top-Paid Group for the look-back year.

         [ ]      CALENDAR YEAR ELECTION: In determining who is a Highly
                  Compensated Employee, the Employer makes the Calendar Year
                  Election. The effect of this election is that the calendar
                  year beginning within the Look-Back Year is treated as the
                  Employer's Look-Back Year for purposes of determining whether
                  an Employee is highly compensated on account of the Employee's
                  compensation for the Look-Back Year. This Calendar Year
                  Election does not apply in determining whether an Employee is
                  highly compensated on account of being a 5-percent owner.
                  (This option may NOT be elected if the Plan Year is the
                  calendar year.)

         (Note: Elections made under this Section C.7. will apply for the
         definition of Highly Compensated Employees for all testing purposes for
         the Plan Year (e.g., coverage testing)).

                                       14
<PAGE>

C.8.     PLAN COMPENSATION                                  (PLAN SECTION 2.22)

         Plan Compensation will mean all of such Participant's Wages, Tips and
         Other Compensation as reported on Form W-2 and which is actually paid
         to the Participant, unless the Employer elects otherwise by completing
         the boxes below. If checked below, Plan Compensation will mean:

         [ ]      3401(a) wages

         [ ]      415 safe harbor compensation

         DETERMINATION PERIOD

         Plan Compensation shall be based on compensation paid to the
         Participant during the Plan Year.

         PARTICIPANT STATUS

         Unless checked below, Plan Compensation shall be limited to the period
         in which an Employee is eligible to participate in the Plan.

         [X]      Plan Compensation shall be determined over the entire
                  determination period whether or not an Employee is eligible to
                  participate provided that the Employee is designated as a Full
                  Time Employee.

         INCLUDING ELECTIVE DEFERRALS IN COMPENSATION

         Unless otherwise checked below, Plan Compensation shall include
        Employer contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
        which are not includible in the gross income of the Participant under
        Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b).

         [ ]      Plan Compensation shall NOT include employer contributions
                  made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are not
                  includible in the gross income of the Participant under Code
                  Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b).

         EXCLUSIONS FROM COMPENSATION

         A Participant's Plan Compensation (SOLELY FOR PURPOSES OF DETERMINING
         PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS) excludes the following checked items:

         [ ]      bonuses

         [ ]      commissions

         [ ]      overtime

         [X]      other items (SPECIFY): fringe benefits, moving expense
                  reimbursements and other Welfare benefits.

         (NOTE: THE EXCLUSION OF BONUSES, COMMISSIONS, OVERTIME AND/OR OTHER
         ITEMS MAY NOT BE PERMITTED IF SUCH EXCLUSION(s) WOULD RESULT IN USING,
         BY MORE THAN A DE MINIMIS AMOUNT, A HIGHER PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL
         COMPENSATION FOR HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES THAN FOR NON-HIGHLY
         COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES. ALSO, DO NOT EXCLUDE ANY ITEMS (OTHER THAN A
         DOLLAR CAP WHICH IS ABOVE THE SOCIAL SECURITY WAGE BASE IN EFFECT FOR
         THAT YEAR) IF YOU ELECTED SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING
         CONTRIBUTIONS WITH AN INTEGRATED ALLOCATION FORMULA. THE ABOVE
         EXCLUSION SHOULD NOT BE COMPLETED IF YOU ELECTED SAFE HARBOR EMPLOYER
         CONTRIBUTIONS IN SECTION C.3 ABOVE.)

                                       15
<PAGE>

C.9.     INVESTMENT DIRECTION                               (PLAN SECTION 15.2)

         Unless checked below, Participants will have investment direction over
         all of their accounts under the Plan.

         [ ]      The Plan Administrator will exercise investment control over
                  the following accounts (CHECK APPLICABLE BOX(ES)):

                  [ ]      Safe Harbor Employer Contributions.

                  [ ]      Employer Matching Contributions.

                  [ ]      Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.

                  [ ]      Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

                  [ ]      Qualified Matching Contributions.

C.10.    FORFEITURES                                 (PLAN SECTIONS 11.4, 11.5)

         Indicate the method for disposing of forfeitures. (MUST ELECT ONE OF
         THE FOLLOWING METHODS: CONTRIBUTION REDUCTION, REALLOCATION, OR
         CONTRIBUTION REDUCTION AND REALLOCATION. MAY ALSO ELECT EXPENSE
         REDUCTION.)

         [X]      EXPENSE REDUCTION. Forfeitures will be applied to reduce
                  administrative expenses properly payable by the Plan. (IF
                  ELECTED, CHOOSE ONE OF THE THREE FOLLOWING METHODS FOR THE USE
                  OF ANY REMAINING FORFEITURES AFTER PLAN EXPENSES HAVE BEEN
                  PAID).

         [X]      CONTRIBUTION REDUCTION. Any forfeitures from Matching
                  Contributions or Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing
                  Contributions occurring during a Plan Year will be used to
                  reduce the amount the Employer must contribute for the next
                  payable Matching Contributions or Supplemental Employer Profit
                  Sharing Contributions.

         [ ]      REALLOCATION. Forfeitures of Matching Contributions shall be
                  allocated pro rata based on the Matching Contributions for the
                  entire Plan Year. If no Matching Contributions have been
                  allocated, then forfeitures of Matching Contributions shall be
                  allocated pro rata based on the Matchable Savings
                  Contributions for the entire year without regard to any
                  allocation conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement
                  Section C.4. If for some reason, no Matchable Savings
                  Contributions are made, forfeitures of Matching Contributions
                  shall be allocated into the Matching Contribution Account, but
                  calculated as if it were an additional forfeiture of
                  Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.

                  Forfeitures of Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing
                  Contributions shall be allocated pro rata based on Plan
                  Compensation for the Plan Year, using Plan Compensation as
                  defined for allocation of Supplemental Profit Sharing
                  Contributions and allocated to those Participants who have met
                  the employment requirements for such Supplemental Employer
                  Profit Sharing Contributions as elected in the Adoption
                  Agreement section C.5.

         [ ]      CONTRIBUTION REDUCTION AND REALLOCATION METHOD. Any
                  forfeitures from Matching Contributions occurring during the
                  Plan Year will be used to reduce subsequent Employer Matching
                  Contributions. Any forfeitures from Supplemental Employer
                  Profit Sharing Contributions occurring during a Plan Year will
                  be allocated pro rata based on Plan Compensation for the Plan
                  Year, using Plan Compensation as defined for allocation of
                  Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing Contributions and
                  allocated to those Participants

                                       16

<PAGE>
                  who have met the employment requirements for such Supplemental
                  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions as elected in the
                  Adoption Agreement Section C.5.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART D - VESTING, LOANS, AND WITHDRAWALS / DISTRIBUTIONS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

D.1.     VESTING                                             (PLAN SECTION 11.1)

         100% VESTING IN EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS:

                  Participants are 100% vested at all times in their 401(k)
                  Savings Contributions and After-Tax Savings Contributions.

         100% VESTING IN SAFE HARBOR MATCHING AND/OR SAFE HARBOR NON-ELECTIVE
         CONTRIBUTIONS:

                  Participants are 100% vested at all times in their Safe Harbor
                  Matching Contributions and/or Safe Harbor Non-Elective
                  Contributions.

         VESTING IN EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

                  Participants are vested in Employer Matching Contributions (if
                  any) on their behalf in accordance with Schedule D below.
                  (INSERT A, B,C, D OR E). For the first Plan Year in which the
                  Plan is Top Heavy and for all subsequent Plan Years (whether
                  or not the Plan is Top Heavy) Participant account balances
                  attributable to Employer Matching Contributions will vest in
                  accordance with Vesting Schedule D below. (INSERT 1, 2, 3, OR
                  4).

         VESTING IN SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS:

                  Participants are vested in Supplemental Employer Profit
                  Sharing Contributions (if any) on their behalf in accordance
                  with Schedule 3 below. (INSERT A, B, C, D OR E). For the first
                  Plan Year in which the Plan is Top Heavy and for all
                  subsequent Plan Years (whether or not the Plan is Top Heavy)
                  Participant account balances attributable to Supplemental
                  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will vest in accordance
                  with Vesting Schedule 3 below. (INSERT 1, 2, 3, OR 4)

         VESTING SCHEDULES

         The following vesting schedules are available for Employer Matching and
         Supplemental Profit Sharing Contributions:

<Table>
<Caption>
              YEARS OF            SCHEDULE           SCHEDULE           SCHEDULE           SCHEDULE           SCHEDULE
              SERVICE                A                  B                  C                 D *                 E *
              --------            --------           --------           --------           --------           --------
<S>                               <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
             Less than 1              0%                 0%               100%                    0%                  %
                                                                                           --------            -------
             At least 1               0%                 0%               100%                   25%                  %
                                                                                           --------            -------
             At least 2               0%                 0%               100%                   50%                  %
                                                                                           --------            -------
             At least 3               0%                20%               100%                   75%                  %
                                                                                           --------            -------
             At least 4               0%                40%               100%                  100%                  %
                                                                                           --------            -------
             At least 5             100%                60%               100%                  100%                  %
                                                                                           --------            -------
             At least 6             100%                80%               100%                  100%                  %
                                                                                           --------            -------
             At least 7             100%               100%               100%                  100%                  %
                                                                                           --------            -------
</Table>

         *For Schedule D or Schedule E, fill in the spaces to specify the
         vesting percentages selected.

                                       17
<PAGE>
         Schedule D or Schedule E must be at least as favorable at each level as
         either Schedule A or Schedule B. NOTE: SPACES LEFT BLANK ARE TREATED AS
         ZEROS.

         TOP-HEAVY VESTING SCHEDULES: The following vesting schedules are
         available for the first Plan Year in which the Plan is Top Heavy and
         for all subsequent Plan Years (whether or not the Plan is Top Heavy)
         for Participant account balances attributable to Employer Matching
         Contributions and/or Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing
         Contributions. The Top Heavy Vesting Schedule selected below must be at
         least as favorable at each level as the regular Vesting Schedule
         selected above for each type of contribution.

<Table>
<Caption>
                    YEARS OF
                    SERVICE            SCHEDULE 1        SCHEDULE 2          SCHEDULE 3           SCHEDULE 4
                    -------            ----------        ----------          ----------           ----------
<S>                                    <C>               <C>                <C>                   <C>
                   Less than 1              0%                0%                      0%                    %
                                                                             ----------           -----------
                    At Least 1              0%                0%                     25%                    %
                                                                             ----------           -----------
                    At Least 2             20%                0%                     50%                    %
                                                                             ----------           -----------
                    At Least 3             40%              100%                     75%                    %
                                                                             ----------           -----------
                    At Least 4             60%              100%                    100%                    %
                                                                             ----------           -----------
                    At Least 5             80%              100%                    100%                    %
                                                                             ----------           -----------
                    At Least 6            100%              100%                    100%                    %
                                                                             ----------           -----------
                    At Least 7            100%              100%                    100%                    %
                                                                             ----------           -----------
</Table>

         *  For Schedule 3 or Schedule 4, fill in the spaces to specify the
            vesting percentages selected. Schedule 3 or Schedule 4 must be at
            least as favorable at each level as either Schedule 1 or Schedule 2.
            NOTE: SPACES LEFT BLANK ARE TREATED AS ZEROS.

D.2.     SERVICE FOR VESTING

         All Years of Service are counted for vesting, unless otherwise elected
         below:

         [ ]      Years of Service completed before the Effective Date of this
                  Plan (or a predecessor plan) shall be excluded when
                  calculating a Participant's vested percentage.

         [ ]      Years of Service completed before the Participant's
                  ___________birthday (insert birthday not greater than
                  Participant's 18th birthday).

D.3.     YEARS OF SERVICE FOR VESTING

         YEARS OF SERVICE (CHOOSE EITHER ELAPSED TIME OR HOURS OF SERVICE
         METHOD)

         ELAPSED TIME METHOD                                   (Plan Section 3B)

         [ ]      An Employee's Service will be determined using the Elapsed
                  Time Method.

         HOURS OF SERVICE METHOD                               (PLAN SECTION 3A)

         [X]      An Employee's service will be determined by counting Hours of
                  Service during the Computation Period.

                  The Employee must complete 1000 Hours of Service during a
                  Computation Period to be credited with a Year of Service
                  unless a lesser number is here indicated ________. (INSERT
                  NUMBER; CANNOT EXCEED 1,000.)

                                       18
<PAGE>

                  [ ]      ACTUAL HOURS COUNTING METHOD. The Plan Administrator
                           will determine if the Participant is entitled to a
                           Year of Service as defined above by counting the
                           actual hours the Employee worked or for which he or
                           she is paid during the Computation Period unless the
                           Equivalency Method is elected below:

                  [ ]      EQUIVALENCY METHOD. Instead of counting actual hours,
                           the Employee is credited with the specified number of
                           hours as elected:

                           [ ]      10 hours per day

                           [ ]      45 hours per week

                           [ ]      95 hours per half month

                           [ ]      190 hours per month

         VESTING COMPUTATION PERIODS

         Computation Periods are used to measure an Employee's Years of Service
         for vesting purposes.

         [ ]      If checked, Computation Periods are an Employee's Employment
                  Years.

         [X]      If checked, an Employee's Computation Periods are Plan Years.
                  (CANNOT BE SELECTED IF THE ELAPSED TIME METHOD IS CHOSEN
                  ABOVE.)

D.4.     REINSTATEMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCE                    (PLAN SECTION 11.5)

         Unless checked below, the non-vested portion of the account balance of
         a Participant who received a distribution of the vested portion of his
         or her account balance following termination of employment will be
         automatically reinstated upon his or her reemployment prior to
         incurring five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service.

         [X]      The non-vested portion of the account balance of a Participant
                  who received a distribution of his or her vested account
                  balance will be reinstated only if such Participant repays the
                  amount of such distribution to the Plan by the earlier of (i)
                  five years after the Participant is re-employed by the
                  Employer or (ii) the close of the first period of five
                  consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service commencing after the
                  distribution.

D.5.     LOANS                                               (PLAN SECTION 12.5)

         Unless checked below, loans to a Participant from the Plan will not be
         permitted.

         [X]      A Participant may borrow from the Plan, subject to the Plan's
                  Loan Program.

D.6.     IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS

         In-service withdrawals from a Participant's 401(k) Savings
         Contributions account, After-Tax Savings Contributions account,
         Rollover account, Safe Harbor Employer Contributions account, Employer
         Matching Contributions account and/or Supplemental Employer Profit
         Sharing Contributions account will not be permitted unless you check
         one of the following box(es):

                                       19
<PAGE>

         401(k) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS                        (PLAN SECTION 12.3)

         [X]      In-service withdrawals will be permitted from a participant's
                  401(k) Savings Contributions account if he or she has a
                  financial hardship.

         [X]      In-service withdrawals will be permitted from a Participant's
                  401(k) Savings Contributions account after attainment of age
                  59 1/2 without financial hardship.

         AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS                     (PLAN SECTION 12.1)

         [ ]      In-service withdrawals will be permitted from a Participant's
                  After-Tax Savings Contributions account for any reason.

         ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS                               (PLAN SECTION 7.3)

         [X]      A Participant or an Employee who is not yet a Participant but
                  has made a Rollover Contribution will be permitted to make
                  in-service withdrawals from his or her Rollover Contributions
                  account for if he or she has a financial hardship or has
                  attained age 59 1/2 without financial hardship.

         SAFE HARBOR EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS, QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE
         CONTRIBUTIONS, AND QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
                                                 (PLAN SECTIONS 2.24, 2.25, 5.10

         [ ]      In-service withdrawals will be permitted from a Participant's
                  Safe Harbor Employer Contributions account, Qualified
                  Non-Elective Contribution account, and Qualified Matching
                  Contribution account after attainment of age 59 1/2 without
                  financial hardship.

         EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS                     (PLAN SECTION 12.3)

         [X]      In-service withdrawals will be permitted from the vested
                  portion of a Participant's Matching Contributions account if
                  he or she has a financial hardship.

         [ ]      In-service withdrawals will be permitted from the vested
                  portion of a Participant's Employer Matching Contribution
                  account prior to attainment of age 59 1/2 for any reason. Such
                  in-service withdrawals are limited to a Participant's Employer
                  Matching Contributions that have been on deposit for at least
                  two years unless the Employee has been a Participant in the
                  Plan for five years or more.

         [X]      In-service withdrawals will be permitted from the vested
                  portion of a Participant's Employer Matching Contributions
                  account after attainment of age 59 1/2 without financial
                  hardship.

                                       20
<PAGE>

         [X]      In-service withdrawals will be permitted from the vested
                  portion of a Participant's Matching Employer Contributions
                  account by a Participant who has attained (CHECK APPLICABLE
                  BOX)

                  [X]      Normal Retirement Date

                  [ ]      Early Retirement Date

         SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS  (PLAN SECTION 12.3)

         [ ]      In-service withdrawals will be permitted from the vested
                  portion of a Participant's Supplemental Employer Profit
                  Sharing Contributions account if he or she has a financial
                  hardship.

         [ ]      In-service withdrawals will be permitted from the vested
                  portion of a Participant's Supplemental Employer Profit
                  Sharing Contribution account prior to attainment of age 59 1/2
                  for any reason. Such in-service withdrawals are limited to a
                  Participant's Supplemental Employer Profit Sharing
                  Contributions that have been on deposit for at least two years
                  unless the Employee has been a Participant in the Plan for
                  five years or more.

         [ ]      In-service withdrawals will be permitted from the vested
                  portion of a Participant's Supplemental Employer Profit
                  Sharing Contributions account after attainment of age 59 1/2
                  without financial hardship.

         [ ]      In-service withdrawals will be permitted from the vested
                  portion of a Participant's Supplemental Employer Profit
                  Sharing Contributions account by a Participant who has
                  attained (CHECK APPLICABLE BOX)

                  [ ]      Normal Retirement Date

                  [ ]      Early Retirement Date

D.7.     RETIREMENT DATE                                     (PLAN SECTION 9.1)

         NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE

         Unless specified below, a Participant will be fully vested and may
         retire upon reaching age 65.

         A Participant will be fully vested and may retire upon reaching

         [X]      age 65 (CANNOT EXCEED 65)

         [ ]      age ______ (CANNOT EXCEED 65) or, if later, the ___ th (CANNOT
                  EXCEED THE 5TH) anniversary of the time he/she commenced
                  participation in the Plan.

         If this Plan is a successor plan, the Normal Retirement Date selected
         above must be at least as favorable as that under the predecessor plan.

                                       21
<PAGE>

         EARLY RETIREMENT DATE

         If checked, a Participant will be fully vested and may retire prior to
         Normal Retirement upon reaching

         [ ]      age ______

         [ ]      age ______ or, if later, after completing ______ Years of
                  Service.

         If this Plan is a successor plan, the Early Retirement Date selected
         above must be at least as favorable as that under the predecessor plan.

D.8.     PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS                                   (PLAN SECTION 9.3)

         (LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTIONS ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE PLAN. THE
         EMPLOYER MAY ELECT ANY OR ALL OF THE FOLLOWING OPTIONAL FORMS OF
         DISTRIBUTIONS.)

         OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER THE PLAN

         [X]      A fixed or variable annuity contract with payments over a
                  period not exceeding the lifetime of the Participant or the
                  lifetimes of the Participant and his/her designated
                  beneficiary.

         [ ]      Installments over a period not exceeding the life expectancy
                  of the Participant or the joint life and last survivor
                  expectancy of the Participant and his/her designated
                  beneficiary.

         [ ]      A single sum distribution of a portion of a Participant's
                  vested account balance.

         [ ]      Other: (SPECIFY) _____________________________________________

         QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY (QJSA) ELECTION
         (ONLY AVAILABLE IF THIS PLAN IS A TRANSFEREE PLAN (AS DEFINED IN CODE
         SECTION 401(a)(11)(B)(III)(III).)

         Unless a fixed or variable annuity contract is selected above:

         |X|      The QJSA provisions do not apply to this Plan.

         [ ]      The QJSA provisions do apply to this Plan as follows

                  QJSA benefit.

                           [ ]      The survivor benefit will equal 50%.

                           [ ]      The survivor benefit will equal _____%.
                                    (MUST BE GREATER THAN 50% BUT NOT MORE THAN
                                    100%)

         CASH-OUT OF ACCOUNT BALANCE                       (PLAN SECTION 9.5(e))

         If a Participant's total vested account balance does not exceed $
         5,000, then upon separation from service with the Employer, the
         Employer will immediately distribute the Participant's vested account
         balance in the form of a single sum, unless the Employer checks the box
         below.

         [ ]      The Employer will delay distribution of the Participant's
                  account balance until the Participant requests (or required to
                  begin to receive) a distribution under the Plan.

         MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS                           (PLAN SECTION 9.7, 9.8)

         REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE

                                       22
<PAGE>

         The Required Beginning Date of a Participant (other than a 5-percent
         owner) is:

         [ ]      The April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year
                  in which such Participant attains age 70 1/2.

         [X]      The later of the April 1 of the calendar year following the
                  calendar year in which such Participant attains age 70 1/2 or
                  the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year
                  in which such Participant retires.

         DISTRIBUTIONS TO MISSING PERSONS

         If the Plan Administrator is unable to locate any person to whom an
         account balance under this Plan is required to be either distributed
         under the Plan or by law, such person's account balance shall be
         handled by either of the following methods: 1) deposited into a
         federally-insured interest-bearing bank account for the benefit of such
         person, or 2) forfeited, subject to reinstatement if such person files
         a claim for benefits, the Plan is required to commence distribution to
         such person pursuant to Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, or upon the
         termination of the plan.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART E - MISCELLANEOUS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

E.1.     TRUST AGREEMENT                              (Plan Sections 2.29, 2.30)

         By signing this Adoption Agreement, you are also establishing a Trust
         to hold the Plan's assets. The terms of the Trust are contained in the
         Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Prototype Plan Trust which is
         incorporated by reference into this Adoption Agreement.

E.2.     OTHER PLANS                                      (PLAN SECTIONS 13, 14)

         If you maintained or later adopt any plan in addition to this Plan, you
         may need special provisions to comply with Code Sections 415 and 416
         (involving limits on contributions and benefits and top-heavy minimum
         contributions and benefits). Such special provisions should be set
         forth below.

         If you maintain or ever maintained another qualified plan in which any
         Participant in this Plan is (or was) a participant or could become a
         participant, you must complete this section. You must also complete
         this section if you maintain a welfare benefit fund, as defined in
         section 419(e) of the Code, or an individual medical account, as
         defined in section 415(1)(2) of the Code, under which amounts are
         treated as Annual Additions with respect to any Participant in this
         Plan.

         If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
         contribution plan maintained by you, other than a master or prototype
         plan, the provisions of section 13.3 through 13.6 of Article 13 will
         apply as if the other plan were a master or prototype plan, unless
         otherwise specified below: (PROVIDE THE METHOD UNDER WHICH THE PLANS
         WILL LIMIT TOTAL ANNUAL ADDITIONS TO THE MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE AMOUNT,
         AND WILL PROPERLY REDUCE ANY EXCESS AMOUNTS, IN A MANNER THAT PRECLUDES
         EMPLOYER DISCRETION.)

                                       23
<PAGE>

================================================================================

E.3.     TOP-HEAVY STATUS

         The Top-Heavy tests are applied each Plan Year to determine whether the
         Plan is Top-Heavy. If the Plan is Top-Heavy, the requirements for
         Top-Heavy Plans apply (SEE ARTICLE 14 OF THE PLAN DOCUMENT). As a
         result, there may be a requirement for minimum contributions on behalf
         of certain Participants in addition to other Employer Contributions.
         Increased vesting may also be required for the first Plan year the Plan
         is considered Top-Heavy and for all subsequent Plan Years. (See Section
         D.1.)

E.4.     VALIDITY OF THIS PLAN

         This Adoption Agreement does not create a valid Plan until it is signed
         by all appropriate parties below and receipt is acknowledged by the
         Sponsor.

E.5.     LEGAL DUTIES; UNDERTAKING OF EMPLOYER

         You understand and agree that, by establishing this Plan, you (the
         Employer) are the legal "Plan Administrator" under the pension law, and
         you will incur certain duties and responsibilities as Employer
         maintaining the Plan and as Plan Administrator and under tax and other
         laws for which neither the Trustee nor the Sponsor will be responsible.

         You warrant that:

         (a)      You also have read and signed the service agreement and you
                  agree to the terms contained in that agreement. You understand
                  your duties and responsibilities under this Plan and the
                  applicable legal rules.

         (b)      You have obtained any legal and tax advice you deemed
                  necessary before signing this Adoption Agreement.

         (c)      You have received a prospectus(es) (where applicable) or other
                  materials describing the funding vehicles currently available
                  for this Plan, and you have shown copies of such
                  prospectus(es) or other materials to all Participants

E.6.     ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS: The Plan Administrator may establish rules
         governing such matters as the timing and frequency of changes in
         Participants' Savings Contributions elections, changes in Participants'
         investment elections, loans, in-service withdrawals and the like, by
         specifying such in the Appendices to the Adoption Agreement.

E.7.     RELIANCE ON SPONSOR'S OPINION LETTER

         The adopting employer may rely on an opinion letter issued by the
         Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan is qualified under
         Section 401 of the Code only to the extent provided in Announcement
         2001-77, 2001-30 I.R.B.

         The Employer may not rely on the opinion letter in certain other
         circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements,
         which are specified in the opinion letter issued with respect to the
         Plan and in Announcement 2001-77.

                                       24
<PAGE>

         In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such
         qualification requirements, application for a determination letter must
         be made to Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue
         Service.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART F - SIGNATURES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

F.1.     EMPLOYER SIGNATURE

         Signed
               -----------------------------------------------------------------

         Print name and title
                             ---------------------------------------------------

         Date
             -------------------------------------------------------------------

F.2.     TRUSTEE(S) SIGNATURE

         Signed
               -----------------------------------------------------------------

         Print Name of Trustee(s):
                                   ---------------------------------------------

         Date
             -------------------------------------------------------------------

F.3.     SPONSOR SIGNATURE

         Signed
               -----------------------------------------------------------------

         Print name and title
                             ---------------------------------------------------

         Name of Sponsor:  Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
                         -------------------------------------------------------

         Date
             -------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       25
<PAGE>

F.4.     ADOPTION BY RELATED EMPLOYERS

         All related employers of the named Employer in Part A of this Adoption
         Agreement will be excluded from participation in this Plan unless they
         adopt the Plan below.

         If other employers become related employers, they may also adopt this
         Plan. In order to participate in this Plan, the related employer must
         adopt the Plan below. Otherwise, they will be excluded from the Plan.

         THE FOLLOWING EMPLOYER HEREBY ADOPTS THE PLAN:

         Name of related employer
                                 -----------------------------------------------

         Employer identification number
                                       -----------------------------------------

         Signed
               -----------------------------------------------------------------

         Print name and title
                             ---------------------------------------------------

         Date
             -------------------------------------------------------------------

         TYPE OF BUSINESS ENTITY
         [ ] Sole Proprietor
         [ ] Partnership                      [ ] C Corporation
         [ ] Limited Liability Partnership    [ ] Tax-Exempt Organization
         [ ] Limited Liability Company        [ ] Governmental Entity
         [ ] S Corporation                    [ ] Other ____________________

THE IDENTIFYING NUMBER FOR THE METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY DEFINED
CONTRIBUTION BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT IS 01 AND FOR THIS ADOPTION AGREEMENT IS 004.
THIS ADOPTION AGREEMENT MAY BE USED ONLY WITH SUCH DOCUMENT. THE SPONSOR OF THE
PROTOTYPE PLAN IS METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, 1125 17TH STREET, SUITE
500, DENVER, CO 80202, (303) 672-3558. THE SPONSOR WILL NOTIFY YOU IF THE
SPONSOR AMENDS OR DISCONTINUES THIS PROTOTYPE PLAN.

                                       26
<PAGE>

SNAP ON AMENDMENT

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART G - GUST REMEDIAL AMENDMENT PERIOD ELECTIONS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Complete the following if this Plan is a restatement of a plan that was in
effect during 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 and/or 2001 (GUST Remedial Amendment
Period). The Employer is required to identify which operational methods were
utilized during that period. Please complete all applicable categories below:

G.1      MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS                                (PLAN SECTION 9.8)

         REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE. The Required Beginning Date of a Participant
         (other than a 5-Percent Owner) is:

         [ ]      The April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year
                  in which such Participant attains age 70 1/2. For Plan
                  Year(s): (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY)
                  [ ] 1997   [ ] 1998   [ ] 1999  [ ] 2000   [ ] 2001.

         [X]      The April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year
                  in which occurs the later of (i) the date on which such
                  Participant attains age 70 1/2 or (ii) the date on which the
                  Participant retires. For Plan Year(s): (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY)
                  [X] 1997 [X] 1998 [X] 1999 [X] 2000 [X] 2001.

         REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE TRANSITION RULES. The following rules apply to
         a Participant other than a 5-percent owner if the Required Beginning
         Date is the April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year
         in which occurs the later of (i) the date on which the Participant
         attains age 70 1/2 or (ii) the date the Participant retires:

         [X]      Participant attaining age 70 1/2 may elect by April 1 of the
                  calendar year following the calendar year in which the
                  Participant attained age 70 1/2 to defer distributions until
                  the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year
                  in which the Participant retires. If no such election is made
                  the Participant will begin receiving distributions by the
                  April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in
                  which the Participant attained age 70 1/2 .
                  For Plan Year(s): (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY):
                  [X] 1997 [X] 1998 [X] 1999 [X] 2000 [X] 2001.

         [ ]      Elimination of Preretirement Age 70 1/2 Distribution:
                  Preretirement Distribution after Age 59 1/2. This box should
                  be checked for years before the calendar year beginning after
                  the later of December 31, 1998 or the adoption date of the
                  amendment only if the Plan permits in-service distributions on
                  or after attainment of age 59 1/2. For Plan Year(s): (CHECK
                  ALL THAT apply):
                  [ ] 1997   [ ] 1998   [ ] 1999  [ ] 2000   [ ] 2001.

         [X]      Election to Stop Minimum Distributions. If checked, any
                  Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in Plan Years prior to 1997
                  may elect to stop distributions and recommence by the April 1
                  of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
                  Participant retires. There is either (SELECT ONE): [ ] a new
                  annuity starting date upon recommencement or [ ] no annuity
                  starting date upon recommencement. Effective for Plan Year(s):
                  (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY):
                  [X] 1997 [X] 1998 [X] 1999 [X] 2000 [X] 2001.

                                       27
<PAGE>

         MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION CALCULATION METHOD. For the Plan Years beginning
         in 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000, state which method was used to determine
         life expectancy: (CHOOSE ONE):

         [ ]      A Participant may elect whether the life expectancy of the
                  Participant and his or her spouse will be recalculated or
                  determined at the Required Beginning Date and reduced by one
                  for each succeeding distribution calendar year.

         [X]      Minimum distributions payable for the life expectancy of the
                  Participant and the Participant's surviving spouse shall be
                  recalculated.

G.2.     INVOLUNTARY DISTRIBUTIONS                         (PLAN SECTION 9.5(e))

         The involuntary distributions threshold was raised to $5000 effective
         the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after August 5,
         1997 unless a later date is elected below.

         [ ]      The involuntary distribution threshold was raised to $5000
                  effective for distributions made after_____________________.

G.3.     FAMILY AGGREGATION REPEAL

         For allocation purposes, the family aggregation rules were repealed for
         Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997 unless a later date is
         elected below.

         [ ]      For allocation purposes, the family aggregation rules were
                  repealed for Plan Years beginning ________________.

G.4.     HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE DETERMINATION           (PLAN SECTION 2.15)

         [ ]      The Top-paid Group Election was utilized for the following
                  Plan Years:
                  [ ] 1997   [ ] 1998   [ ] 1999  [ ] 2000   [ ] 2001.

         [ ]      The Calendar Year Election was utilized for the following
                  non-calendar Plan Years:
                  [ ] 1997   [ ] 1998   [ ] 1999  [ ] 2000   [ ] 2001.

         [ ]      If checked, the Old-Law Calendar Year Election was utilized
                  for the 1997 Plan Year (may be either calendar of fiscal Plan
                  Years):

                                       28
<PAGE>

G.5.     ADP TESTING METHODS                                  (PLAN SECTION 5.6)

         ADP TESTING METHODS

         Check the applicable testing method for each Plan Year of the GUST
         Remedial Amendment Period in which 401(k) Savings Contributions were
         permitted, except for Plan Years in which the Plan was operated as a
         Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan.

<Table>
<Caption>
                         PLAN YEAR                 PRIOR YEAR TESTING METHOD              CURRENT YEAR TESTING METHOD
                ----------------------------- ------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                                   <C>
                           1997                               [X]                                     [ ]
                           1998                               [X]                                     [ ]
                           1999                               [X]                                     [ ]
                           2000                               [X]                                     [ ]
                           2001                               [X]                                     [ ]
</Table>

         SPECIAL FIRST PLAN YEAR ELECTION FOR PLANS USING THE PRIOR YEAR METHOD

         If the first Plan Year occurred during the GUST Remedial Amendment
         Period and the Employer elected the Prior Year Testing Method, the
         Employer must indicate which of the special Prior Year Testing Methods
         was used. Since the first Plan Year did not actually have a prior Plan
         Year, IRS Notice 98-1 allowed the Employer to use either 3% or the
         actual first Plan Year's ADP percentages for the group of Non-Highly
         Compensated Employees when using the Prior Year Testing Method.
         Indicate which method was utilized for the first Plan Year.

         [ ]      The ADP percentage for the group of Non-Highly Compensated
                  Employees was 3% for the first Plan Year.

         [ ]      The ADP percentage for the group of Non-Highly Compensated
                  Employees was the actual percentage for the first Plan Year.

G.6.     ACP TESTING METHODS (PLAN SECTION 6.6)

         ACP TESTING METHODS

         Check the applicable testing method for each Plan Year of the GUST
         Remedial Amendment Period for which After-Tax Savings Contributions or
         Matching Contributions were permitted, except for Plan Years in which
         the Plan was operated as a Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan.

<Table>
<Caption>
                         PLAN YEAR                 PRIOR YEAR TESTING METHOD              CURRENT YEAR TESTING METHOD
                ----------------------------- ------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                                   <C>
                           1997                               [X]                                     [ ]
                           1998                               [X]                                     [ ]
                           1999                               [X]                                     [ ]
                           2000                               [X]                                     [ ]
                           2001                               [X]                                     [ ]
</Table>

                                       29
<PAGE>

         SPECIAL FIRST PLAN YEAR ELECTION FOR PLANS USING THE PRIOR YEAR METHOD

         If the first Plan Year occurred during the GUST Remedial Amendment
         Period and the Employer elected the Prior Year Testing Method, the
         Employer must indicate which of the special Prior Year Testing Methods
         was used. Since the first Plan Year did not actually have a prior Plan
         Year, IRS Notice 98-1 allowed the Employer to use either 3% or the
         actual first Plan Year's ACP percentages for the group of Non-Highly
         Compensated Employees when using the Prior Year Testing Method.
         Indicate which method was utilized for the first Plan Year.

         [ ]      The ACP percentage for the group of Non-Highly Compensated
                  Employees was 3% for the first Plan Year.

         [ ]      The ACP percentage for the group of Non-Highly Compensated
                  Employees was the actual percentage for the first Plan Year.

G.7      SAFE HARBOR 401(k) ELECTIONS                 (PLAN SECTIONS 5.10, 6.10)

If the Employer maintained a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan prior to this amendment,
please complete the following chart with the applicable information.

<Table>
<Caption>
                                        1999 PLAN YEAR                   2000 PLAN YEAR                    2001 PLAN YEAR
------------------------------- ------------------------------- ------------------------------- -----------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                             <C>                             <C>
The Plan utilized the ADP       Indicate either Yes or No       Indicate either Yes or No       Indicate either Yes or No
Safe Harbor during the 1999,
2000 and/or 2001 Plan Year/s
as indicated.

The Plan utilized the ACP       Indicate either Yes or No       Indicate either Yes or No       Indicate either Yes or No
Safe Harbor during the 1999,
2000 and/or 2001 Plan Year/s
as indicated.

The Safe Harbor Matching        Check Applicable Box            Check Applicable Box            Check Applicable Box
Contribution Formula used       [ ] Basic Matching Formula      [ ] Basic Matching Formula      [ ] Basic Matching Formula
during 1999, 2000 and/or 2001   [ ] Enhanced Matching Formula   [ ] Enhanced Matching Formula   [ ] Enhanced Matching Formula
Plan Year/s as stated.          __________________________      __________________________      __________________________

The Safe Harbor Non-Elective    State the Safe Harbor           State the Safe Harbor           State the Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution Formula used       Non-Elective Formula.           Non-Elective Formula.           Formula.
during the 1999, 2000 and/or
2001 Plan Year/s as stated.     ________% (At least 3%)         ________% (At least 3%)         ________% (At least 3%) of
                                of Compensation                 of Compensation                 Compensation
</Table>

G.8      PARTNERSHIPS & MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

Unless checked below, for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998, if the
Employer is a partnership

                                       30
<PAGE>

(or an entity treated as a partnership for tax purposes), Employer Matching
Contributions WERE allocated on behalf of a partner.

[ ]      Employer Matching Contributions WERE NOT allocated on behalf of a
         partner.

G.9      SECTION 415(e) LIMITATIONS FOR EMPLOYERS WHO MAINTAINED A DEFINED
         BENEFIT PLAN PRIOR TO THE 2000 PLAN YEAR.           (PLAN SECTION 13.1)

[]       If the Participant is or has ever been a Participant in a defined
         benefit plan maintained by you:

         ----------------------------------------------------------------------

         ----------------------------------------------------------------------

         (PROVIDE THE METHOD YOU WILL USE TO SATISFY CODE SECTION 415(e). SUCH
         LANGUAGE MUST PRECLUDE EMPLOYER DISCRETION.)

G.10     EFFECTIVE DATE OF AMENDMENTS ELIMINATING OPTIONAL FORMS OF
         DISTRIBUTION.

         If the first two boxes under Section D.8 Optional Forms of Distribution
         Available under the Plan are not checked, indicate the effective date
         of the amendment: ________________________________.

G.11     EFFECTIVE DATE OF INCLUSION OF QUALIFIED TRANSPORTATION FRINGE BENEFITS
         IN COMPENSATION DEFINITION.               (PLAN SECTIONS 2.22, 13.1(b))

         Pre-tax contributions of qualified transportation fringe benefits will
         be included in the definition of compensation for purposes of Sections
         2.22 and 13.1(b) on the first day of the Plan Year beginning in
         2001.For the 1998 through 2000 Plan Years, the Employer must check the
         applicable boxes.

         1998 PLAN YEAR

         [ ]      Pre-tax contributions of qualified transportation fringe
                  benefits were included in the definition of Compensation.

         [ ]      Pre-tax contributions of qualified transportation fringe
                  benefits were not included in the definition of Compensation.

         [X]      Not applicable as the Employer does not offer its Employees
                  qualified transportation fringe benefits.

                                       31
<PAGE>

         1999 PLAN YEAR

         [ ]      Pre-tax contributions of qualified transportation fringe
                  benefits were included in the definition of Compensation.

         [ ]      Pre-tax contributions of qualified transportation fringe
                  benefits were not included in the definition of Compensation.

         [X]      Not applicable as the Employer does not offer its Employees
                  qualified transportation fringe benefits.

         2000 PLAN YEAR

         [ ]      Pre-tax contributions of qualified transportation fringe
                  benefits were included in the definition of Compensation.

         [ ]      Pre-tax contributions of qualified transportation fringe
                  benefits were not included in the definition of Compensation.

         [X]      Not applicable as the Employer does not offer its Employees
                  qualified transportation fringe benefits.

<PAGE>

SNAP-ON AMENDMENT

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART H - EGTRRA GOOD FAITH AMENDMENT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the
Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA"). This
amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA
and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder.
Except as otherwise provided, this amendment shall be effective as of the first
day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001.

Pursuant to Plan Section 17.1, the Sponsor of this prototype plan hereby adopts
this amendment on behalf of all adopting Employers. This amendment shall
supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are
inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.

Complete this Part to timely adopt good faith EGTRRA plan amendments, as
required by IRS Notices 2001-42 and 2001-57.

H.1.     PLAN LOANS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES AND SHAREHOLDER EMPLOYEES
         (PLAN SECTION 12.5(a))

         Effective for Plan loans made after December 31, 2001, Plan provisions
         prohibiting loans to any Owner-Employee or Shareholder-Employee shall
         cease to apply.

H.2      LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS       (PLAN ARTICLE 13)

         1.       Effective Date. This section shall be effective for Limitation
                  Years beginning after December 31, 2001.

         2.       Maximum Annual Addition. The maximum Annual Addition that may
                  be contributed or allocated to a Participant's Account under
                  the Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser
                  of:

                  a.       $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the
                           cost-of-living under Code Section 415(d), or

                  b.       100% of the Participant's Compensation, within the
                           meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3), for the Limitation
                           Year.

                  The Compensation limit referred to in (b.) above, shall not
                  apply to any contribution for medical benefits after
                  separation from service (within the meaning of Code Section
                  401(h) or Code Section 419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated
                  as an Annual Addition.

H.3      ELECTIVE DEFERRALS - CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION         (PLAN SECTION 5.2)

         No Participant shall be permitted to have Elective Deferrals made under
         this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer
         during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained
         in Code Section 402(g) in effect for such taxable year, except to the
         extent permitted under Section H.5 and Code Section 414(v), if
         applicable.

H.4      INCREASE IN COMPENSATION LIMIT     (PLAN SECTION 2.22(a))

         The annual Plan Compensation of each Participant taken into account in
         determining allocations for any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
         2001, shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living
         increases in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). Annual
         Compensation means compensation during the Plan Year or such other
         consecutive 12-month period over which compensation is otherwise
         determined under the Plan ("Determination Period"). The cost-of-living
         adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to Annual Compensation
         for the Determination Period that begins with or within such calendar
         year.

H.5      CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS

         If elected by the Employer below, all Employees who are eligible to
         make Elective Deferrals under this Plan and who have attained age 50
         before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make Catch-Up
         Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of,
         Code Section 414(v). Such Catch-Up Contributions shall not be taken
         into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing
         the

                                                                               1
<PAGE>

         required limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415. The Plan shall
         not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan
         implementing the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(3), Section
         401(k)(11), Section 401(k)(12), Section 410(b), or Section 416, as
         applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-Up Contributions.
         (CHOOSE ONE.)

         [ ]      Catch-up Contributions shall not apply.

         [X]      Catch-up Contributions shall apply to contributions after
                  January 1, 2002. (Enter December 31, 2001 or a later date).

                  [X]      Employer Matching Contributions shall apply to
                           Catch-up Contributions and are treated as Employer
                           Matching Contributions for purposes of the Actual
                           Contribution Percentage Test and other requirements
                           of Code Section 401(m).

H.6      MODIFICATION OF TOP-HEAVY RULES    (PLAN ARTICLE 14)

         1.       Effective Date. This section shall apply for purposes of
                  determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan under Code
                  Section 416(g) for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
                  2001, and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum benefits
                  requirements of Code Section 416(c) for such years. This
                  section amends Article 14 of the Plan.

         2.       Determination of Top-Heavy Status.

                  2.1 Key Employee. Key Employee means any Employee or former
                  Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time
                  during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date was
                  an officer of the Employer having Annual Compensation greater
                  than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for
                  Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent
                  owner of the Employer, or a 1- percent owner of the Employer
                  having Annual Compensation of more than $150,000. For this
                  purpose, Annual Compensation means Compensation within the
                  meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3). The determination of who is
                  a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section
                  416(i)(1) and the applicable regulations and other guidance of
                  general applicability issued thereunder.

                  2.2 Determination of Present Values and Amounts. This section
                  2.2 shall apply for purposes of determining the Present Values
                  of Accrued Benefits and the amounts of account balances of
                  Employees as of the Determination Date.

                           2.2.1 Distributions during Year ending on the
                  Determination Date. The Present Values of Accrued Benefits and
                  the amounts of Account balances of an Employee as of the
                  Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions
                  made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any Plan
                  aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2) during
                  the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date. The
                  preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a
                  terminated Plan which, had it not been terminated, would have
                  been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section
                  416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made for a
                  reason other than separation from service, death, or
                  disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting
                  "5-year period" for "1-year period."

                           2.2.2 Employees Not Performing Services during Year
                  Ending on the Determination Date. The accrued benefits and
                  Accounts of any individual who has not performed services for
                  the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the
                  Determination Date shall not be taken into account.

         3.       Minimum Benefits.

                  3.1 Matching Contributions. Employer Matching Contributions
                  shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the
                  minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2)
                  and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect
                  to Employer Matching Contributions under the Plan or, if the
                  Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall
                  be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer Matching
                  Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum
                  contribution requirements shall be treated as Employer
                  Matching Contributions for purposes of the Actual Contribution
                  Percentage Test and other requirements of Code Section 401(m).

                                                                               2
<PAGE>

                  3.2 Contributions under Other Plans. Unless designated below,
                  the minimum benefit requirement will be satisfied under this
                  Plan, even if the Employer maintains one or more other defined
                  contribution plans.

                           [ ]      If checked, the minimum benefit requirement
                                    will be satisfied under the following plan:

                                    Plan Name:
                                              ----------------------------------

                                    Minimum contribution provided: _______% of
                                    Plan Compensation

                  Employees entitled to receive minimum contribution

                  --------------------------------------------------------------

         4.       Top-Heavy Rules Not to Apply to Safe-Harbor 401(k)/(m) Plans.
                  The Top-Heavy requirements of Code Section 416 and Article 14
                  of the Plan shall not apply in any year beginning after
                  December 31, 2001, in which the Plan consists solely of a cash
                  or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code
                  Section 401(k)(12) and matching contributions with respect to
                  which the requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11) are met.

H.7      REPEAL OF THE MULTIPLE USE TEST    (PLAN SECTION 6.9)

         The Multiple Use Test described in Treasury Regulation Section
         1.401(m)-2 and Plan Section 6.9 shall not apply for Plan Years
         beginning after December 31, 2001.

H.8      VESTING OF EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
         (PLAN SECTION 11.1, ADOPTION AGREEMENT PART D)

         1.       Applicability. Unless elected otherwise below, this section
                  shall apply only to Participants who complete an Hour of
                  Service under the Plan in a Plan Year beginning after December
                  31, 2001, for all Employer Matching Contributions credited to
                  Participants' Accounts for Plan Years prior to and after
                  December 31, 2001. (To apply new schedule to active
                  participants on and after January 1, 2002 for their entire
                  Employer Matching Contribution account.)

                  [ ]      This section shall apply to all Participants with
                           accrued benefits derived from Employer Matching
                           Contributions for all Employer Matching Contributions
                           credited to such Participants' Accounts for Plan
                           Years prior to and after December 31, 2001. (To apply
                           new schedule to both active and terminated
                           Participants for their entire Employer Matching
                           Contribution account.)

                  [ ]      This section shall apply only to Participants who
                           complete an Hour of Service under the Plan in a Plan
                           Year beginning after December 31, 2001 for Employer
                           Matching Contributions credited to such Participants'
                           Accounts for Plan Years after December 31, 2001. (To
                           apply new schedule to Employer Matching Contributions
                           accrued on and after January 1, 2002.)

                  [X]      Not applicable, the vesting schedule in effect prior
                           to the Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001 is
                           at least as rapid as that required under EGTRRA.
                           Therefore, such schedule remains in effect for
                           Employer Matching Contributions credited to
                           Participants' accounts on and after January 1, 2002.

         2.       Vesting Schedule. Employer Matching Contributions indicated in
                  Section H.8.1 above shall vest as provided below, for those
                  Participants indicated in Section H.8.1 above. (If the vesting
                  schedule for Employer Matching Contributions in Option 3 is
                  elected, Plan Section 17.3(d) shall apply.)

                  Vesting Schedule for Employer Matching Contributions:

                  [ ]      Option 1. A Participant's accrued benefit derived
                           from Employer Matching Contributions shall be fully
                           and immediately vested.

                                                                               3
<PAGE>

                  [ ]      Option 2. A Participant's accrued benefit derived
                           from Employer Matching Contributions shall be
                           nonforfeitable upon the Participant's completion of
                           three (3) Years of Vesting Service.

                  [ ]      Option 3. A Participant's accrued benefit derived
                           from Employer Matching Contributions shall vest
                           according to the following schedule:

<Table>
<Caption>
   Years of Vesting Service           Vested Percentage
-------------------------------- ----------------------------

<S>                              <C>
          Less than 2                         0%
       2 but less than 3                     20%
       3 but less than 4                     40%
       4 but less than 5                     60%
       5 but less than 6                     80%
           6 or more                        100%
</Table>

H.9      DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS              (PLAN SECTION 9.6A)

         1.       Effective Date. This section shall apply to distributions made
                  after December 31, 2001.

         2.       Modification of Definition of Eligible Retirement Plan. For
                  purposes of the direct rollover provisions in Plan Section
                  9.6A, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity
                  contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan
                  under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state,
                  political subdivision of a state, or any agency or
                  instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state
                  and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred
                  into such plan from this Plan. The definition of eligible
                  retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution
                  to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is
                  the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order,
                  as defined in Code Section 414(p).

         3.       Modification of Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution
                  to Exclude Hardship Distributions. For purposes of the direct
                  rollover provisions in Plan Section 9.6A, any amount that is
                  distributed on account of hardship shall not be an Eligible
                  Rollover Distribution and the Distributee may not elect to
                  have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an
                  Eligible Retirement Plan.

         4.       Modification of Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution
                  to include After-Tax Employee Contributions. For purposes of
                  the direct rollover provisions in Plan Section 9.6A, a portion
                  of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover
                  distribution merely because the portion consists of After-Tax
                  Employee Contributions, which are not includible in gross
                  income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an
                  individual retirement account or annuity described in Code
                  Sections 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution
                  plan described in Code Sections 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees
                  to separately account for amounts so transferred, including
                  separately accounting for the portion of such distribution
                  which is includible in gross income and the portion of such
                  distribution which is not so includible.

H.10     ROLLOVERS FROM OTHER PLANS (PLAN ARTICLE 7)

         1.       Direct Rollovers. The Plan will accept direct rollovers of
                  eligible rollover distributions from: (check all that apply)

                  [X]      A qualified plan described in Code Sections 401(a) or
                           403(a), excluding After-Tax Employee Contributions.

                  [ ]      A qualified plan described in Code Sections 401(a) or
                           403(a), including After-Tax Employee Contributions.

                  [X]      An annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b),
                           excluding After-Tax Employee Contributions.

                                                                               4
<PAGE>

                  [X]      An eligible plan under Code Section 457(b), which is
                           maintained by a state, political subdivision of a
                           state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or
                           political subdivision of a state.

         2.       Participant Rollover Contributions from Other Plans. The Plan
                  will accept a Participant contribution of an eligible rollover
                  distribution from: (check all that apply)

                  [X]      A qualified plan described in Code Sections 401(a) or
                           403(a).

                  [X]      An annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b).

                  [X]      An eligible plan under Code Section 457(b), which is
                           maintained by a state, political subdivision of a
                           state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or
                           political subdivision of a state.

         3.       Participant Rollover Contributions from IRAs. The Plan (choose
                  one):

                  [X]      will

                  [ ]      will not

                  accept a Participant rollover contribution of the portion of a
                  distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity
                  described in Code Sections 408(a) or 408(b) that is eligible
                  to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross
                  income.

         4.       Effective Date of Direct Rollover and Participant Rollover
                  Contribution Provisions. This section H.10, will become
                  effective ______________ (Enter a date no earlier than January
                  1, 2002).

H.11     ROLLOVERS DISREGARDED IN INVOLUNTARY CASH-OUTS

         1.       Applicability and Effective Date. This section shall apply if
                  elected by the Employer below, and shall be effective as
                  specified below.

         2.       Rollovers Disregarded in Determining Value of Account Balance
                  for Involuntary Distributions. If elected by the Employer
                  below, for purposes of Plan Section 9.5(e), the value of a
                  Participant's nonforfeitable account balance shall be
                  determined without regard to that portion of the account
                  balance that is attributable to Rollover Contributions (and
                  earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Code Section
                  402(c), Section 403(a)(4), Section 403(b)(8), Section
                  408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and Section 457(e)(16). If the value of the
                  Participant's nonforfeitable account balance as so determined
                  is $5,000 or less, whether the Plan shall make an immediate
                  distribution of the Participant's nonforfeitable account
                  balance shall be determined under Adoption Agreement Section
                  D.7.

                  The Employer: (choose one)

                  [ ]      elects

                  [X]      does not elect

                  to exclude Rollover Contributions in determining the value of
                  the Participant's nonforfeitable account balance for purposes
                  of the Plan's involuntary cash-out rules.

         3.       Effective Date. If the Employer has elected to exclude
                  Rollover Contributions, the election shall apply with respect
                  to distributions made after:

                  ________________ (Enter a date no earlier than December 31,
                  2001.) with respect to Participants who separated from service
                  prior to:

                  ____________ (Enter a date earlier than January 1, 2002.)

H.12     SUSPENSION PERIOD FOLLOWING HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION (PLAN SECTIONS
         5.2(b), 12.3)

         A Participant who receives a distribution of Elective Deferrals after
         December 31, 2001, on account of hardship shall be prohibited from
         making Elective Deferrals and After-Tax Employee Contributions under
         this and all other plans of the Employer for 6 months after receipt of
         the distribution. A Participant who receives a distribution of Elective
         Deferrals in calendar year 2001 on account of hardship shall be
         prohibited from making Elective Deferrals and After-Tax Employee
         Contributions under this and all other plans of the Employer for the
         period specified by the Employer below.

         Suspension Period for Hardship Distributions Received during 2001:
         (choose one)

         [X]      A Participant who receives a distribution of Elective
                  Deferrals in calendar year 2001 on account of hardship shall
                  be prohibited from making Elective Deferrals and After-Tax
                  Employee

                                                                               5
<PAGE>

                  Contributions under this and all other plans of the Employer
                  for 6 months after receipt of the distribution or until
                  January 1, 2002, if later.

         [ ]      A Participant who receives a distribution of Elective
                  Deferrals in calendar year 2001 on account of hardship shall
                  be prohibited from making Elective Deferrals and After-Tax
                  Employee Contributions under this and all other plans of the
                  Employer for the period specified in the provisions of the
                  Plan relating to suspension of Elective Deferrals that were in
                  effect prior to this amendment.

H.13     DISTRIBUTION UPON SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT (PLAN SECTION 11.3)

         1.       Effective Date. This section shall apply for distributions and
                  transactions made after December 31, 2001, regardless of when
                  the severance from employment occurred.

         2.       New Distributable Event. A Participant's Elective Deferrals,
                  Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching
                  Contributions, and earnings attributable to these
                  contributions shall be distributed on account of the
                  Participant's severance from employment. However, such a
                  distribution shall be subject to the other provisions of the
                  Plan regarding distributions, other than provisions that
                  require a separation from service before such amounts may be
                  distributed.

Plan Sponsor
Signature:
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

Print Name and Title:
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

                                            Effective/
Date:                                  Amendment Date:
      -----------------------------                     ------------------------

                                                                               6

<PAGE>
                       METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                    DEFINED CONTRIBUTION BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

                                        .

                                                                  NOVEMBER, 2001
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Page
                                                                                                   ----
<S>                                                                                                <C>
ARTICLE 1:  INTRODUCTION                                                                             1
   1.1      ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN.............................................................       1
   1.2      PLAN DOCUMENTS....................................................................       1
   1.3      PAIRED PLANS......................................................................       1

ARTICLE 2:  DEFINITIONS                                                                              2
   2.1      ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE:...................................................       2
   2.2      ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE........................................................       2
   2.3      ADOPTION AGREEMENT................................................................       3
   2.4      BENEFICIARY.......................................................................       3
   2.5      CODE..............................................................................       3
   2.6      EFFECTIVE DATE....................................................................       3
   2.7      ELECTIVE DEFERRALS................................................................       3
   2.8      EMPLOYEE..........................................................................       4
   2.9      EMPLOYER..........................................................................       4
   2.10     ERISA.............................................................................       5
   2.11     EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS....................................................       5
   2.12     EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS..............................................................       5
   2.13     EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS OR EXCESS 401(k) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS..................       6
   2.14     FAMILY MEDICAL ABSENCE............................................................       6
   2.15     HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE:......................................................       6
   2.16     MILITARY ABSENCE..................................................................       7
   2.17     NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE...................................................       7
   2.18     OWNER-EMPLOYEE....................................................................       7
   2.19     PARTICIPANT.......................................................................       8
   2.20     PLAN..............................................................................       8
   2.21     PLAN ADMINISTRATOR................................................................       8
   2.22     PLAN COMPENSATION.................................................................       9
   2.23     PLAN YEAR.........................................................................      10
   2.24     QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS..................................................      11
   2.25     QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS..............................................      11
   2.26     SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL..........................................................      11
   2.27     SHAREHOLDER-EMPLOYEE..............................................................      11
   2.28     SPONSOR...........................................................................      11
   2.29     TRUST.............................................................................      11
   2.30     TRUSTEE...........................................................................      11
   2.31     STRAIGHT LIFE ANNUITY.............................................................      12

ARTICLE 3:  DEFINITIONS AND RULES RELATING TO SERVICE                                               12
   3A.1     APPLICABILITY OF PART A...........................................................      12
   3A.2     YEAR OF SERVICE...................................................................      12
   3A.3     HOUR OF SERVICE...................................................................      12
   3A.4     ONE-YEAR BREAK IN SERVICE.........................................................      14
   3A.5     EMPLOYMENT YEARS DEFINED..........................................................      15
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                <C>
   3A.6     ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD....................................................      15
   3A.7     VESTING COMPUTATION PERIOD........................................................      16
   3A.8     COUNTING YEARS OF SERVICE FOR PARTICIPATION.......................................      16
   3A.9     YEARS OF SERVICE FOR VESTING......................................................      16
   3A.10    SERVICE WITH OTHER ORGANIZATIONS..................................................      17

PART B: ELAPSED TIME METHOD                                                                         18
   3B.1     APPLICABILITY OF PART B...........................................................      18
   3B.2     SERVICE...........................................................................      18
   3B.3     DEFINITIONS RELATING TO SERVICE...................................................      18
   3B.4     CERTAIN SERVICE BEFORE ELIGIBILITY DISREGARDED....................................      20
   3B.5     SERVICE FOR VESTING...............................................................      20
   3B.6     SERVICE WITH OTHER ORGANIZATIONS..................................................      21

ARTICLE 4:  PARTICIPATION                                                                           22
   4.1      ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES................................................................      22
   4.2      AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS......................................................      23
   4.3      PARTICIPATION.....................................................................      24
   4.4      TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION......................................................      25
   4.5      RE-ENTRY OF FORMER PARTICIPANT....................................................      25
   4.6      TRANSFERS.........................................................................      25

ARTICLE 5:  EMPLOYEE 401(K) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS: AVERAGE DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST                 25
   5.1      ELIGIBILITY.......................................................................      25
   5.2      LIMITS ON AMOUNT..................................................................      26
   5.3      PROCEDURES........................................................................      29
   5.4      COLLECTION OF 401(K) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS........................................      30
   5.5      SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT.....................................................      30
   5.6      401(K) LIMITS.....................................................................      30
   5.7      DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE...............................................................      33
   5.8      MONITORING PARTICIPANTS' DEFERRAL PERCENTAGES: ADJUSTMENTS........................      36
   5.9      TREATMENT OF PARTICIPANT WHO REACHES $7,000 LIMIT.................................      40
   5.10     SAFE HARBOR CASH OR DEFERRED ARRANGEMENT:.........................................      40

ARTICLE 5A: COORDINATION OF  QUALIFIED PLAN LIMITS AND TESTS                                        46

ARTICLE 6:  AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS; AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TEST                   47
   6.1      ELIGIBILITY.......................................................................      47
   6.2      LIMITS ON AMOUNT..................................................................      47
   6.3      PROCEDURES; PLAN ADMINISTRATOR RULES..............................................      49
   6.4      COLLECTION OF AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS.....................................      49
   6.5      AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT...........................................      50
   6.6      401(M) LIMITS.....................................................................      50
   6.7      CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE DEFINED...................................................      51
   6.8      SPECIAL RULES.....................................................................      52
   6.9      ADDITIONAL LIMITS FOR PLANS SUBJECT TO BOTH 401(k) AND 401(m) LIMITS..............      55
   6.10     ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR:.............................................................      57
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                <C>
ARTICLE 7:  ROLLOVERS, TRANSFERS AND DEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS                              57
   7.1      ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS............................................................      57
   7.2      TRANSFERS:........................................................................      59
   7.3      QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS:.......................................      63
   7.4      WITHDRAWALS:......................................................................      63

ARTICLE 8:  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS; AMOUNT AND ALLOCATION                                           65
   8.1      AMOUNT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION...................................................      65
   8.2      PROFIT-SHARING PLANS..............................................................      65
   8.3      MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLANS......................................................      68
   8.4      EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS...................................................      70
   8.5      PERSONS ENTITLED TO SHARE IN ALLOCATIONS..........................................      77
   8.6      ALLOCATION RULES..................................................................      78

ARTICLE 9:  BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT OR DISABILITY                                                  85
   9.1      RETIREMENT DATES..................................................................      85
   9.2      DISABILITY RETIREMENT.............................................................      86
   9.3      RETIREMENT BENEFITS...............................................................      86
   9.4      METHOD OF PAYMENT.................................................................      90
   9.5      MARRIED PARTICIPANTS..............................................................      91
   9.6      UNMARRIED PARTICIPANTS............................................................      96
   9.6A.    DIRECT ROLLOVER REQUIREMENTS......................................................      96
   9.7      DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.........................................................      98
   9.7A     MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS DETERMINED USING 2001 PROPOSED REGULATIONS..................     101
   9.8      REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE...........................................................     101
   9.9      TRANSITIONAL RULE.................................................................     104
   9.10     DATE BENEFIT PAYMENTS BEGIN.......................................................     106
   9.11     ANNUITIES NONTRANSFERABLE.........................................................     106
   9.12     DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF PARTICIPANTS............................................     106

ARTICLE 10: BENEFITS UPON DEATH                                                                    107
   10.1     BENEFITS UPON DEATH...............................................................     107
   10.2     METHOD OF PAYMENT.................................................................     109
   10.3     QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY..........................................     109
   10.4     LIMITATION ON DEATH BENEFIT DISTRIBUTIONS.........................................     112
   10.5     BENEFICIARY.......................................................................     116
   10.6     SAFE HARBOR RULES.................................................................     117
   10.7     TRANSITIONAL RULES................................................................     119

ARTICLE 11: TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND VESTED INTEREST                                          122
   11.1     VESTED INTEREST IN ACCRUED BENEFIT................................................     122
   11.2     CHANGES IN VESTING SCHEDULE.......................................................     122
   11.3     PAYMENT OF VESTED INTEREST........................................................     122
   11.4     FORFEITURE OF NON-VESTED INTEREST.................................................     123
   11.5     PROTECTIONS UPON RESUMPTION OF EMPLOYMENT.........................................     123
   11.6     CALCULATING VESTED INTEREST AFTER ACCOUNT DISTRIBUTION............................     124

ARTICLE 12: IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS AND WITHDRAWALS; LOANS                                        125
</TABLE>

                                       iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                <C>
   12.1     WITHDRAWAL OF AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS.....................................     125
   12.2     IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS FROM PROFIT SHARING PLANS..................................     126
   12.3     IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS FROM 401(k) PLANS..........................................     128
   12.4     IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS FROM MONEY PURCHASE PLAN...................................     131
   12.5     LOANS.............................................................................     131

ARTICLE 13: MAXIMUM LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS                                                     136
   13.1     SECTION 415 DEFINITIONS...........................................................     136
   13.2     NO PARTICIPATION IN OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS.........................................     143
   13.3     PARTICIPATION IN OTHER QUALIFIED MASTER OR PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS...     144
   13.4     PARTICIPATION IN ANOTHER QUALIFIED PLAN, OTHER THAN MASTER OR PROTOTYPE PLANS.....     145
   13.5     ESTIMATED LIMITATION..............................................................     145
   13.6     APPORTIONMENT BETWEEN PLANS.......................................................     145
   13.7     EXCESS AMOUNTS....................................................................     146
   13.8     DEFINED BENEFIT AND DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN.....................................     147

ARTICLE 14: TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS                                                                   147
   14.1     APPLICATION OF ARTICLE............................................................     148
   14.2     TOP-HEAVY DEFINITIONS.............................................................     148
   14.3     MINIMUM ALLOCATION................................................................     152
   14.4     APPORTIONMENT OF MINIMUM BENEFITS BETWEEN MULTIPLE PLANS..........................     153
   14.5     MINIMUM VESTING SCHEDULE..........................................................     154
   14.6     TOP HEAVY ADJUSTMENTS IN SECTION 415 FRACTIONS....................................     154
   14.7     ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS FOR PAIRED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION AND DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS...     155

ARTICLE 15: ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENTS                                                               157
   15.1     SEPARATE ACCOUNTS.................................................................     157
   15.2     INVESTMENT MEDIA; PARTICIPANT INVESTMENT DIRECTIONS...............................     157
   15.3     RULES FOR EXERCISE OF INVESTMENT OPTIONS..........................................     159
   15.4     SEGREGATED ACCOUNTS...............................................................     160
   15.5     LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS..........................................................     161
   15.6     MUTUAL FUND SHARES................................................................     162
   15.7     QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES:...................................................     165
   15.8     EXPENSES..........................................................................     168

ARTICLE 16: ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN                                                             169
   16.1     PLAN ADMINISTRATOR................................................................     169
   16.2     ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN............................................................     169
   16.3     REPORTING AND DISCLOSURE..........................................................     170
   16.4     RECORDS...........................................................................     170
   16.5     COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES.........................................................     171
   16.6     CLAIMS PROCEDURE..................................................................     171
   16.7     MORE THAN ONE EMPLOYER............................................................     172
   16.8     CORRECTION OF ADMINISTRATIVE ERRORS...............................................     172

ARTICLE 17: AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR MERGER OF PLAN                                               173
</TABLE>

                                       iv
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                <C>
   17.1     AMENDMENT BY SPONSOR..............................................................     173
   17.2     AMENDMENT BY EMPLOYER.............................................................     173
   17.3     RESTRICTIONS ON AMENDMENTS........................................................     173
   17.4     TERMINATION OF PLAN...............................................................     175
   17.5     DISPOSITION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST..............................................     176
   17.6     MERGER OF PLANS...................................................................     176

ARTICLE 18: TRANSFERS FROM OR TO OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS                                             177
   18.1     TRANSFERS FROM ANOTHER PLAN OF THE EMPLOYER.......................................     177
   18.2     TRANSFERS TO OTHER PLANS..........................................................     177

ARTICLE 19: MISCELLANEOUS                                                                          178
   19.1     PROHIBITED DIVERSION..............................................................     178
   19.2     FAILURE TO ATTAIN OR RETAIN QUALIFICATION.........................................     179
   19.3     NONALIENATION.....................................................................     179
   19.4     QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS...............................................     181
   19.5     LIMITATION ON RIGHTS CREATED BY PLAN..............................................     182
   19.6     ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES....................................................     183
   19.7     RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS...........................................................     183
   19.8     CURRENT ADDRESS OF PAYEE..........................................................     184
   19.9     CONTROLLED GROUP..................................................................     184
   19.10    AFFILIATED SERVICE GROUPS.........................................................     184
   19.11    OTHER AGGREGATED GROUPS...........................................................     184
   19.12    LEASED EMPLOYEES..................................................................     184
   19.13    APPLICATION OF PLAN'S TERMS.......................................................     185
   19.14    RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.............................................................     185
   19.15    GOVERNING LAW.....................................................................     186
   19.16    PAYMENT FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT..................................................     186
</TABLE>

                                       v
<PAGE>

                             ARTICLE 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN: The Employer established this plan under the name
specified in the Adoption Agreement.

1.2 PLAN DOCUMENTS: The Plan consists of this Defined Contribution Basic Plan
Document, the Adoption Agreement executed by the Employer, and the related Trust
instrument, as each may be amended from time to time.

      In this Basic Plan Document, cross references that are Arabic numbers are
to an article or section of this document, and cross references that begin with
a capital letter are to the Adoption Agreement.

1.3      PAIRED PLANS:

      (a) Two or more plans established using this Basic Plan Document (or the
Sponsor's Defined Benefit Basic Plan Document) and Standardized Adoption
Agreements may be Paired Plans. The Code requirements for qualification of
multiple plans will automatically be satisfied for Paired Plans, and the
Employer who complies with the Plans' provisions may rely upon their
qualification without obtaining individual determination letters from the
Internal Revenue Service.

      (b) The requirements for Paired Plans are as follows:

            (i) Each Plan uses one of the Sponsor's Pairable Standardized
      Adoption Agreements. The following are Pairable Standardized Adoption
      Agreements: adoption agreements numbered, 001, 002, 007 and 008.

            (ii) Such Plans are (a) a profit sharing plan, (b) a money purchase
      pension plan, or (c) a defined benefit pension plan.

            (iii) Only one of such plans is integrated with Social Security.

            (iv) Each Adoption Agreement specifies the Employer's other Paired
      Plan(s).

                                       1
<PAGE>
                             ARTICLE 2: DEFINITIONS

      A word or term defined in this article (or in any other article) will have
the same meaning throughout the Plan unless the context clearly requires a
different meaning.

2.1 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE: (ACP) shall mean, for a specified group of
participants for a Plan Year, the average of the Contribution Percentages of the
Eligible Participants in a group.

2.2 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE: (ADP) shall mean, for a specified group of
participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately
for each Participant in such group) of (1) the amount of Employer contributions
actually paid over to the Trust on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year
to (2) the Participant's Plan Compensation or compensation (based on a
definition of compensation selected by the Employer for the Plan Year that
satisfies Code Section 414(s)) for such Plan Year. Employer contributions on
behalf of any Participant shall include: any elective deferrals made pursuant to
the participant's deferral election, including Excess Elective Deferrals of
Highly Compensated Employees, but excluding (a) Excess Elective Deferrals of the
Non-Highly Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective Deferrals made
under the Plan or Plans of this Employer and (b) Elective Deferrals that are
taken into account in the Contribution Percentage Test (provided the ADP test is
satisfied both with and without exclusion of these Elective Deferrals); and at
the election of the Employer, Qualified Non-elective Contributions and Qualified
Matching Contributions. For purposes of computing Actual Deferral Percentages,
an Employee who would be a Participant but for the failure to make Elective
Deferrals shall be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no Elective
Deferrals are made.

                                       2
<PAGE>
2.3 ADOPTION AGREEMENT: means the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Adoption
Agreement executed by the Employer to establish or amend the Employer's Plan and
its related Trust and to specify optional provisions as part of the Employer's
Plan.

2.4 BENEFICIARY: means the individual(s) or entity(ies) designated by a
Participant or Beneficiary, or by the Plan, to receive any benefit payable upon
the death of the Participant or Beneficiary.

2.5 CODE: means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.6 EFFECTIVE DATE: shall mean the date specified in the initial Adoption
Agreement, but no earlier than the first day of the Plan Year in which the
initial Adoption Agreement is executed, except as otherwise provided in this
section. In the event that this Plan is an amended Plan, the Plan Effective Date
shall remain the initial Effective Date of the Plan. In addition, if a section
of the Plan or the Adoption Agreement specifies an Effective Date, such
provision shall be effective on the later of the date specified in such section
or the initial Effective Date of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the
Employer is adopting this Plan as an amended and restated plan, then, except as
otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Effective Date of the amendment
and restatement of this Plan shall be the first day of the Plan Year beginning
in 1997. However, the operation of specified portions of the Plan during the
Plan Years beginning in 1997 and ending for the Plan Year beginning in 2000 will
be reflected in Part G of the Adoption Agreement.

2.7 ELECTIVE DEFERRALS: (or 401(k) Savings Contributions) shall mean any
Employer Contributions made to the Plan at the election of the Participant, in
lieu of cash compensation,

                                       3
<PAGE>
and shall include contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or
other deferral mechanism. With respect to any taxable year, a Participant's
Elective Deferral is the sum of all Employer Contributions made on behalf of
such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified CODA as
described in section 401(k) of the Code, any simplified employee pension cash or
deferred arrangement as described in section 408(k)(6)), any SIMPLE IRA Plan
described in Section 408(p), any eligible deferred compensation plan under
section 457, any plan as described under section 501(c)(18), and any employer
contributions made on the behalf of a participant for the purchase of an annuity
contract under section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. Elective
Deferrals shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as Excess
Amounts.

2.8 EMPLOYEE: means (i) a person employed by the Employer and, (ii) an
individual described in Section 19.12 who is deemed to be an Employee of any
such Employer under Code Sections 414(n) or 414(o). Employee includes a
self-employed individual.

2.9 EMPLOYER: means, with respect to a Nonstandardized Plan, the Employer named
in Part A of the Adoption Agreement and any related employer which has
specifically adopted the Plan in Part F of the Adoption Agreement.

      No Employer may adopt a Standardized Plan unless each related employer
that is part of the same Controlled Group (as defined in Section 19.9) or the
same Affiliated Service Group (as defined in Section 19.10), or that is
aggregated under Section 19.11, with the Employer designated in Part A of the
Adoption Agreement joins the Plan. The failure of any such related employer to
join the plan will cause it to be considered a Nonstandardized Plan so that the
Employers may not rely upon the Plan's qualification under Code Section 401(a)
unless they obtain an individual determination letter to such effect from the
Internal Revenue Service.

                                       4
<PAGE>
      Where specifically provided in this Plan, the term Employer will include
the Employer named in Part A of the Adoption Agreement, each related employer
which has specifically adopted this Plan in Part F of the Adoption Agreement and
each related employer that is part of the same Controlled Group (as defined in
Section 19.9) or the same Affiliated Service Group (as defined in Section
19.10), or that is aggregated under Section 19.11, with the Employer designated
in Part A of the Adoption Agreement. General rules of construction appear in
Section 16.7, "More than One Employer."

2.10 ERISA: means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

2.11 EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS: shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year,
the excess of:

      (a) The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in
computing the Actual Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of the
group of HCEs for such Plan Year, minus

      (b) The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by the ACP test
(determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of members
of the group of HCEs in order of their Contribution Percentages beginning with
the highest of such percentages).

      Such determination shall be made after first determining Excess Elective
Deferrals pursuant to section 5.8(b), Excess Amounts pursuant to Section 13.7
and then determining Excess Contributions pursuant to section 5.8(a).

2.12 EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS: shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess
of:

      a. The aggregate amount of Employer Contributions actually taken into
account in computing the ADP of the group of HCEs for such Plan Year, minus

                                       5
<PAGE>
      b. The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP test
(determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of the group
of HCEs in order of the ADPs, beginning with the highest of such percentages).

      Such determination shall be made after first determining Excess Elective
Deferrals pursuant to section 5.8(b) and then determining Excess Amounts
pursuant to Section 13.7.

2.13 EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS OR EXCESS 401(K) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS: shall
mean those Elective Deferrals or 401(k) savings contributions that are
includible in a Participant's gross income under section 402(g) of the Code to
the extent such Participant's Elective Deferrals or 401(k) Savings Contributions
for a taxable year exceed the dollar limitation under such Code section. Excess
Elective Deferrals or Excess 401(k) Savings Contributions shall be treated as
Annual Additions under the Plan unless such amounts are distributed no later
than the first April 15 following the close of the Participant's taxable year.

2.14 FAMILY MEDICAL ABSENCE: means, with respect to an Employee who satisfies
the notice, medical certification and reemployment provisions of the Family and
Medical Leave Act of 1993, an unpaid absence not in excess of twelve workweeks
in any year of service (a) for purposes of caring for the Employee's spouse,
child, or parent with a serious health condition (as defined in Section 101(11)
of the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993) or (b) because of a serious health
condition that makes the Employee unable to perform one or more of the essential
functions of his or her job.

2.15 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE: (HCE) means, for Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 1996, any employee of the Employer and with all entities related to
the Employer as described in Sections 19.9, 19.10 and 19.11,who (1) was a
5-percent owner at any time during the Determination Year or the Look-back Year;
or (2) had compensation from the Employer in

                                       6
<PAGE>
excess of $80,000 for the Lookback Year, and, if the Employer so elects in the
Adoption Agreement, was in the Top-Paid Group for the preceding year. The
$80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code
Section 415(d), except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending
September 30, 1996. For this purpose, the applicable Plan Year of the Plan for
which a determination is being made is called a Determination Year and the
preceding 12-month period is called the Look-Back Year. A Highly Compensated
Former Employee is based on the rules applicable to determining Highly
Compensated Employee status as in effect for that Determination Year, in
accordance with section 1.414(q)-1T, A-4 of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations
and Notice 97-45. In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated
Employee for years beginning in 1997, the amendments to Section 414(q) stated
above are treated as having been in effect for years beginning in 1996. If
elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may determine which Employees
who may be described in (2) are Highly Compensated Employees by way of the
calendar year election described in Section 1.414(q)-1T, Q&A-14(b) of the
Temporary Income Tax Regulations.

2.16 MILITARY ABSENCE: means any unpaid leave of absence not in excess of five
years' duration (unless extended in accordance with the Uniformed Services
Employment and Reemployment Rights Act ("USERRA")) taken by an Employee for
purposes of serving in the uniformed services of the United States, with respect
to an Employee who satisfies the conditions for reemployment specified by the
USERRA following the expiration of such leave.

2.17 NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE: (NHCE) means any Employee who is not a
Highly Compensated Employee.

2.18 OWNER-EMPLOYEE: means an individual who is the sole proprietor (if the
Employer is a proprietorship), or who is a partner or shareholder owning more
than 10 percent of either the

                                       7
<PAGE>
capital or profits interest (if the Employer is a partnership or a limited
liability partnership or a limited liability company that is treated as a
partnership under the Code).

2.19 PARTICIPANT: means an Employee who has become a Participant in the Plan, a
former Employee who has an account balance under the Plan and an Employee who
has not yet satisfied the age and service requirements of Section 4.2 but has
made a rollover contribution into the Plan, pursuant to Section 7.1(c). A
Participant's participation will end on the earlier of the date on which (i) he
or she receives a total distribution from the Plan in the form of a single sum
or (ii) he or she has no vested interest in the Plan and a period of five
consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service has occurred.

      A Participant is treated as benefiting under the Plan for any Plan Year
during which the Participant received or is deemed to receive an allocation in
accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.410(b)-3(a).

2.20 PLAN: means the Employer's Plan as set forth in this Metropolitan Life
Insurance Company Basic Plan Document and the Adoption Agreement signed by the
Employer, including all amendments to either document.

2.21 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR: means the person or persons designated in the Adoption
Agreement as Plan Administrator to control and manage the operation and
administration of the Employer's Plan as provided in Article 16.

                                       8
<PAGE>
2.22 PLAN COMPENSATION:

      (a) General Definition. A Participant's Plan Compensation for a Plan Year
means compensation as that term is defined in Section 13.1(b) of the Plan for
services actually rendered by the Participant as an Employee of the Employer, as
modified in the Adoption Agreement. Solely for purposes of determining the
amount of a Participant's 401(k) Savings Contributions, After-Tax Savings
Contributions and their related Matching Contributions, Plan Compensation shall
include Employer Contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or
other arrangement which are not includible in the gross income of the
participant under Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or
403(b). Compensation shall include only that compensation which is actually paid
to the Participant during the Determination Period. Except as provided elsewhere
in the Plan, the Determination Period shall be the period elected by the
Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer makes no election, the
Determination Period shall be the Plan Year. For a self-employed individual,
Plan compensation means his or her Earned Income. Except as otherwise provided
in the Adoption Agreement, Plan Compensation shall include any amount which is
contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or other
arrangement and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee
under sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b) of the Code.

      For purposes of this subsection, Earned Income means net earnings from
self employment in the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is
established, for which the personal services of the individual are a material
income producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items
excluded from gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net
earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified plan to the
extent deductible under Code Section 404. Net earnings shall be determined with
regard to the

                                       9
<PAGE>
deduction allowed to the taxpayer by Code Section 164(f) for taxable years
beginning after December 31, 1989.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the annual compensation of each Participant
taken into account for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any
Plan Year shall not exceed $150,000, as adjusted for increases in the
cost-of-living in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The
cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any
Determination Period beginning in such calendar year.

      If the Determination Period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual
compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual
compensation limit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of months in the short plan year, and the denominator of which is 12. If
compensation for any prior Determination Period is taken into account in
determining an Employee's allocations or benefits for the current Plan Year, the
compensation for such prior year is subject to the applicable annual
compensation limit in effect for that prior year. For this purpose, for years
beginning before January 1, 1990, the applicable annual compensation limit is
$200,000. In addition, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or
after January 1, 1994, the annual compensation limit in effect for Determination
Periods beginning before that date is $150,000.

      (b) Exception. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998, for
purposes of Article 13 (Code Section 415 limits), the foregoing definition of
Plan Compensation will not apply (see Section 13.1(b) for the applicable
definition).

2.23 PLAN YEAR: means the year specified in the Adoption Agreement.

                                       10
<PAGE>
2.24 QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS: shall mean employer matching
contributions which are subject to the distribution (other than those specified
in Section 12.3) and nonforfeitability requirements of Code Section 401(k) when
made.

2.25 QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS: shall mean Contributions (other than
Matching Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions) made by the Employer
and allocated to Participants' accounts that the Participants may not elect to
receive in cash until distributed from the plan; that are nonforfeitable when
made; and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution
provisions (other than those specified in Section 12.3) that are applicable to
Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions.

2.26 SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL: means an individual who has Earned Income for the
taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established (or
who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had
no net profits for the taxable year).

2.27 SHAREHOLDER-EMPLOYEE: in any year means an Employee or officer of an S
corporation (as defined in Code Section 1361(a)) who owns, directly or
indirectly, more than five percent of the outstanding stock of the Employer
during such year.

2.28 SPONSOR: means Metropolitan Life Insurance Company or its successor.

2.29 TRUST: means the trust established under the instrument entitled - Trust
Agreement or such other trust agreement entered into by the Employer and the
Trustee for the payment of the benefits provided by the plan or such custodial
accounts or annuity contracts which meet the requirements of Code Section
401(f).

2.30 TRUSTEE: means the trustee named in the trust agreement to serve as trustee
under the plan, or any successor trustee serving under the Trust Agreement.

                                       11
<PAGE>
2.31 STRAIGHT LIFE ANNUITY: means an annuity payable in equal installments for
the life of the Participant and that terminates upon the Participant's death.

              ARTICLE 3: DEFINITIONS AND RULES RELATING TO SERVICE
                        PART A: HOURS OF SERVICE METHOD:

3A.1 APPLICABILITY OF PART A: The definitions and rules in this Part A of
Article 3 will apply unless in the Adoption Agreement the Employer elected to
have Employees' service determined entirely or partly using the elapsed time
method.

3A.2 YEAR OF SERVICE: A year of service of an Employee is a 12 consecutive month
computation period in which he or she completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service,
or a smaller number of hours specified in the Adoption Agreement.

3A.3 HOUR OF SERVICE:

      (a) Except as provided in subsection (b) below, an Employee's Hours of
Service will be counted by giving the Employee credit for:

            (1) each hour for which he or she is paid, or entitled to payment,
      for the performance of duties for the Employer. These hours will be
      credited to him or her for the computation period in which the duties are
      performed; and

            (2) each hour for which he or she is paid, or entitled to payment,
      by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are
      performed (regardless of whether the employment relationship has
      terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
      disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more
      than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this subsection (2) for
      any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs within a
      single computation period). Hours under this subsection (2) will he
      calculated and credited

                                       12
<PAGE>
      under Department of Labor Regulations, 29 C.F.R. Section 2530.200-2(b) and
      (c), which are incorporated herein by this reference; and

            (3) each hour for which back pay, regardless of mitigation of
      damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of
      Service will not he credited both under subsection (1) or subsection (2),
      as the case may be, and under this subsection (3). These hours will he
      credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which
      the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in
      which the award, agreement or payment is made.

            (4) In addition to hours credited to an employee under subsections
      (1) through (3) above, he or she will be credited with the number of hours
      (not exceeding 40 for a full week or a pro rata portion of 40 for a
      partial week) he or she normally would have worked except for the fact
      that he or she was absent on one of the following types of unpaid absence:
      (A) leave of absence for a period authorized by the Employer under a leave
      policy applied uniformly to all Employees, provided he or she returns to
      service with the Employer at or before the expiration of such period; or
      (B) a Military Absence.

            (5) Solely for purposes of determining whether a One-Year Break in
      Service, as defined in section 3A.4, has occurred in a computation period,
      an Employee who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, by
      reason of a Family Medical Absence or by reason of a Military Absence will
      receive credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been
      credited to such Employee but for such absence, (or in any case in which
      such hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such
      absence). For purposes of this subsection (5), an absence from work for
      maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (A) by reason of the
      pregnancy of the Employee,

                                       13
<PAGE>
      (B) by reason of a birth of a child of the Employee, (C) by reason of the
      placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee's
      adoption of such child, or (D) for purposes of caring for such child for a
      period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The hours
      of service credited under this subsection (5) will be credited (i) in the
      computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is
      necessary to prevent a One-Year Break in Service in that period, or (ii)
      in all other cases, in the following computation period if necessary to
      prevent a One-Year Break in Service in that computation period.

      (b) If the Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, an Employee will
be credited with the number of Hours of Service specified in this subsection (b)
for a period if the Employee would have been credited with at least one Hour of
Service during such period under subsection (a) above:

            (1)   10 Hours of Service per day;

            (2)   45 Hours of Service per week;

            (3)   95 Hours of Service per semi-monthly payroll period; or

            (4)   190 Hours of Service per month.

Only one such method may be elected and it must apply to all Employees.

3A.4 ONE-YEAR BREAK IN SERVICE: A One-Year Break in Service of an Employee is a
12-consecutive month computation period during which he or she completes
one-half or fewer of the number of Hours of Service required for a Year of
Service under Section 3A.2. The 12-month computation period will be the same
period used to determine a Year of Service under Section 3A.6 or Section 3A.7.

                                       14
<PAGE>
3A.5 EMPLOYMENT YEARS DEFINED: Employment Years of an Employee are
12-consecutive month periods beginning on the date he or she first completes an
Hour of Service and on subsequent anniversaries of such date.

3A.6 ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD: For purposes of determining whether an
Employee has completed the service requirement (if any) for participation:

      (a) The initial Computation Period will be his or her first Employment
Year.

      (b) Subsequent Computation Periods will be either (i) his or her
subsequent Employment Years, or (ii) if the Adoption Agreement so specifies,
Plan Years beginning with the Plan Year that starts during his first Employment
Year regardless of whether the Employee is entitled to be credited with 1,000
Hours of Service during his or her first Employment Year. For purposes of clause
(ii) of the preceding sentence, an Employee who is credited with 1,000 Hours of
Service in both his or her first Employment Year and the Plan Year that starts
during his or her first Employment Year will (unless his or her Employment Year
and the Plan Year coincide) be credited with two Years of Service for purposes
of eligibility to participate.

      (c) If an Employee has a One-Year Break in Service, his or her
12-consecutive month Eligibility Computation Periods will begin with his or her
first Employment Year after such break. If necessary for purposes of measuring
Years of Service for participation, subsequent 12-consecutive month Computation
Periods will be either (i) if the Adoption Agreement so specifies under
subsection (b)(i) above, subsequent Employment Years, or otherwise (ii) Plan
Years beginning with the Plan Year which begins during his or her first
Employment Year after such break.

                                       15
<PAGE>

3A.7  VESTING COMPUTATION PERIOD: For purposes of computing an Employee's
nonforfeitable right to his or her Employer Contributions account, an Employee's
Computation Periods will be either (a) Plan Years, or (b) if the Adoption
Agreement so specifies, Employment Years.

3A.8  COUNTING YEARS OF SERVICE FOR PARTICIPATION: All of an Employee's Years of
Service with the Employer are counted toward meeting the Plan's participation
eligibility requirement (if any), except that, if the Plan provides for 100%
vesting after two years or less of service, service before a One-Year Break In
Service which occurs before the Employee satisfies the Plan's requirement for
eligibility will be disregarded unless the Adoption Agreement specifies
otherwise. However, the preceding sentence will not apply if the Employer's plan
is a 401(k) plan.

      If the service requirement to become a Participant as specified in the
Adoption Agreement includes a fractional year, an Employee will not be required
to complete any minimum number of hours of service to receive credit for such
fractional year.

3A.9  YEARS OF SERVICE FOR VESTING: For purposes of determining a Participant's
vested percentage, all of his or her Years of Service will be counted, including
any period of Military Absence, except that, if the Adoption Agreement
specifically so provides, the following Years of Service will not be counted:

      (a) Years of Service completed before age 18;

      (b) Years of Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a
predecessor plan.

      A Plan is a predecessor plan if it was terminated on or after the date it
was required to comply with ERISA and within five years before or after the
effective date of this Plan. A plan is not treated as a predecessor plan with
respect to an Employee unless he or she was a participant in such plan.

                                       16
<PAGE>
3A.10 SERVICE WITH OTHER ORGANIZATIONS:

      (a) To determine whether an Employee is a Participant and to determine his
or her vested percentage, he or she will receive credit for Hours of Service
under Section 3A.3 with the following entities (or as a leased employee under
Code Section 414(n) or Code Section 414(o)) as if those Hours of Service were
credited to the Employee for service with the Employer: any member of an
Affiliated Service Group (under Code Section 414(m)) including the Employer, any
corporation which is included in a Controlled Group of Corporations (under Code
Section 414(b)) with the Employer or any unincorporated trade or business which
is under common control (under Code Section 414(c)) with the Employer, and any
entity required to be aggregated with the Employer under Code Section 414(o).
Service credited under this subsection (a) shall be limited to the period that
the other entities were related to the Employer in the manner described in the
applicable Code section, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption
Agreement to recognize service with any such entity for any period prior to the
time such relationship commenced.

      (b) If the Employer maintains a plan of a predecessor employer, service
with the predecessor employer will be treated as service with the Employer.

      (c) If not treated as service with the Employer under subsection (b)
above, service with any entity specifically so designated in the Adoption
Agreement will be treated as service with the Employer.

      (d) Notwithstanding any provision in this Section to the contrary, in the
case of a standardized plan, the Service credited under this Section to any
Participant shall not exceed five (5) years.

                                       17
<PAGE>
                           PART B: ELAPSED TIME METHOD

3B.1  APPLICABILITY OF PART B: If in the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
Adoption Agreement the Employer elected to have Employees' service determined
entirely or partly using the elapsed time method, then to that extent the
definitions and rules in this Part B will apply.

3B.2  SERVICE:

      (a) In General. Service of an employee includes all of the following:

            (1) any period of his or her employment, whether or not continuous;

            (ii) for a reemployed Employee, any Period of Severance provided
that his or her Reemployment Date occurs within one year after his Severance
Date.

      (b) Years of Service. To determine an Employee's Years of Plan Service,
all of his or her Plan service will be aggregated and each 365 days of such
aggregated Plan service will constitute one Year of Plan service. If any
provision of the Plan calls for completion of a fractional Year of Plan Service,
such fraction of 365 days of his or her aggregated Plan Service will satisfy the
provision; for example, if one-half Year of Plan Service is required, then such
requirement will be met when the Employee's aggregated Plan Service equals 183
days.

3B.3  DEFINITIONS RELATING TO SERVICE:

      (a) Employment. An Employee's Employment means his or her service as an
Employee, beginning on his or her Employment Date or Reemployment Date and
ending on his or her Severance Date.

      (b) Employment Date.  An Employee's Employment Date or Reemployment Date
is the date on which he or she first completes an Hour of Service.

                                       18
<PAGE>
      (c) Reemployment Date. In the case of an Employee who has a Period of
Severance which is not taken into account under Section 3B.2(a) (ii), the
Reemployment Date is the date on which he or she first completes an Hour of
Service after such Period of Severance.

      (d) Period of Severance. A Period of Severance of an employee means a
period beginning on his or her Severance Date and, if applicable, ending on his
or her Reemployment Date.

      In the case of an Employee who is absent from work for maternity or
paternity reasons, by reason of a Family Medical Absence or by reason of a
Military Absence, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first
anniversary of the first date of such absence will not constitute a Period of
Severance. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or
paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the
Employee, (2) by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee, (3) by reason
of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee's
adoption of such child, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a
period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

      Subject to the requirements of the Adoption Agreement, each Employee will
share in Employer Contributions for the period beginning on the date the
Employee commences participation under the Plan and ending on the date on which
such Employee severs Employment with the Employer or is no longer a member of an
eligible class of Employees.

      If the Employer is a member of an Affiliated Service Group (under section
414(m)), a Controlled Group of Corporations (under section 414(b)), a group of
trades or businesses under common control (under section 414(c)) or any other
entity required to be aggregated with the employer pursuant to section 414(o)
and the regulations thereunder, service will be credited for any Employment for
any period of time for any other member of such group. Service will also be

                                       19
<PAGE>
credited for any individual required under section 414(n) or section 414(o) and
the regulations thereunder to be considered an Employee of any Employer
aggregated under section 414(b), (c), or (m).

      (e) Severance Date. An Employee's Severance Date is the earlier of:

            (1) the date on which he or she quits, retires, is discharged or
      dies, or

            (2) the first anniversary of the first day of a period during which
      he or she is absent (with or without compensation) from performing duties
      for the Employer for any reason other than quit, retirement, discharge or
      death, such as vacation, holiday, sickness, leave of absence or layoff.

      (f) Hour of Service. For purposes of this Part B of Article 3, an Hour of
Service is an hour for which the Employee is paid or entitled to payment for the
performance of duties for the Employer.

3B.4  CERTAIN SERVICE BEFORE ELIGIBILITY DISREGARDED: If the Plan provides for
100% vesting after two years or less of Plan Service, Plan Service will be
disregarded if it was completed before a Period of Severance of one year or more
which occurs before the Employee satisfied the Plan's service requirement for
eligibility. However, this section does not apply if the Employer's plan is a
401(k) plan.

3B.5  SERVICE FOR VESTING: For purposes of determining a Participant's vested
percentage, all of his or her Service will be counted, including any period of
Military Absence, except that, if the Adoption Agreement so provides, the
following Service will not be counted:

      (a) Service completed before age 18;

      (b) Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a predecessor
plan.

                                       20
<PAGE>
      A plan is a predecessor plan if it was terminated on or after the date it
was required to comply with ERISA and within five years before or after the
effective date of this plan. A plan is not treated as a predecessor plan with
respect to an Employee unless he or she was a participant in such plan.

3B.6  SERVICE WITH OTHER ORGANIZATIONS:

      (a) To determine whether an Employee is a Participant and to determine his
or her vested percentage, Service with the following entities (or as a Leased
Employee under Code Section 414(n)) will count as Service with the Employer: any
member of an Affiliated Service Group (under Code Section 414(m)), any
corporation which is included in a Controlled Group of Corporations (under
Section Code 414(b)) with the Employer, any unincorporated trade or business
which is under common control (under Section Code 414(c)) with the Employer, and
any entity aggregated with the Employer under Code Section 414(o)). Service
credited under this subsection (a) shall be limited to the period that the other
entities were related to the Employer in the manner described in the applicable
Code section, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to
recognize Service with any such entity for any period prior to the time such
relationship commenced.

      (b) If the Employer maintains a plan of a predecessor employer, service
with the predecessor employer will be treated as Service with the Employer.

      (c) If not treated as Plan Service with the Employer under subsection (b)
above, service with any entity specifically so designated in the Adoption
Agreement will be treated as Service with the Employer.

                                       21
<PAGE>
      (d) Notwithstanding any provision in this Section to the contrary, in the
case of a standardized plan, the Service credited under this Section to any
Participant shall not exceed five (5) years.

                            ARTICLE 4: PARTICIPATION

4.1   ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES: Except as otherwise provided in this section, each
Employee is eligible to participate in the Plan (an Eligible Employee). If the
Adoption Agreement so provides, an individual who is included in one of the
following classes of employees or workers is not eligible if:

      (a) he or she is employed in a unit covered by a collective bargaining
agreement between the Employer and employee representatives where retirement
benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining with the Employer and the
agreement does not call for his or her inclusion in the Plan and if less than
two percent of the Employees of the Employer who are covered pursuant to that
agreement are professionals as defined in section 1.410(b)-9(g) of the proposed
regulations; the term "employee representatives" does not include any
organization more than half of whose members are employees who are owners,
officers or executives of the Employer; or

      (b) he or she is a nonresident alien (within the meaning of Section
7701(b)(1)(B) of the Code) and receives no earned income (within the meaning of
Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer which constitutes income from
sources within the United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the
Code); or

      (c) in the case of a Non-Standardized Plan, he or she is performing
services for the Employer under an agreement, whether written or oral, which
acknowledges his or her status as

                                       22
<PAGE>
an independent contractor and that he or she is not eligible to participate in
the Employer's employee benefit plans, notwithstanding that he or she is later
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or the Internal Revenue Service
to be a common law employee for tax purposes.

      (d) In the case of a Non-Standardized Plan, he or she is performing
services for the Employer under a leasing arrangement entered into between the
Employer and some other person, notwithstanding the fact that he or she is later
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or the Internal Revenue Service
to be a common law employee or a Leased Employee.

      (e) he or she is an Employee who became an Employee as the result of a
"Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction." Such Employees will be excluded during the
period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of
the first Plan Year beginning after the date of the transaction. A
"Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction" is an asset or stock acquisition, merger or
similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the Employees of a
trade or business.

      (f) in the case of a Non-Standardized Plan, he or she is a member of a
class of employees explicitly excluded from eligibility in the Adoption
Agreement.

4.2   AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS:  Any minimum age and service requirements
are set forth in the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company  Adoption Agreement.

      The minimum service requirement may not exceed one Year of Service
(one-half year in the case of a Plan with annual entry dates); however, if the
Employer's Plan provides for full and immediate vesting after two years or less
of service, the minimum service requirement may not exceed two Years of Service
(one and one-half years in the case of a Plan with annual entry

                                       23
<PAGE>
dates). If applicable, the Employer shall elect in Section B.2 of the Adoption
Agreement whether to use the "Hours of Service" method or the "Elapsed Time"
method.

      The minimum age requirement may not exceed 21 (20-1/2 in the case of a
Plan with annual entry dates).

4.3   PARTICIPATION:

      (a) Each Employee who, on the Effective Date of the Plan, is an Eligible
Employee and has fulfilled the Plan's age and service requirements (if any) will
become a Participant as of such date.

      (b) Each Employee (other than one who is a Participant under subsection
(a) above) will become a Participant on the Entry Date when he or she is an
Eligible Employee and satisfies the Plan's age and service requirements (if
any).

      (c) Unless specified otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the Entry Dates
will be the first day of the first and seventh months of the Plan Year (January
1 and July 1 for calendar year plans). If the Adoption Agreement provides for
additional or other Entry Dates, the entry dates will be as so specified;
provided that the first day of the Plan Year will always be an Entry Date.

      (d) If the Employer's Plan permits 401(k) Savings Contributions or
After-Tax Saving Contributions, each Employee who has become a Participant under
the preceding subsections of this section will be eligible to make 401(k)
Savings Contributions and/or After-Tax Savings Contributions subject to the
applicable provisions of the Plan and the Adoption Agreement, and such an
Employee will be considered a Participant even if he or she elects not to make
401(k) Savings Contributions or After-Tax Savings Contributions. However, an
Employee may not

                                       24
<PAGE>
make 401(k) Savings Contributions and/or After-Tax Savings Contributions before
the date the Employer signs the Plan.

4.4   TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION: An Employee's participation will end when he
or she is no longer an Eligible Employee due either to a change in his or her
employment status or to the termination of his or her service as an Employee
because of disability, death, retirement or any other reason.

4.5   RE-ENTRY OF FORMER PARTICIPANT: If a former Participant returns to service
with the Employer as an Eligible Employee, he or she will resume participation
in the Plan immediately upon his or she return.

4.6   TRANSFERS:

      (a) If a non-eligible Employee who satisfies the Plan's age and service
requirements (if any) for participation becomes an Eligible Employee due to a
change in his or her employment status, he or she will become a Participant
immediately if he or she would have become a Participant on a previous Entry
Date had he or she always been an Eligible Employee.

      (b) If a Participant becomes ineligible due to a change in his or her
employment status, such Employee will be a Participant again immediately upon
returning to an eligible class of employees.

            ARTICLE 5: EMPLOYEE 401(k) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS: AVERAGE
                            DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST

5.1   ELIGIBILITY: If the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Adoption Agreement
so provides, an Employee who meets the requirements of Section 4.3 may elect to
make 401(k) Savings Contributions by payroll deduction. If elected in the
Adoption Agreement under

                                       25
<PAGE>
"Special Election for Bonus Payments," the Employer will permit Participants to
make a special deferral election applicable to bonus payments only. This
election will override the Participant's then current salary reduction election
as it relates to bonus payments only. 401(k) Savings Contributions are voluntary
and no Employee is required to make such contributions. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Plan Administrator may deem
each Participant as having elected to make 401(k) Savings Contributions equal to
a specified percentage of such Participant's Plan Compensation as elected in the
Adoption Agreement, provided, that the Plan Administrator has furnished such
Participant with materials on the election and deemed election of 401(k) Savings
Contributions and of such Participant's right to cease or change the percentage
or dollar amount of future 401(k) Savings Contributions, including the procedure
for exercising that right and the timing for implementation of any such election
within a reasonable period of time before such Participant becomes eligible to
make 401(k) Savings Contributions or, as applied to current Participants, within
a reasonable period of time before the date on which deemed elections are first
implemented under the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall annually notify each
Participant of his or her 401(k) Savings Contributions, if any, and the
Participant's right to change the percentage, including the procedure for
exercising that right and the timing for implementation of any such election.

5.2   LIMITS ON AMOUNT:

      (a) In General. 401(k) Savings Contributions in any Plan Year may not
exceed whichever of the following is smallest: (i) the maximum amount permitted
under Section 5.6 for a Highly Compensated Employee; (ii) the maximum amount
that, with other amounts allocated to his or her accounts hereunder, does not
violate the limitations on Annual Additions under Article 13; (iii) any maximum
or other limitation imposed by the Plan Administrator; or (iv) the

                                       26
<PAGE>
dollar limitation contained in section 402(g) of the Code in effect at the
beginning of such taxable year.

      (b) Hardship Withdrawals. Notwithstanding Section 5.1 and subsection
(a)(iv) above, a Participant who makes a hardship withdrawal under Section 12.3
may not make 401(k) Savings Contributions or After-Tax Savings Contributions
hereunder (or under any other plan maintained by the Employer) for a period of
12 months following the date of the in-service withdrawal. Also, in the taxable
year following the date of the withdrawal, such a Participant may not make
401(k) Savings Contributions which, when added to his or her 401(k) Savings
Contributions during the taxable year of the withdrawal, exceed the amount
specified in subsection (a)(iv) above.

      (c) Nonforfeitability. The Participant's accrued benefit from
Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-elective Contributions, After-Tax Savings
Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions is non-forfeitable.

      (d) Distribution Requirements. Elective Deferrals are subject to the
distribution requirements of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B).

      (e) Make-up Contributions. As soon as practicable following the timely
reemployment of a Participant who has taken a Military Absence, the Plan
Administrator shall notify such Participant of his or her right to make up
401(k) Savings Contributions to which he or she would have been entitled to make
but for the period of Military Absence. 401(k) Savings Contributions made in
accordance with this subsection (e) shall be known as 401(k) Savings Make-Up
Contributions. Subject to the limitation of Article 13 in effect in each year of
such Participant's Military Absence to which 401(k) Savings Make-Up
Contributions relate, and provided that the maximum amount of 401(k) Savings
Make-Up Contributions attributable to

                                       27
<PAGE>
each year of Military Absence does not exceed the dollar limitation contained in
section 402(g) of the Code in effect during each such year, the amount of 401(k)
Savings Make-Up Contributions permitted by this subsection (e) shall be equal to
(i) the maximum amount of 401(k) Savings Contributions, unadjusted by any
earnings thereon, that such Participant would have been permitted to make under
subsection (a) during the period of Military Absence if such Participant had
continued to be employed by and received Plan Compensation from the Employer
during such period, (ii) reduced by the amount of 401(k) Savings Contributions,
if any, actually made during the period of Military Absence. For purposes of the
preceding sentence, a Participant will be treated as having received Plan
Compensation during the period of Military Absence equal to (i) the compensation
such Participant would have received during such period if he or she had not
taken a Military Absence, determined based on the rate of pay the Participant
would have received from the Employer but for the Military Absence, or (ii) if
the Plan Compensation the Participant would have received during such period was
not reasonably certain, the Participant's average Plan Compensation during the
12-month period immediately preceding the Military Absence or, if shorter, the
period of employment immediately preceding the Military Absence. Notwithstanding
any provision in this Plan to the contrary, 401(k) Savings Make-Up Contributions
shall not be subject to the limitations of Article 13 in the year such
contributions are made and shall not be taken into account, during either the
year in which such contributions were made or the years to which such
contributions relate during the period of Military Absence, for purposes of
applying Sections 5.6, 6.6 or 6.9 or the provisions of Article 14.

      The Participant shall contribute to the Plan the amount of 401(k) Savings
Make-Up Contributions elected by him or her (not to exceed the amount described
in the preceding

                                       28
<PAGE>
paragraph) during the period beginning with the date of reemployment with the
Employer and extending to the lesser of (i) three times the period of Military
Absence or (ii) 5 years.

5.3   PROCEDURES:

      The Participant must make an election in the method specified by the Plan
Administrator indicating the amount of 401(k) Savings Contributions he or she
wishes to make and agreeing to reduce his or her compensation by such amount.
Subject to any rules specified in the Adoption Agreement or established by the
Plan Administrator or Sponsor, a Participant may increase, decrease, discontinue
or resume his or her 401(k) Savings Contributions during a Plan Year in
accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator. A
discontinuance of 401(k) Savings Contributions will be effective in accordance
with procedures established by the Plan Administrator. An increase or decrease
of 401(k) Savings Contributions, or a resumption after a discontinuance, will be
effective in accordance with any rules specified in the Adoption Agreement or
established by the Plan Administrator or Sponsor. No change under the preceding
paragraph may cause a Participant's 401(k) Savings Contributions to exceed the
maximum provided for under Section 5.2.

      Either the Plan Administrator or the Sponsor may establish reasonable
rules of uniform application governing Participants' elections and changes. Such
rules may include the number and frequency of elections or changes during any
Plan Year, effective dates for elections or changes (for example, the first day
of the payroll period coinciding with or next following the applicable election
or change date), cutoff dates for timely filing of elections or changes, and
other rules to facilitate operation of this article.

      Notwithstanding the preceding, an eligible employee will be permitted to
change his or her election at least once each year.

                                       29
<PAGE>
5.4   COLLECTION OF 401(k) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS: The Employer will collect
Participants' 401(k) Savings Contributions using payroll or other procedures,
including deductions from bonus payments, if elected in the Adoption Agreement.
The Employer will transfer the amounts collected to the Trustee as of the
earliest date when such contributions can reasonably be segregated from the
Employer's general assets, but not later than the maximum number of days
prescribed by Department of Labor regulations from the date on which such
amounts would otherwise have been payable to the Participant in cash.

      For purposes of Code Section 414(h), it is specifically provided that
Participants' 401(k) savings contributions under this article are employer
contributions.

5.5   SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT:  A Participant's 401(k) Savings
Contributions will be credited to his or her 401(k) Savings Contributions
Account.  Such account will be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times

5.6   401(k) LIMITS:

            (a) ADP Test.

            (1) Prior Year Testing. The Actual Deferral Percentages (ADP) for a
      Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each
      Plan Year ("HCE ADP") may not exceed the prior Plan Year's ADP for
      Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan
      Year ("NHCE ADP") by more than the amount specified in the following
      table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            If NHCE ADP for         HCE ADP for
            Prior Plan Year is:     Current Plan Year may not exceed:
<S>                                 <C>
            less than 2%            two times NHCE Prior Plan Year ADP
            2% but less             two percentage points more
            than 8%                 than NHCE Prior Plan Year ADP
            8% or higher            l.25 times NHCE Prior Plan Year ADP
</TABLE>

                                       30
<PAGE>

            For the first Plan Year the Plan permits any Participant to make
      401(k) Savings Contributions and this is not a successor plan, for
      purposes of the foregoing limits, the prior Plan Year's NHCE ADP shall be
      3 percent unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use
      the current Plan Year's NHCE ADP.

            (2) Current Year Testing. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption
      Agreement, the ADP test in (1) above will be applied by comparing the
      current Plan Year's ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
      Employees ("HCE ADP") with the current Plan Year's ADP for Participants
      who are Non-highly Compensated Employees ("NHCE ADP"). Once made, this
      election can only be undone if the Plan meets the requirements for
      changing to Prior Year Testing set forth in Notice 98-1 (or superseding
      guidance).

      See Section 6.9 for additional 401(k) limits that may be applicable in
certain situations.

      (b)   Special Rules:

                  1. A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a
            particular Plan Year if he or she meets the definition of a Highly
            Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a
            Participant is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for a particular
            Plan Year if he or she does not meet the definition of a Highly
            Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.

                  2. The ADP for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated
            Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective
            Deferrals (and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified
            Matching Contributions, or

                                       31
<PAGE>
            both, if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP Test)
            allocated to his or her accounts under two or more arrangements
            described in Code Section 401(k), that are maintained by the
            Employer, shall be determined as if such Elective Deferrals (and, if
            applicable, such Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified
            Matching Contributions or both) were made under a single
            arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or
            more cash or deferred arrangements that have different Plan Years,
            all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same
            calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement.
            Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as
            separate if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under
            Section 401(k) of the Code.

                  3. In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of
            sections 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated
            with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy
            the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated
            with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining
            the ADP of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Any
            adjustments to the NHCE ADP for the prior Plan Year will be made in
            accordance with Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance, unless the
            Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the Current
            Year Testing Method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy
            Code section 401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the
            same ADP testing method.

                  4. For purposes of determining the ADP test, Elective
            Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified
            Matching Contributions must

                                       32
<PAGE>
            be made before the end of the twelve-month period immediately
            following the Plan Year to which contributions relate.

                  5. The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
            demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP test and the amount of Qualified
            non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or
            both, used in such test.

5.7   DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE:

      (a) Basic Definition. For purposes of Section 5.6, the Deferral Percentage
of a Participant for a Plan Year means his or her 401(k) Savings Contributions
for such year computed as a percentage of his or her Plan Compensation or
compensation (based on a definition of compensation selected by the Employer for
the Plan Year that satisfies Code Section 414(s)) for such year (to the nearest
one-hundredth of a percentage point). If an Employee is eligible to participate
in 401(k) Savings Contributions but has not elected to make such contributions,
he or she will nevertheless be taken into account as having made zero 401(k)
Savings Contributions.

      Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, in the Plan Administrator's
discretion, 401(k) Savings Contributions of a Participant will not be included
when determining his or her Deferral Percentage to the extent that the
requirements of Section 5.6 are met without taking such contributions into
account, and such contributions may be used in performing the 401(m) tests if
applicable to the Employer's Plan. See Section 6.7(b).

      (b) Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. Except as otherwise provided in
the Adoption Agreement, an Employer may make Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions to the Plan utilizing the Current-Year Testing Method in
accordance with the provisions of this subsection (b). In addition, if the
Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the Current Year

                                       33
<PAGE>
Testing method, in lieu of distributing excess contributions as provided in
Section 5.9 of the plan, or excess aggregate contributions as provided in
Section 6.8 of the plan, the Employer may make Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions on behalf of Participants that are sufficient to satisfy either
the Actual Deferral Percentage test or the Actual Contribution Percentage test,
or both. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are nonintegrated Employer
Contributions that are always fully vested when made, and are subject to the
limitations on distribution of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B) (which means that such
contributions made after December 31,1988 and earnings thereon are not available
for in-service withdrawals before age 59-1/2). In addition, other Non-Elective
Employer Contributions must be nondiscriminatory, determined both by taking
Qualified Non-Elective Contributions into account and by disregarding Qualified
Nonelective Contributions.

      The Employer may make Qualified Non-elective Contributions under the plan
by designating in the board of directors resolution (or records of the employer
authorizing the making of the contribution, if the Employer is not a
corporation) the amount of the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution and any one
of the following methods of allocation: (1) such amount as is needed to meet the
Actual Deferral Percentage test and/or Actual Contribution Percentage test,
allocated, in the Employer's absolute discretion, selectively on behalf of any
one or a number of Non-highly Compensated Employees; or (2) a specified dollar
amount or a specified percentage of compensation to be allocated to (A) each
Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee or (B) all Participants.

      Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, if the
Employer determines that the Plan does not satisfy one or more of the
qualification requirements imposed by the Code and the making of a Qualified
Non-Elective Contribution to affected Participants would help the

                                       34
<PAGE>
Plan satisfy such qualification requirements, the Employer may make a Qualified
Non-Elective Contribution to the account of each affected Participant equal to
the Average Deferral Percentage of the group (Highly Compensated Employee group
or Non-highly Compensated Employee group) to which each such Participant
belongs.

      (c) Qualified Matching Contributions. Except as otherwise provided in the
Adoption Agreement, an Employer may make Qualified Matching Contributions to the
Plan utilizing the Current-Year Testing Method in accordance with the provisions
of this subsection (c). Qualified Matching Contributions are matching employer
contributions that are always fully vested when made, and are subject to the
limitations on distribution of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B) (which means that such
contributions made after December 31, 1988 and earnings thereon are not
available for in-service withdrawals before age 59-1/2).

            The employer may make Qualified Matching Contributions under the
plan by designating in the board of directors resolution (or records of the
employer authorizing the making of the contribution, if the Employer is not a
corporation) the amount of the Qualified Matching Contribution and any one of
the following methods of allocation: (i) such amount as is needed to meet the
actual deferral percentage test and/or actual contribution percentage test,
allocated, in the Employer's absolute discretion, selectively on behalf of any
one or a number of Non-highly Compensated Employees; or (ii) a specified dollar
amount or a specified percentage of compensation to be allocated to (A) each
participant who is a Non-highly Compensated Employee who makes matchable savings
contributions that are 401(k) savings contributions and/or employee after-tax
contributions to the plan or (B) all participants who make matchable savings
contributions that are 401(k) savings contributions and/or employee after-tax
contributions to the plan.

                                       35
<PAGE>
      Qualified Matching Contributions which are used in determining an
employee's deferral percentage under subsection (a) above will not be used in
determining his contribution percentage under Section 6.7.

      Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, if the
Employer determines that the Plan does not satisfy one or more of the
qualification requirements imposed by the Code and the making of a Qualified
Matching Contribution to affected participants would help the Plan satisfy such
qualification requirements, the Employer may make a Qualified Matching
Contribution to the account of each affected participant equal to the average
deferral percentage of the group (Highly Compensated Employee group or
Non-highly Compensated Employee group) to which each such participant belongs.

      (d) If a Highly Compensated Employee makes 401(k) Savings Contributions or
if Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions that
are used in determining such an Employee's Deferral Percentage under subsection
(a) above are made on his or her behalf to another plan maintained by the
Employer, his or her Deferral Percentage will be determined as if all such
401(k) Savings Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and
Qualified Matching Contributions (whichever may be applicable) were made under a
single plan.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate
if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Code Section 401(k).

5.8 MONITORING PARTICIPANTS' DEFERRAL PERCENTAGES: ADJUSTMENTS: The Plan
Administrator (or an administrative services provider - which may be the Trustee
or the Sponsor - retained by the Plan Administrator to perform Participant
recordkeeping and other administrative duties) will monitor Participants'
Deferral Percentages to insure compliance with

                                       36
<PAGE>
the requirements of Section 5.6 above. Any adjustments in Participants'
elections or actual 401(k) Savings Contributions necessary to meet the
requirements of Section 5.6 will be made as follows. Excess contributions are
allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest dollar amounts of
employer contributions taken into account in calculating the ADP test for the
year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee
with the largest dollar amount of such employer contributions and continuing in
descending order until all the excess contributions have been allocated. For
purposes of the preceding sentence, the "largest amount" is determined after
distribution of any Excess Contributions.

      (a) Excess Contributions. The Plan Administrator will adjust 401(k)
Savings Contributions elections by Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees in accordance with the preceding paragraph at such time or times
before or during a Plan Year as the Plan Administrator deems advisable to insure
that the requirements of Section 5.6 are met as of the last day of the Plan
Year. If, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the requirements of Section
5.6 are not met as of the last day of a Plan Year, such adjustments may be made
after the end of a Plan Year in one or a combination of the following ways: (1)
paying to a Participant the amount of his or her Excess Contributions plus
earnings (or losses) on such excess, (2) recharacterizing the Excess
Contributions of such a Participant as After-Tax Savings Contributions during
such year, (3) in the Employer's discretion, by making a Qualified Non-Elective
Contribution that meets the requirements of Section 5.7(b) on behalf of
Non-highly Compensated Employees (or all Employees, if provided in the Adoption
Agreement) in the amount needed so that the requirements of Section 5.6 are met,
or (4) in the Employer's discretion, by making a Qualified Matching Contribution
that meets the requirements of Section 5.7(c) on behalf of Non-highly
Compensated Employees (or all Employees, if provided in the Adoption Agreement)
in the

                                       37
<PAGE>
amount needed so that the requirements of Section 5.6 are met. For purposes of
the preceding sentence, Excess Contributions means 401(k) Savings Contributions
by a Highly Compensated Employee in excess of the amount that would satisfy the
requirements of Section 5.6 above. Also, for purposes of such sentence, any such
payment of Excess Contributions will be designated as such by the Employer, and
will be made by the end of the succeeding plan year to avoid plan
disqualification (and must be made within 2-1/2 months after the end of the
current Plan Year to avoid an excise tax on the employer equal to 10 percent of
the excess). However, the amount to be paid or recharacterized will be reduced
by any amounts relating to such plan year previously withdrawn by the
Participant under Section 5.8(b). For purposes of clause (ii) of such sentence,
recharacterizing will be available only if the Plan permits After-Tax Savings
Contributions.

      A Participant may treat his or her Excess Contributions allocated to him
or her as an amount distributed to the Participant and then contributed by the
Participant to the plan. Recharacterized amounts will remain nonforfeitable and
subject to the same distribution requirements as Elective Deferrals. Amounts may
not be recharacterized by a Highly Compensated Employee to the extent that such
amount in combination with other After-Tax Savings Contributions made by that
Employee would exceed any stated limit under the plan on After-Tax Savings
Contributions.

      Recharacterization must occur no later than two and one-half months after
the last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions arose and is
deemed to occur no earlier than the date the last Highly Compensated Employee is
informed of the amount recharacterized and the consequences thereof.
Recharacterized amounts will be taxable to the Participant for the Participant's
tax year in which the Participant would have received them in cash.

                                       38
<PAGE>
      Determination of Income or Loss: Excess Contributions shall be adjusted
for any income or loss for the Plan Year in which such contributions were made.
Income or loss attributable to the period between the end of the Plan Year and
the date of distribution will be disregarded in determining income or loss.

      Accounting for Excess Contributions: Excess Contributions allocated to a
Participant shall be distributed from the Participant's Elective Deferral
Account and Qualified Matching Contribution Account (if applicable) in
proportion to the participant's Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching
Contributions (to the extent used in the ADP test) for the Plan Year. Excess
Contributions shall be distributed from the Participant's Qualified Non-elective
Contribution account only to the extent that such Excess Contributions exceed
the balance in the Participant's Elective Deferral account and Qualified
Matching Contribution account.

      A distribution of Excess Contributions under this section may be made
notwithstanding any otherwise applicable restrictions or spousal consent
requirements on in-service withdrawals or distributions.

      Any Excess Contributions distributed under this subsection will
nevertheless be considered as Annual Additions for purposes of applying the
limitations of Article 13.

      The Plan Administrator will maintain records to show that the Plan met the
requirements of Section 5.6 (and Section 6.6) for each Plan Year (including
records that show the extent to which Qualified Non-elective Contributions
and/or Qualified Matching Contributions and/or 401(k) Savings Contributions were
used in performing the tests).

      (b) Excess Elective Deferrals. A Participant may request that excess
Elective Deferrals be distributed from this Plan by notifying the Plan
Administrator on or before March 1 following such taxable year of the amount of
the Excess Elective Deferrals to be assigned to the

                                       39
<PAGE>
Plan. A Participant is deemed to notify the Plan Administrator of any Excess
Elective Deferrals that arise by taking into account only those Elective
Deferrals made to this Plan and any other plans of this Employer.

      Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess Elective
Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant to whose account Excess
Elective Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and who claims Excess
Elective Deferrals for such taxable year.

      Determination of income or loss: Excess Elective Deferrals shall be
adjusted for any income or loss for the Plan Year in which such contributions
were made. Income or loss attributable to the period between the end of the Plan
Year and the date of distribution will be disregarded in determining income or
loss.

      A withdrawal of an excess under this section may be made notwithstanding
any otherwise applicable restrictions or spousal consent requirement on
in-service withdrawals.

      Any amounts withdrawn under this section will nevertheless be considered
as Annual Additions for purposes of applying the limitations of Article 13
unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15 following
the close of the participant's taxable year.

      The amount of any 401(k) Savings Contributions to be withdrawn under this
section will be reduced by any amounts previously distributed or recharacterized
under Section 5.8.

5.9 TREATMENT OF PARTICIPANT WHO REACHES $7,000 LIMIT: If a Participant makes
401(k) Savings Contributions to the Plan (including all qualified plans of
entities described in Section 19.9, 19.10 and 19.11) in a calendar year equal to
$7,000 as adjusted in accordance with Code Section 402(g)), his or her 401(k)
Savings Contributions will immediately cease.

                                       40
<PAGE>
5.10 SAFE HARBOR CASH OR DEFERRED ARRANGEMENT: .

      (a) Application; Effect on Other Provisions in Articles 5 and 6. If the
Employer has elected the Safe Harbor Rules in the Adoption Agreement, the
provisions of this Section 5.10 shall apply for the Plan Year and the provisions
of Sections 5.6, 5.7 and 5.8 shall not apply. If the provisions of this Section
5.10 apply for the Plan Year and Matching Contributions also satisfy the
requirements of Section 6.10 for the Plan Year, then the provisions of Sections
6.6, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.9 shall not apply.

      (b) Manner of Adopting Provisions of Sections 5.10 and 6.10.

            (1) In General. Except for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1,
      2001 (in which case, the provisions of this Section and/or Section 6.10
      shall be adopted in Part G of the Adoption Agreement) and except for the
      manner of adopting the provisions of this Section and Section 6.10
      described in Paragraph (2), the Employer must adopt the provisions of this
      Section and Section 6.10 no later than the last day of the Plan Year
      preceding the Plan Year in which they are to become effective.

            (2) Late Adoption of Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution Method.
      Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph (1), if the Plan provides that
      it will satisfy the requirements of Section 5.6 for the Plan Year using
      the Current Year Testing Method, the Plan may be amended no later than 30
      days before the last day of the Plan Year to specify that the requirements
      of this Section and/or Section 6.10 will be satisfied by making Safe
      Harbor Nonelective Contributions, provided that the Plan otherwise
      satisfies the requirements of this Section and Section 6.10, if applicable
      for the Plan Year.

      (c) Definitions. The following definitions apply for purposes of this
Section 5.10 and Section 6.10:

                                       41
<PAGE>
            (1) "ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR" is the method described in Section 6.10
      of the Plan for satisfying the ACP test of Section 401(m)(2) of the Code.

            (2) "ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS" are Matching
      Contributions described in Section 6.10() of the Plan.

            (3) "ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR" is the method described in subsection (b)
      of this Section for satisfying the ADP test of Section 401(k)(3) of the
      Code.

            (4) "ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS" are Matching Contributions
      and Nonelective Contributions described in subsection (d).

            (5) "COMPENSATION" is defined as Plan Compensation in Section 2.22
      of the Plan, except, for purposes of this Section, no dollar limit, other
      than the limit imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, applies to the
      compensation of a Non-Highly Compensated Employee. However, solely for
      purposes of determining the Compensation subject to a Participant's
      deferral election, the Employer may use an alternative definition to the
      one described in the preceding sentence, provided such alternative
      definition is a reasonable definition within the meaning of Section
      1.414(s)-1(c)(2) of the regulations and permits each Participant to elect
      sufficient Elective Deferrals to receive the maximum amount of Matching
      Contributions (determined using the definition of compensation described
      in the preceding sentence) available to the Participant under the Plan.

            (6) "ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE" means an Employee eligible to make Elective
      Deferrals under the Plan for any part of the Plan Year or who would be
      eligible to make Elective Deferrals but for a suspension due to a hardship
      distribution described in Section 12.3 of the Plan or to statutory
      limitations, such as Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. IF (i) the
      Employer has elected in Part B of the Adoption Agreement to provide age
      and/or

                                       42
<PAGE>
      service requirements of less than age 21 and/or one Year of Service and
      (ii) the Employer elects to treat those Participants who have not yet
      attained age 21 and/or who have not yet completed one Year of Service as
      covered under a separate plan for coverage purposes, then the Employer may
      elect in the Adoption Agreement to limit the definition of Eligible
      Employee to those Participants who have attained age 21 and/or who have
      completed one or more Years of Service.

            (7) "MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS" are contributions made by the Employer
      on account of an Eligible Employee's Elective Deferrals.

      (d) ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions.

            (1) Unless the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to make
      Enhanced Matching Contributions or Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions,
      the Employer will contribute for the Matching Period a Safe Harbor
      Matching Contribution to the Plan on behalf of each Eligible Employee
      equal to (i) 100 percent of the amount of the Employee's Elective
      Deferrals that do not exceed 3 percent of the Employee's Compensation for
      the Matching Period, plus (ii) 50 percent of the amount of the Employee's
      Elective Deferrals that exceed 3 percent of the Employee's Compensation
      but that do not exceed 5 percent of the Employee's Plan Compensation for
      the Matching Period ("Basic Matching Contributions.") If the Safe Harbor
      Matching Contribution is determined on the basis of a Matching Period
      other than the Plan Year, then such Matching Contributions which are made
      with respect to 401(k) Savings Contributions made during a Plan Year
      quarter beginning after May 1, 2000 must be contributed to the Plan by the
      last day of the following Plan Year quarter.

                                       43
<PAGE>
            (2) Notwithstanding the requirement in (1) above that the Employer
      make the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions to this Plan, if the Employer
      so provides in the Adoption Agreement, but only if this Plan is a
      Nonstandardized Plan or is a Paired Plan with another defined contribution
      plan, the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions will be made to the defined
      contribution plan indicated in the Adoption Agreement. However, such
      contributions will be made to this Plan unless (i) each Employee eligible
      under this Plan is also eligible under the other plan and (ii) the other
      plan has the same Plan Year as this Plan.

            (3) The Participant's accrued benefit derived from ADP Test Safe
      Harbor Contributions is nonforfeitable and may not be distributed earlier
      than separation from service, death, disability, an event described in
      Section 401(k)(10) of the Code or, in the case of a profit-sharing plan,
      the attainment of age 59 -1/2. In addition, such contributions must
      satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor without regard to permitted disparity
      under Section 401(l) of the Code.

      (e) Notice Requirements.

            (1) Annual Notice Requirement. At least 30 days, but not more than
      90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer will provide
      each Eligible Employee a comprehensive notice (which may, for certain
      requirements of the notice, be satisfied by cross-referencing portions of
      the update summary plan description) of the Employee's rights and
      obligations under the Plan, worded in a manner calculated to be understood
      by the average Eligible Employee. If an Employee becomes eligible after
      the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive
      the notice for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than 90
      days before the Employee becomes eligible but not later than the date the
      Employee becomes eligible.

                                       44
<PAGE>
            Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) for a Plan Year beginning on or
      before April 1, 1999, the notice for such Plan Year shall be deemed to be
      timely provided if it was provided on or before March 1, 1999; and (ii)
      for an Employer that adopts the provisions of this Section and/or Section
      6.10 for a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2000 and on or
      before June 1, 2000, the notice for such Plan Year shall be deemed to be
      timely provided if it was provided on or before May 1, 2000.

            If the provisions of subsection (b)(2) apply, then the notice
      provided to Eligible Employees before the beginning of the Plan Year in
      which the Plan is amended to adopt the provisions of this Section and
      Section 6.10 shall provide that (i) the Plan may be amended during the
      Plan Year to provide that the Employer will make a Safe Harbor Nonelective
      Contribution to the Plan for the Plan Year, and (ii) if the Plan is so
      amended, a supplemental notice will be given to Eligible Employees 30 days
      prior to the last day of the Plan Year informing them of such amendment.

            (2) Supplemental Notice Requirement. The Employer shall provide a
      supplemental notice to Participants in the following situations: (i) if
      the provisions of subsection (b)(2) apply, and the Plan is amended to
      provide that the requirements of this Section and/or Section 6.10 will be
      satisfied by making Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions a supplemental
      notice shall be provided to Eligible Employees no later than 30 days
      before the end of the Plan Year and such supplemental notice shall state
      that the Plan has been amended to provide that a Safe Harbor Nonelective
      Contribution will be made for the Plan Year; or (ii) an Employer
      satisfying the requirements of this Section and/or Section 6.10 by making
      Safe Harbor Matching Contribution amends the Plan

                                       45
<PAGE>
      during the Plan Year to reduce or eliminate Matching Contributions,
      provided that (A) a supplemental notice is given to all Participants
      explaining the consequences of the amendment and informing them of the
      effective date of such amendment and that they will have a reasonable
      opportunity to change their 401(k) Savings Contributions elections; (B)
      the amendment is effective no earlier than the later of 30 days after the
      supplemental notice is provided and the date the amendment is adopted; (C)
      Participants are given a reasonable opportunity prior to the reduction or
      elimination of Matching Contributions to change their 401(k) Savings
      Contributions elections; (D) the Plan is amended to provide that the ADP
      Test and, if applicable, the ACP Test will be performed and satisfied for
      the entire Plan Year using the Current Year Testing Method; and (E) all
      other safe harbor requirements are satisfied through the effective date of
      such amendment.

      (f) Election Periods. In addition to any other election periods provided
under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make or modify a deferral election
during the 30-day period immediately following receipt of the notice described
in subsection (c) above.

ARTICLE 5A: COORDINATION OF QUALIFIED PLAN LIMITS AND TESTS Notwithstanding any
provision of this Plan to the contrary, the various qualified plan limits and
tests shall be applied in the following order:

      (a) First, the limitation set forth in Section 5.2(a)(iv) shall be applied
and, if necessary, corrected in accordance with Section 5.8(b);

      (b) Next, the limitation set forth in Sections 13.2 through 13.4 shall be
applied and, if necessary, corrected in accordance with Section 13.7;

                                       46
<PAGE>
      (c) Next, unless Section 5.10 applies, the limitation set forth in Section
5.6 shall be applied and, if necessary, corrected in accordance with Section
5.8(a);

      (d) Next, unless Section 6.10 applies, the limitation set forth in Section
6.6 shall be applied and, if necessary, corrected in accordance with Section
6.8(b) and (c);

      (e) Next, unless Sections 5.10 and 6.10 apply, the limitation set forth in
Section 6.9 shall be applied and, if necessary, corrected in accordance with
Section 6.9(c); and

      (f) Finally, any matching employer contribution that is related to any
401(k) Savings Contribution or After-Tax Savings Contribution that is an Excess
Contribution or an Excess Aggregate Contribution shall be forfeited and disposed
of in accordance with Section 8.4(e).

               ARTICLE 6: AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS; AVERAGE
                          CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TEST

6.1   ELIGIBILITY: If the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Adoption Agreement
so provides, an Employee who meets the requirements of Section 4.3 may elect to
make After-Tax Savings Contributions by payroll deduction and, if the Adoption
Agreement so provides, by deduction from a bonus payment. After-Tax Savings
Contributions are voluntary and no Employee will be required to make such
contributions. After-Tax Savings Contributions and earnings thereon are
nonforfeitable at all times.

6.2   LIMITS ON AMOUNT:

      (a) In General. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the
minimum amount of After-Tax Savings Contributions the employee may elect is 1
percent of his or her Plan Compensation. A Participant's after-tax Savings
Contributions for any Plan Year may not exceed whichever of the following is the
smallest: (a) the maximum amount permitted under

                                       47
<PAGE>
Section 6.6 for Highly Compensated Employee; (b) the maximum amount that, with
other amounts allocated to his or her accounts hereunder, does not violate the
limitations on Annual Additions under Article 13; (c) any maximum or other
limitation imposed by the Plan Administrator.

      (b) Make-up Contributions. As soon as practicable following the timely
reemployment of a Participant who has taken a Military Absence, the Plan
Administrator shall notify such Participant of his or her right to make up
After-Tax Savings contributions to which he or she would have been entitled to
make but for the period of Military Absence. After-Tax Savings contributions
made in accordance with this subsection (b) shall be known as After-Tax Savings
Make-Up Contributions. Subject to the limitation of Article 13 in effect in each
year of such Participant's Military Absence to which After-Tax Savings Make-Up
Contributions relate, the amount of After-Tax Savings Make-Up Contributions
permitted by this subsection (b) shall be equal to (i) the maximum amount of
After-Tax Savings Contributions, unadjusted by any earnings thereon, that such
Participant would have been permitted to make under subsection (a) during the
period of Military Absence if such Participant had continued to be employed by
and received Plan Compensation from the Employer during such period, (ii)
reduced by the amount of After-Tax Savings Contributions, if any, actually made
during the period of Military Absence. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a
Participant will be treated as having received Plan Compensation during the
period of Military Absence equal to (i) the compensation such Participant would
have received during such period if he or she had not taken a Military Absence,
determined based on the rate of pay the Participant would have received from the
Employer but for the Military Absence, or (ii) if the Plan Compensation the
Participant would have received during such period was not reasonably certain,
the Participant's average Plan

                                       48
<PAGE>
Compensation during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Military
Absence or, if shorter, the period of employment immediately preceding the
Military Absence. Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary,
After-Tax Savings Make-Up Contributions shall not be subject to the limitations
of Article 13 in the year such contributions are made and shall not be taken
into account, during either the year in which such contributions were made or
the years to which such contributions relate during the period of Military
Absence, for purposes of applying Sections 5.6, 6.6 or 6.9 or the provisions of
Article 14.

      The Participant shall contribute to the Plan the amount of After-Tax
Savings Make-Up Contributions elected by him or her (not to exceed the amount
described in the preceding paragraph) during the period beginning with the date
of reemployment with the Employer and extending to the lesser of (i) three times
the period of Military Absence or (ii) 5 years.

      See the first sentence of Section 5.2(b) for an additional restriction on
After-Tax Savings Contributions that applies in certain cases to Participants
who made a hardship withdrawal.

6.3   PROCEDURES; PLAN ADMINISTRATOR RULES: The procedures for electing and
changing After-Tax Savings Contributions, and Plan Administrator rules
therefore, will be similar to those described in Section 5.3.

6.4   COLLECTION OF AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS: The Employer will collect
Participants' After-Tax Savings Contributions using payroll or other procedures,
including deductions from bonus payments, if elected in the Adoption Agreement.
The Employer will transfer the amounts collected to the Trustee as of the
earliest date on which such contributions can reasonably be segregated from the
Employer's general assets, but not later than the maximum number of days
prescribed by Department of Labor regulations from the date on which such

                                       49
<PAGE>
amounts are received by the Employer or the date on which such amounts would
otherwise have been payable to the Participant in cash.

6.5   AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT: A participant's After-Tax Savings
Contributions will be credited to his After-Tax Savings Contributions Account.
Such account will be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

6.6   401(m) LIMITS:

      (a) Prior Year Testing. The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are
Highly Compensated Employees (HCE ACP) for each plan year may not exceed the
prior year's ACP for Participants who were Non-highly Compensated Employees
(NHCE ACP) for the prior Plan Year by more than the amount specified in the
following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      If NHCE ACP                   HCE ACP for the
      for the Prior Plan Year is    current Plan Year may not exceed
<S>                                 <C>
      less than 2%                  two times NHCE Prior Plan Year ACP
      2% but less than 8%           two percentage points more than NHCE
                                      Prior Plan YearACP
      8% or more                    1.25 times NHCE Prior Plan Year ACP
</TABLE>

      For the first Plan Year this Plan permits any Participant to make
After-Tax Savings Contributions, provides for Matching Contributions or both,
and this is not a successor plan, for purposes of the foregoing tests, the prior
year's NHCE ACP shall be 3% unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption
Agreement to use the current Plan Year's NHCE ACP for these Participants. See
Section 6.9 for additional 401(m) limits that may be applicable in certain
situations.

                                       50
<PAGE>
      (b) Current Year Testing. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement, the ACP test in (a) above will be applied by comparing the current
year's HCE ACP with the current year's NHCE ACP. Once made, this election can
only be undone if the Plan meets the requirements for changing to Prior Year
Testing set forth in Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance).

6.7   CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE DEFINED:

      (a) Contribution Percentage. The Contribution Percentage shall mean the
ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the Participant's Contribution Percentage
Amounts to the Participant's Plan Compensation or compensation (based on a
definition of compensation selected by the Employer for the Plan Year that
satisfies Code Section 414(s) for such year (to the nearest one-hundredth of a
percentage point).

      (b) Contribution Percentage Amount. The Contribution Percentage Amount
shall mean the sum of After-Tax Savings Contributions and any Employer Matching
Contributions made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan
Year. If an Employee is eligible to make After-Tax Savings Contributions but has
not elected to make such contributions, he or she will nevertheless be taken
into account as having made zero After-Tax Savings Contributions.

      The Employer may take into account and include as Contribution Percentage
Amounts, Qualified Non-elective Contributions under this Plan or any other plan
of the Employer, as provided by this section and the regulations for the Plan
Year to the extent that, under Section 5.6(b), such contributions are not used
in determining the Participant's Deferral Percentage. The Employer may also
elect to use Elective Deferrals in the Contribution Percentage Amounts so long
as the ADP test is met before the Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP test
and continues to be met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferrals that
are used to meet the ACP test.

                                       51
<PAGE>
The Employer may also elect to use Qualified Matching Contributions in the
Contribution Percentage Amounts to the extent that, under Section 5.6(c), such
contributions are not used in determining the Participant's Deferral Percentage.

6.8   SPECIAL RULES:

      (a) A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan
Year if he or she meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in
effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Non-highly Compensated
Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she does not meet the definition of
a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.

      (b) The Contribution Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly
Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have Contribution Percentage Amounts
allocated to his or her account under two or more plans described in Section
401(a) of the Code, or arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that
are maintained by the Employer, will be determined as if the total of such
Contribution Percentage Amounts were made under each plan. If a Highly
Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements
that have different plan years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or
within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if
mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Section 401(m) of the Code.

      In addition, if the Employer's Plan meets the requirements of Code
Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other
plans, or if one or more other plans meet the requirements of such sections of
the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then the Contribution Percentage of
a Participant will be determined by treating all such plans as a single

                                       52
<PAGE>
plan. Any adjustments to the NHCE ACP for the prior year will be made in
accordance with Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance, unless the Employer
has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the Current Year Testing method.
Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy section 401(m) of the Code only if
they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method.

      (c) The Plan Administrator will monitor and adjust Participants'
Contribution Percentages to insure compliance with the requirements of Section
6.6. Such monitoring and adjustments will be accomplished under procedures
similar to those specified in the first paragraph of Section 5.7.

      (c)   (i) If necessary, the Plan Administrator will reduce Contribution
      Percentage Amounts in the following order: (A) After-Tax Savings
      Contributions for which there is no related Employer Matching
      Contribution; (B) After-Tax Savings Contributions for which there is a
      related Employer Matching Contribution; (C) 401(k) Savings Contributions
      for which there is no related Employer Matching Contribution; (D)
      Qualified Non-elective Contributions; (E) 401(k) Savings Contributions
      for which there is a related Matching Contribution; and (F) Employer
      Matching Contributions.

            (ii) Excess Aggregate Contributions. Notwithstanding any other
      provision of this plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income
      and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than
      the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose accounts such
      Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year.
      Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated
      Employees with the largest Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into
      account in calculating the ACP test for the year in which the excess
      arose, beginning with the Highly

                                       53
<PAGE>
      Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such Contribution
      Percentage Amounts and continuing in descending order until all the Excess
      Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding
      sentence, the "largest amount" is determined after distribution off any
      Excess Aggregate Contributions. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions are
      distributed more than 2-1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in
      which such excess amounts arose, a ten (10) percent excise tax will be
      imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to those
      amounts. Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as Annual
      Additions under the Plan.

            Determination of Income or Loss: Excess Aggregate Contributions
      shall be adjusted for any income or loss for the Plan Year in which such
      contributions were made. Income or loss allocable to the period between
      the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution will be disregarded
      in determining income or loss.

            Accounting for Excess Aggregate Contributions: Excess Aggregate
      Contributions allocated to a Participant shall be distributed on a
      pro-rata basis from the participant's After-Tax Savings Contribution
      Account, Matching Contribution Account, and Qualified Matching
      Contribution Account (and, if applicable, the participant's Qualified
      Non-elective Contribution account or Elective Deferral Account, or both).

      (d) Multiple Use: If one or more Highly Compensated Employees participate
in both a CODA and a plan subject to the ACP test maintained by the Employer and
the sum of the ADP and ACP of those Highly Compensated Employees subject to
either or both tests exceeds the Combined Limit, then the ACP or ADP, as
determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, of those Highly
Compensated Employees who also participate in a CODA will be reduced (beginning
with such Highly Compensated Employee with the highest dollar amount of

                                       54
<PAGE>
401(k) Savings Contributions and/or Contribution Percentage Amounts) so that the
limit is not exceeded. The amount by which each Highly Compensated Employee's
Contribution Percentage Amounts is reduced shall be treated as an Excess
Aggregate Contribution and/or an Excess Contribution. The ADP and ACP of the
Highly Compensated Employees are determined after any corrections required to
meet the ADP and ACP tests and are deemed to be the maximum permitted under such
tests for the Plan Year. Multiple use does not occur if either the ADP or ACP of
the Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the ADP and
ACP of the Non-highly Compensated Employees or such other limitations pursuant
to regulations under the Code.

      (e) For purposes of determining the Contribution Percentage test, Employee
After-Tax Savings Contributions are considered to have been made in the Plan
Year in which contributed to the Trust. Matching Contributions and Qualified
Non-elective Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year if made no
later than the end of the twelve-month period beginning on the day after the
close of the Plan Year.

      (f) The determination and treatment of the Contribution Percentage of any
Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury.

      (g) A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan
Year if he or she meets the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect
for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is in a Non-highly Compensated
Employee if he or she does not meet the definition of Highly Compensated
Employee in effect for that Plan Year.

6.9   ADDITIONAL LIMITS FOR PLANS SUBJECT TO BOTH 401(k) AND 401(m) LIMITS:

      (a)   Applicability of this Section.  This section will apply if this
Plan (or any other plan which is aggregated with this plan under applicable
regulations) provides for both 401(k)

                                       55
<PAGE>
Savings Contributions and either After-Tax Savings Contributions or Employer
Matching Contributions) (or both) on behalf of any Highly Compensated Employee.
If so, the limitations specified in subsection (b) below will apply in addition
to the limitations set forth in Sections 5.6 and 6.6.

      (b)   Combined Limit.  The sum of the HCE ADP under Sections 5.6 and
5.7 and the HCE ACP under Sections 6.6 and 6.7 cannot exceed the sum of the
following:
            (i) 125 percent of the NHCE ADP (under Sections 5.6 and 5.7) for the
      prior Plan Year or the NHCE ACP (under Sections 6.6 and 6.7) for the prior
      Plan Year; and

            (ii) two percentage points more than such NHCE ADP or such NHCE ACP,
      whichever is not used in (i), but in no event more than twice such smaller
      amount. If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the
      Current Year Testing method, then, in calculating the Combined Limit for a
      particular plan year, the NHCE ADP or NHCE ACP for that Plan Year, instead
      of for the prior Plan Year, is used.

      (c) Correction of Violation. If the sum of the HCE ADP and the HCE ACP
exceed the limit specified in subsection (b), the Employer will reduce the
Contribution Percentages and/or Deferral Percentages of Participants who are
Highly Compensated Employees, in accordance with Section 6.8(c) and Section 5.7,
to the extent necessary to meet subsection (b). Subject to the multiple use
rules of Section 6.8(d), the Employer may limit the Participants affected by
such reductions to those Participants who are subject to both the 401(k) limits
and the 401(m) limits. If any other plan maintained by the Employer is also
taken into account in applying the limits specified in this section, the
Employer may designate the Plan, which will, be involved in correcting any
violation of the limits.

                                       56
<PAGE>
6.10  ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR: If the Employer has elected the Safe Harbor Rules in
the Adoption Agreement and the provisions of Section 5.10 apply, then except to
the extent After-Tax Savings Contributions are made to the Plan during the Plan
Year, the provisions of this Section 6.10 shall apply for the Plan Year and the
provisions of Sections 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.9 shall not apply.

      (a) ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. In addition to the ADP
Test Safe Harbor Contributions described in Section 5.10(d), the Employer will
make the ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, if any, indicated in the
Adoption Agreement for the Matching Period.

      (b) ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be vested as
indicated in the Adoption Agreement, but, in any event, such contributions shall
be fully vested at Normal Retirement Date, Early Retirement Date, upon the
complete or partial termination of the Plan, or upon the complete discontinuance
of Employer contributions. Forfeiture of nonvested ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions will be used to reduce the Employer's ACP Test Safe Harbor
Matching Contributions.

    ARTICLE 7: ROLLOVERS, TRANSFERS AND DEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

7.1   ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS:

      (a) With the approval of the Plan Administrator, an Employee may make a
Rollover Contribution to the Plan in an amount which constitutes (i) an eligible
rollover distribution (as defined in Section 402(c)(4) or Section 403(a)(4) of
the Code) or (ii) a rollover contribution (as defined in Section 408(d)(3) of
the Code). Any amounts rolled over to this Plan from an

                                       57
<PAGE>
individual retirement account or annuity must consist solely of amounts
originally transferred to such account or annuity from another qualified plan
and may not include any nondeductible contributions by the Employee to such
account or annuity.

      (b) The Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee have no
responsibility for determining the propriety of, proper amount or time of, or
status as a tax free transaction of any transfer under subsection (a) above.

      (c) If an Employee who is not yet a Participant makes a transfer under
subsection (a) above, he or she will be considered to be a Participant with
respect to administering such transferred amount only. He or she will not be a
Participant for any other purpose of the plan until he or she completes the
requirements for participation under Article 4. If loans are permitted under the
Adoption Agreement for Participants, such an Employee may take loans secured by
his or her rollover contribution account.

      (d) Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, if the
Plan accepts an invalid rollover contribution, the contribution will be treated
as a valid rollover contribution if (i) at the time the Plan Administrator
accepted the rollover contribution from the Employee, the Plan Administrator
reasonably concluded that such contribution was a valid rollover contribution
and (ii) the Plan Administrator subsequently determines that such contribution
was an invalid rollover contribution, the amount of the invalid rollover
contribution, plus any earnings thereon, are distributed to the Employee within
a reasonable time after such determination. For purposes of this subsection (d),
a "valid rollover contribution" is a contribution that is accepted by the Plan
as a rollover within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.402(c)-2,
Q&A-1 or as a rollover contribution within the meaning of section 408(d)(3) of
the Code and that satisfies the requirements of Section 401(a)(31), 402(c), or
408(d)(3) of the Code for treatment as a rollover or a rollover contribution. An
"invalid rollover contribution" is an amount that is accepted by the Plan as a
rollover within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.402(c)-2, Q&A-1 (or
as a rollover contribution within the meaning of section 408(d)(3)(A)(ii) of the
Code) but that is not an eligible rollover distribution from a qualified plan
(or an amount described in section 408(d)(3)(A)(ii) of the Code) or that does
not satisfy the other requirements of section 401(a)(31), 402(c), or 408(d)(3)
for treatment as a rollover

                                       58
<PAGE>
or a rollover contribution. (f) The Plan Administrator will maintain a Rollover
Account in the name of each Employee who makes a rollover contribution under
this section, and will credit such rollover to his or her Rollover Account as
soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the Trustee. An Employee's Rollover
Account and all amounts credited thereto (including earnings) will be fully
vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

7.2   TRANSFERS:

(a)   Definitions.  The following definitions apply for purposes of this
Section and Section 18.2:

            (1) "Distribution Elective Transfer" shall mean the transfer of a
      Participant's vested account balance from another qualified plan into this
      Plan if the following requirements are satisfied:

                  (i) the transfer occurs at a time when the Participant is
            eligible, under the terms of the plan from which the benefits are
            transferred, to receive an immediate distribution of his or her
            account balance under such plan;

                  (ii) for a transfer occurring on or after January 1, 2002, the
            transfer occurs at a time at which the Participant is not eligible
            to receive an immediate distribution of the Participant's vested
            account balance in the form of a single sum

                                       59
<PAGE>
            that would consist entirely of an eligible rollover distribution,
            within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(31)(C);

                  (iii) the plan from which the benefits are transferred
            provides that the transfer is conditioned upon a voluntary,
            fully-informed election by the Participant to transfer the
            Participant's vested account balance to the other qualified plan;
            provided that the Participant is offered the opportunity to retain
            the Participant's account balance under such plan, unless such plan
            is terminating, in which case the Participant is eligible to receive
            any optional form of distribution under such plan;

                  (iv)  the Participant is fully vested under this Plan in
            the transferred benefit; and

                  (v) the amount of the benefit transferred, together with the
            amount of any contemporaneous direct rollover to the Plan, equals
            the Participant's vested account balance under the transferor plan.

            (2) "Elective Plan Transfer" shall mean the transfer of a
      Participant's entire account balance from another qualified defined
      contribution plan into this Plan if the following requirements are
      satisfied:

                  (i) the transfer occurs in connection with (A) an asset or
            stock acquisition, merger, or other similar transaction involving a
            change in employer of the employees of a trade or business; or (B)
            the Participant's change in employment status to an employment
            status with respect to which the Participant is not entitled to
            additional allocations under the transferor plan;

                                       60
<PAGE>
                  (ii) the plan from which the benefits are transferred provides
            that the transfer is conditioned upon a voluntary, fully-informed
            election by the Participant to transfer the Participant's entire
            account balance to the other qualified plan; provided that the
            Participant is offered the opportunity to retain the Participant's
            account balance under such plan, unless such plan is terminating, in
            which case the Participant is eligible to receive any optional form
            of distribution under such plan; and

                  (iii) if this Plan is a 401(k) plan, the transferor plan is
            also a 401(k) plan, a profit-sharing plan or stock bonus plan (other
            than an ESOP); if this Plan is a money purchase plan, the transferor
            plan is a money purchase plan, a profit sharing plan without a cash
            or deferred arrangement or a stock bonus plan (other than an ESOP);
            and if this Plan is a profit-sharing plan, the transferor plan is a
            profit sharing plan without a cash or deferred arrangement or a
            stock bonus plan (other than an ESOP).

            (3) "Plan to Plan Transfer" shall mean the transfer of a
      Participant's vested account balance from another qualified plan in
      connection with a merger, consolidation or spinoff of plan assets
      described in Section 414(l) of the Code.

      (b) With the approval of the Plan Administrator, an Employee may cause any
amount to be transferred directly to the Trustee of this Plan from the trustee
or custodian of a qualified plan or annuity or individual retirement account or
annuity in a Distribution Elective Transfer, an Elective Plan Transfer or a Plan
to Plan Transfer.

      (c) If an Employee who is not yet a Participant makes a Distribution
Elective Transfer, an Elective Plan Transfer or a Plan to Plan Transfer under
subsection (b) above, he or

                                       61
<PAGE>
she will be considered to be a Participant with respect to administering such
transferred amount only. He or she will not be a Participant for any other
purpose of the plan until he or she completes the requirements for participation
under Article 4. If loans are permitted under the Adoption Agreement for
Participants, such an Employee may take loans secured by his or her transfer
account.

      (d) The Plan Administrator will maintain any Distribution Elective
Transfers and Elective Plan Transfers as part of a Participant's Rollover
Account, and will credit such Distribution Elective Transfer or Elective Plan
Transfer to his or her Rollover Account as soon as practicable after receipt
thereof by the Trustee. The Plan Administrator will maintain a Transfer Account
in the name of each Employee on whose behalf a Plan to Plan Transfer is made
under this section, and will credit such transferred amount to his or her
Transfer Account as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the Trustee. In
the case of a Plan to Plan Transfer, amounts consisting of the following will be
separately accounted for: employer contributions to a defined benefit or money
purchase plan, employer contributions to a profit-sharing or 401(k) plan,
employee 401(k) savings contributions, after-tax employee contributions, and
qualified voluntary employee contributions. The employer sponsoring the
transferor plan will be responsible for providing the Plan Administrator with
records that will reflect such amounts separately. An Employee's Rollover
Account and all amounts credited thereto (including earnings) will be fully
vested and nonforfeitable at all times. An Employee's Transfer Account and all
amounts credited thereto (including earnings) will be fully vested and
nonforfeitable at all times.

                                       62
<PAGE>
7.3   QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS:

      (a) The provisions of this section apply if the Employer's execution of
the Adoption Agreement constitutes the amendment and restatement of an existing
qualified plan under which participants made Qualified Voluntary Employee
Contributions for taxable years before 1987.

      (b) Any such Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions by a Participant
will be held in a separate subaccount for such Participant within his Rollover
Account which will be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

      (c) No part of a Participant's Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions
Account will be used to purchase life insurance or will be taken into account in
determining the Participant's eligibility for or the amount of any loan
hereunder to the Participant.

7.4   WITHDRAWALS:

      (a) Amounts. Unless the Adoption Agreement otherwise provides, a
Participant may upon reasonable advance notice to the Plan Administrator
withdraw all or any portion of his or her Rollover Account or Qualified
Voluntary Employee Contributions subaccount. Unless such withdrawals are not
permitted under the Adoption Agreement, an Employee who is not yet a Participant
and has made a rollover contribution may withdraw all or any portion of his or
her Rollover Account. The Plan Administrator may establish reasonable minimum
withdrawal amounts.

      Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, amounts separately accounted for
under a Transfer Account will be subject to restrictions on withdrawal as
follows (unless the plan from which such amounts were transferred imposes more
or less restrictive conditions upon in-service withdrawals): employer
contributions to a defined benefit or money purchase plan are not available for
in-service withdrawal; employee 401(k) savings contributions are available for
in-

                                       63
<PAGE>
service withdrawal only under Section 12.3; employer contributions to a 401(k)
plan which were used in determining the deferral percentages of participants are
not available for in-service withdrawal; other employer contributions to a
profit-sharing plan, after-tax employee contributions (however, after-tax
employee contributions on which employer matching contributions were made shall
be subject to a minimum 6-month suspension) and qualified voluntary employee
contributions are available for in-service withdrawal.

      (b) Payment. Any withdrawal under this section will be paid to the
Participant as soon as practicable after the valuation date following the date
the Plan Administrator receives the Participant's withdrawal request, including
a form or an electronic communication; however, the Plan Administrator may
approve an earlier payment of all or some of the amount to be withdrawn if such
earlier payment would not be detrimental to the interests of the other
Participants. Unless limited by the investment vehicle, the investments to be
liquidated to pay such withdrawal to the Participant will be liquidated pro rata
from the Participant's accounts. However, if the Participant's account is
invested in the self-directed brokerage account option, then the self-directed
brokerage account is not subject to proration and will be the last investment
vehicle to be liquidated.

                                       64
<PAGE>
            ARTICLE 8: EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS; AMOUNT AND ALLOCATION

8.1         AMOUNT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION:

            (a) For each Plan Year that the Plan is in effect, the Employer will
contribute the amount (if any) determined according to the provisions of this
article. If, due to miscalculation or error, the Employer's contribution exceeds
the amount prescribed or determined by the Employer, such excess may, at the
election of the Employer, be treated as a contribution for the succeeding Plan
Year or years.

            (b) Except as otherwise provided under this Plan, the Employer's
contribution may be paid in a single sum or installments, but the total amount
will be paid to the Trustee not later than the time (including extensions
thereof) prescribed by law for filing the Employer's federal income tax return
for its taxable year beginning with or within the Plan Year.

8.2 PROFIT-SHARING PLANS: If the Employer's plan is a profit-sharing plan, the
following provisions will apply:

            (a) Amount. Unless specified otherwise in the adoption agreement,
for each Plan Year the Employer will contribute whatever amount (if any) the
Employer determines in its discretion. The Employer will not be obligated to
contribute any particular amount in a Plan Year or to make any contribution at
all in any particular Plan Year. However, if in the Adoption Agreement the
Employer elected a formula for determining the contribution for a Plan Year, the
Employer will contribute the amount determined under such formula. Such a
formula may include the contribution of a flat dollar amount to the account of
each Participant who is eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer's
contribution. If in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elected to make a
minimum contribution, the Employer will contribute the amount of such minimum
contribution.

                                       65
<PAGE>
            For each Contribution Period the Employer will contribute an amount
which will equal the contribution the Employer determined to make for all
Participants entitled to receive an allocation for such period in the
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Adoption Agreement.

            Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Contribution
Period shall be the Plan Year. The Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement
a Contribution Period shorter than the Plan Year. Employer contributions for a
Contribution Period will be transferred to the Trustee within a reasonable time
after the end of such period. However, the total amount of the Employer's
contributions for a Plan Year will be paid to the Trustee by the time specified
in Section 8.1(b).

            (b) Source of Contributions. Unless the Metropolitan Life Insurance
Company Adoption Agreement provides otherwise, the Employer's contribution for
any year will not be limited to the Employer's net profits for such year or its
accumulated earnings.

            (c) Persons Entitled to Share in Contributions. The persons entitled
to share in any Employer contributions for a Plan Year are described in Section
8.6.

            (d) Crediting Employer Contributions: Allocation Formula. Any
Employer contributions for a Plan Year will be credited to the Employer
Contributions Accounts of each person entitled to share therein (determined
under Section 8.5) in accordance with Section 8.6.

            (e) Forfeitures. Forfeitures will be disposed of in accordance with
the Employer's election under the Adoption Agreement. Subject to Section 11.4,
forfeitures will be released as soon as practicable following the Participant's
separation from service.

            (f) Employer Contributions Account. The Plan Administrator will
maintain a separate Employer Contributions Account for each participant.
Employer contributions allocated

                                       66
<PAGE>
to a Participant will be credited to his or her Employer Contributions Account.
No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of
employee contributions.

            (g) Make-up Contributions. Following reemployment of a Participant
after a Military Absence, the Employer shall make an Employer Contribution
("Employer Make-Up Contribution") in the amount, unadjusted by earnings and
forfeitures, that the Employer would have been permitted to make under
subsection (a) during the period of Military Absence if such Participant had
continued to be employed by and received compensation from the Employer during
such period, subject to the limitation of Article 13 in effect during each year
of such Participant's Military Absence to which such contribution relates. For
purposes of the preceding sentence, a Participant will be treated as having
received Plan Compensation during the period of Military Absence equal to (i)
the Plan Compensation such Participant would have received during such period if
he or she had not taken a Military Absence, determined based on the rate of pay
the Participant would have received from the Employer but for the Military
Absence, or (ii) if the Plan Compensation the participant would have received
during such period was not reasonably certain, the Participant's average
compensation during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Military
Absence or, if shorter, the period of employment immediately preceding the
Military Absence. Notwithstanding any provision in this plan to the contrary,
Employer Make-Up Contributions shall not be subject to the limitations of
Article 13 in the year such contributions are made and shall not be taken into
account, during either the year in which such contributions were made or the
years to which such contributions relate during the period of Military Absence,
for purposes of applying Sections 5.6, 6.6 or 6.9 or the provisions of Article
14.

                                       67
<PAGE>
            (h) Supplemental Profit Sharing Contributions. If in the
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Adoption Agreement the Employer elects
profit sharing contributions or supplemental contributions, the Employer may
make such contributions. Such contributions (if any) are in addition to any
matching contributions the employer makes. Such contributions will be allocated
to separate Employer Profit Sharing Contributions Accounts on behalf of
Participants in accordance with the Adoption Agreement and Section 8.2, except
that any forfeitures from such accounts will be applied in accordance with
subsection (c) above instead of Section 8.2(e).

8.3 MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLANS: If the Employer's Plan is a money purchase
pension plan, the following provisions will apply:

            (a) Amount. For each Contribution Period the Employer will
contribute an amount which will equal the contribution required for all
Participants entitled to receive an allocation for such period under the
contribution formula elected by the Employer in the Metropolitan Life Insurance
Company Adoption Agreement.

            Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Contribution
Period shall be the Plan Year. The Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement
a Contribution Period shorter than the Plan Year. Employer contributions for a
Contribution Period will be transferred to the Trustee within a reasonable time
after the end of such period. However, the total amount of the Employer's
contributions for a Plan Year will be paid to the Trustee by the time specified
in Section 8.1(b).

            (b) Persons Entitled to Share in Contributions. The persons entitled
to receive an allocation of Employer contributions for a Contribution Period are
described in Section 8.5. However, if the Adoption Agreement provides for a
Contribution Period more frequent than the plan year, a participant may be
required to have completed a minimum period of service and/or

                                       68
<PAGE>
be an Employee on the last day of a Contribution Period (or to have left
employment during such period because of retirement, death or disability) in
order to receive an Employer contribution for such period.

            (c) Crediting Employer Contributions: Allocation Formula. Employer
contributions for a Contribution Period will be credited to the Employer
Contributions Accounts of each person entitled to share therein (determined
under Section 8.5) in accordance with the allocation formula selected in Section
8.6.

            (d) Forfeitures. Any forfeitures occurring during a Contribution
Period will be disposed of in accordance with the Employer's election under the
Adoption Agreement. No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an
Employee's withdrawal of After-Tax Savings Contributions. Subject to section
11.4, forfeitures will be released as soon as practicable following the
Participant's separation from service.

            (e) Employer Contributions Account. The Plan Administrator will
maintain a separate Employer Contributions Account for each Participant.
Employer contributions allocated to a Participant will be credited to his or her
Employer Contributions Account.

            (f) Make-up Contributions. Following reemployment of a Participant
after a Military Absence, the Employer shall make an Employer Contribution
("Employer Make-Up Contribution") in the amount, unadjusted by earnings and
forfeitures, that the Employer would have been permitted to make under
subsection (a) during the period of Military Absence if such Participant had
continued to be employed by and received Plan Compensation from the Employer
during such period, subject to the limitation of Article 13 in effect during
each year of such Participant's Military Absence to which such contribution
relates. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a Participant will be treated
as having received Plan Compensation during the period of

                                       69
<PAGE>
Military Absence equal to (i) the Plan Compensation such Participant would have
received during such period if he or she had not taken a Military Absence,
determined based on the rate of pay the participant would have received from the
Employer but for the Military Absence, or (ii) if the Plan Compensation the
Participant would have received during such period was not reasonably certain,
the Participant's average compensation during the 12-month period immediately
preceding the Military Absence or, if shorter, the period of employment
immediately preceding the Military Absence. Notwithstanding any provision in
this Plan to the contrary, Employer Make-Up Contributions shall not be subject
to the limitations of Article 13 in the year such contributions are made and
shall not be taken into account, during either the year in which such
contributions were made or the years to which such contributions relate during
the period of Military Absence, for purposes of applying Sections 5.6, 6.6 or
6.9 or the provisions of Article 14.

8.4         EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

            (a) Matching Contributions. Matching Contribution shall mean an
Employer contribution made to this or any other defined contribution plan on
behalf of a Participant on account of an After-Tax Savings Contribution made by
such Participant, or on account of a Participant's Elective Deferral, under a
Plan maintained by the Employer.

            (b) Allocation Period. The Employer will select the Matching Period,
which will be the Plan Year, unless, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer
selects a period shorter than the Plan Year, such as each pay period, month,
three months (quarterly), or six months (semi-annually). For each Matching
Period the employer will make a Matching Contribution on behalf of each
Participant who made 401(k) Savings Contributions and/or After-Tax Savings
Contributions during such Matching Period. However, if the Adoption Agreement so
provides, a

                                       70
<PAGE>
Participant will be required to have completed a minimum period of service (not
to exceed 1,000 hours) and/or be an Employee on the last day of a Matching
Period (or to have left employment during such period because of retirement,
death or disability or to be absent from employment on the last day of a
Matching Period as a result of a Family Medical Absence) in order to receive an
Employer Matching Contribution for such period. In the case of a short Plan
Year, the minimum period of service will be prorated by multiplying the minimum
number of hours by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months of
the short Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12.

            (c) Annual Matching Contribution. Notwithstanding the Matching
Period elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make,
in its absolute discretion, an additional Matching Contribution for the Plan
Year in an amount to be determined under this paragraph ("Annual Matching
Contribution"), unless the Employer has elected, in the Adoption Agreement, not
to make an Annual Matching Contribution. The Annual Matching Contribution shall
be allocated solely to the accounts of those Participants who made matchable
Savings Contributions at any time during the Plan Year, but either did not make
Matchable Savings Contributions during the entire Plan Year or made Matchable
Savings Contributions as a percentage of Plan Compensation which was lower than
the maximum percentage of Plan Compensation for which Matching Contributions
could be made at any point during the Plan Year. The Annual Matching
Contribution shall be based on an Annual Matching Period. The amount of the
Annual Matching Contribution shall be equal to (i) the maximum percentage of
Plan Compensation for which Matching Contributions that could be made during the
Plan Year, based on the rate of Matchable Savings Contributions, expressed as an
annualized percentage of Plan Compensation Minus (ii) the actual amount of
Matching Contributions made on behalf of

                                       71
<PAGE>
such Participant during the Plan Year. An Annual Matching Contributions shall be
based on less than the entire Plan Year in the case for Participants (iii) who
separated from service or (iv) whose Plan Compensation reaches the limitation of
Section 401(a)(17) of the Code during the Plan Year.

            (d) Limitations on Matching Contributions.

                        Matching contributions will be limited as follows: (1)
Matching Contributions on behalf of Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees will be made only to the extent that such contributions do not cause
the average of the Deferral Percentages or the Contribution Percentages of such
Participants to exceed the limits provided under Section 5.6 or 6.6 (whichever
may be applicable); and (2) the Employer will not make an Annual Matching
Contribution with respect to any 401(k) Savings Contributions or After-Tax
Savings Contributions that are distributed to the Participant under Section 5.8
or Section 6.8, or with respect to any 401(k) Savings Contributions that are
recharacterized as After-Tax Savings Contributions under Section 5.8 (unless
under the terms of the Employer's Plan such After-Tax Savings Contributions
would also be matched). (3) For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1998,
if the Employer is a partnership or is treated as a partnership under the Code,
the Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement not to allocate Matching
Contributions to partners or stockholders (in the case of an entity treated
under the Code as a partnership). If the Employer is a partnership or is treated
as a partnership under the Code and the Employer elects to allocate Matching
Contributions to partners or stockholders, all Matching Contributions are
required to be 100% vested at all times and those Matching Contributions
allocable to partners or shareholders are subject to the withdrawal limitations
of Section 12.3.

                                       72
<PAGE>
            (e) Discretionary Matching Contribution Allocation Formulas. If the
Employer has selected a discretionary Matching Contribution formula in the
Adoption Agreement, such contributions shall be allocated under one or more of
the following methods, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement
to restrict the allocation method to one of the following:

                        (1) each eligible Participant shall receive an equal
            allocation as a percentage of the Participant's Matchable Savings
            Contributions during such Plan Year or Matching Period;

                        (2) each eligible Participant who is a Non-highly
            Compensated Employee shall receive an equal allocation as a
            percentage of such Participant's Matchable Savings Contributions
            during such Plan Year or Matching Period, and each eligible
            Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee shall receive an
            equal allocation as a percentage of such Participant's Matchable
            Savings Contributions during such Plan Year or Matching Period,
            provided that the percentage of Matchable Savings Contributions
            allocated to the eligible Participants who are Non-Highly
            Compensated Employees is greater than the percentage of Matchable
            Savings Contributions allocated to the eligible participants who are
            Highly Compensated Employees.

                        (3) such contributions will be allocated solely among
            the eligible Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees
            as an equal percentage of such Participant's Matchable Savings
            Contributions during such Plan Year or Matching Period;

                        (4) two or more salary ranges will be established such
            that the Employer Matching Contribution as a percentage of Plan
            Compensation which is

                                       73
<PAGE>
            allocated to the Participants in the lowest salary range is the
            greatest and the allocation of Employer Matching Contributions as a
            percentage of Plan Compensation decreases as the salary ranges
            increase;

                        (5) two or more rates of Matching Contributions based on
            the percentage of Matchable Savings Contributions to Plan
            Compensation will be established such that the Participants making
            the lowest level of Matchable Savings Contributions, as a percentage
            of Plan Compensation, receive the greatest rate of Matching
            Contribution, and the rate of Matching Contributions, decreases as
            the Matchable Savings Contributions increase;

                                    (6) A flat dollar amount established by the
                        Employer. The employer may limit such discretionary
                        Matching Contributions to a specified percentage of each
                        Participant's Matchable Savings Contributions, to a
                        specified percentage of each Participant's Plan
                        Compensation or to a specified dollar amount.

            (f) Time for Remitting Matching Contributions. Matching
Contributions for a Matching Period will be transferred to the Trustee within a
reasonable time after the end of such period. However, the total amount of the
Employer's Matching Contributions for a Plan Year will be paid to the Trustee by
the time specified in Section 8.1(b).

            (g) Matching Contributions Account. The Plan Administrator will
maintain a Matching Contributions Account for each Participant for whom the
Employer makes a Matching Contribution. Matching Contributions on behalf of the
Participant for a Matching Period will be credited to his or her Matching
Contributions Account.

            (h) Use of Forfeitures. Forfeitures occurring during a Matching
Period will be applied according to the method specified in the Adoption
Agreement.

                                       74
<PAGE>
            (i) Source of Contributions. Unless specified otherwise in the
Adoption Agreement, the Employer will make the Matching Contributions required
under this section regardless of whether the Employer has current or accumulated
profits.

            (j) Matching Make-up Contributions. If a Participant has elected to
make After-Tax Savings Make-Up Contributions pursuant to Section 6.2(b) and/or
401(k) Savings Make-Up Contributions pursuant to Section 5.2(e), following
reemployment after a Military Absence, the Employer shall make a Matching
Contribution ("Matching Make-Up Contribution") in the amount, unadjusted by
earnings and forfeitures, that the Employer would have been permitted to make
under subsection (a) during the period of Military Absence if such Participant
had continued to be employed by and received Plan Compensation from the Employer
during such period, subject to the limitation of Article 13 in effect during
each year of such Participant's Military Absence to which such Matching
Contribution relates. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a Participant will
be treated as having received Plan Compensation during the period of Military
Absence equal to (i) the Plan Compensation such Participant would have received
during such period if he or she had not taken a Military Absence, determined
based on the rate of pay the Participant would have received from the Employer
but for the Military Absence, or (ii) if the Plan Compensation the Participant
would have received during such period was not reasonably certain, the
Participant's average compensation during the 12-month period immediately
preceding the Military Absence or, if shorter, the period of employment
immediately preceding the Military Absence.

            Notwithstanding any provision in this plan to the contrary, Matching
Make-Up Contributions shall not be subject to the limitations of Article 13 in
the year such contributions are made and shall not be taken into account, during
either the year in which such contributions

                                       75
<PAGE>
were made or the years to which such contributions relate during the period of
Military Absence, for purposes of applying Sections 5.6, 6.6 or 6.9 or the
provisions of Article 14.

            The Employer shall make Matching Make-Up Contributions during the
same period in which the Participant makes After-Tax Savings Make-Up
Contributions and/or 401(k) Savings Make-Up Contributions.

                                       76
<PAGE>
8.5         PERSONS ENTITLED TO SHARE IN ALLOCATIONS:

            (a) Application of this Section. The rules in this section will
determine which persons are entitled to an allocation of Employer Contributions
for a Plan Year under a profit-sharing or a money purchase pension plan or of
Employer Supplemental Profit-Sharing Contributions under a 401(k) plan. See
Section 8.4 for entitlement to an Employer Matching Contribution.

            (b) Last Day of Contribution Period Rule. If provided in the
Adoption Agreement, a person will not be entitled to an allocation of Employer
Contributions unless he or she was still an active employee on the last day of
the Contribution Period.

            (c) Year of Service Rule. If provided in the Adoption Agreement, a
person will not be entitled to an allocation of Employer Contributions unless
during such Plan Year he or she completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service (or
such smaller number of Hours of Service as is specified in the Adoption
Agreement for a Year of Service). In the case of a person who first became an
Employee during a Plan Year, the number of Hours of Service required will be
prorated based on the date when he or she became an Employee. In the case of a
Short Plan Year, the minimum period of service will be prorated by multiplying
the minimum number of hours of service by a fraction, the numerator of which is
the number of months of the short plan year and the denominator of which is 12.

            (d) Last Day of Contribution Period and Year of Service. If provided
in the Adoption Agreement, a person will not be entitled to an allocation of
Employer Contributions unless he or she satisfies the requirements of
subsections (b) and (c) as of the end of the Contribution Period.

            (e) Exception. The requirements of subsections (b), (c) and (d)
above will not apply to a person who terminated employment with the Employer
during the Plan Year because of

                                       77
<PAGE>
retirement, death or disability. The requirements of subsection (b) and that
portion of subsection (d) (but only to the extent it refers to subsection (b))
will not apply to a person who is not actively employed with the Employer on the
last day of the Contribution Period due to a Family Medical Absence.

            (f) Standardized Plans. Notwithstanding the above, a Participant
must be employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year or must have
completed more than 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year to share in the
allocation of money purchases profit sharing or matching contributions, unless
the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to impose less restrictive
conditions for sharing in the allocation of money purchases, profit sharing or
matching contributions.

8.6         ALLOCATION RULES:

            (a) Application of this Section. This section governs the allocation
of Employer Contributions for a Plan Year under a profit sharing or money
purchase pension plan or Employer Supplemental Profit-Sharing Contributions
under a 401(k) plan. See Section 8.4(a) for the allocation of Employer Matching
Contributions (and any forfeitures used to reduce Employer Matching
Contributions).

            As used in this section, the term Participant includes any person
entitled to share in the allocation of Employer Contributions (and/or
forfeitures) for the Plan Year.

            (b) Non-Integrated Formula. If in the Adoption Agreement the
Employer elected a non-integrated formula, Employer Contributions will be
allocated so that each Participant who is entitled to receive an allocation of
the employer's contribution receives an equal contribution as either a
percentage of his or her Plan Compensation or a flat dollar amount for the Plan
Year (Employer Contributions to a profit-sharing plan or Employer Supplemental
Profit-Sharing

                                       78
<PAGE>
Contributions to a 401(k) plan), or so that each Participant receives the
percentage of his or her Plan Compensation for the Plan Year specified in the
Adoption Agreement (money purchase pension plan). However, notwithstanding the
above, if selected in the Adoption Agreement, a nonstandardized plan may require
a Participant to satisfy the requirements of subsection (b), (c), or (d) of
Section 8.5.

            (c)         Integrated Formula.

                        (1) Notwithstanding any section of the Plan to the
            contrary, this subsection (1) applies to the allocation of Employer
            Contributions under a profit-sharing plan or Employer Supplemental
            Profit-Sharing Contributions to a 401(k) plan where the Employer
            elected an Integrated Formula in the Adoption Agreement. However,
            the Integrated Formula shall not be taken into account with respect
            to 401(k) Savings Contributions. Employer Contributions for the Plan
            Year plus any forfeitures will be allocated to a Participant's
            account as follows:

                        (A) Solely for Plan Years in which this Plan is a
            Top-Heavy Plan, as follows:

                        Step One: Contributions and forfeitures will be
            allocated to each Participant's account in the ratio that each
            Participant's Plan Compensation bears to all Participants' total
            Plan Compensation, but not in excess of 3% of each Participant's
            Plan Compensation.

                        Step Two: Any contributions and forfeitures remaining
            after the allocation in Step One will be allocated to each
            Participant's account in the ratio that each participant's Plan
            Compensation for the Plan Year in excess of the Integration Level
            bears to the Excess Compensation of all Participants but not in
            excess of 3% of each Participant's Excess Compensation. For purposes
            of this Step Two, in the case of any Participant who

                                       79
<PAGE>
            has exceeded the Cumulative Permitted Disparity limit described
            below, such Participant's Plan Compensation for the Plan Year will
            be taken into account.

                        Step Three: Any contributions and forfeitures remaining
            after the allocation in Step Two will be allocated to each
            Participant's account in the ratio that the sum of each
            participant's Plan Compensation and Excess Compensation bears to the
            sum of all Participants Plan Compensation and Excess Compensation,
            but not in excess of the Profit-Sharing Maximum Disparity Rate. For
            purposes of this Step Three, in the case of any Participant who has
            exceeded the Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit described below,
            two times such Participant's Plan Compensation for the Plan Year
            will be taken into account.

                        Step Four: Any remaining Employer Contributions or
            forfeitures will be allocated to each Participant's Account in the
            ratio that each Participant's Plan Compensation for the Plan Year
            bears to all Participants' Plan Compensation for that year.

                        Except as otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement,
            the Profit-Sharing Maximum Disparity Rate will be equal to 2.7%. If
            the Adoption Agreement so provides, the Profit-Sharing Maximum
            Disparity Rate will be equal to the lesser of:

                        (A) 2.7%; or

                        (B) the applicable percentage determined in accordance
            with the table below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           If the integration                                                                       the applicable
           level is more than                           but not more than                           percentage is:
           ------------------                           -----------------                           --------------
<S>                                                     <C>                                         <C>
                    $0                                         X*                                       2.7%
                    X*                                     80% of TWB                                   1.3%
                    80% of TWB                                 Y**                                      2.4%
</TABLE>

                                       80
<PAGE>
*X = the greater of $ 10,000 or 20 percent of the TWB

**Y = any amount more than 80% of the TWB but less than 100% of the TWB.

TWB = the Social Security Taxable Wage Base.

                        (B) For Plan Years in which this Plan is not a Top-Heavy
            Plan, as follows:

            Step One: Contributions and forfeitures will be allocated to each
            Participant's account in the ratio that the sum of each
            Participant's Plan Compensation and Excess Compensation bears to the
            sum of all Participants' Plan Compensation and Excess Compensation,
            but not in excess of the Profit Sharing Maximum Disparity Rate. In
            the case of any Participant who has exceeded the Cumulative
            Permitted Disparity Limit described below, two times such
            Participant's Plan Compensation for the Plan Year will be taken into
            account. Step Two: Any remaining Employer Contributions or
            forfeitures will be allocated to each Participant's Account in the
            ratio that each Participant's Plan Compensation for the Plan Year
            bears to all Participants' Plan Compensation for that year.

                        Except as otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement,
            the Profit Sharing Maximum Disparity Rate is 5.7%. If the Adoption
            Agreement so provides, the Profit Sharing Maximum Disparity Rate
            will be equal to the lesser of:

                        (A) 5.7%; or

                        (B) the applicable percentage determined in accordance
            with the table below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           If the integration                                                  the applicable
           level is more than                 but not more than                percentage is:
           ------------------                 -----------------                --------------
<S>                                           <C>                              <C>
                   $0                                X*                             5.7%
                   X*                            80% of TWB                         4.3%
               80% of TWB                            Y**                            5.4%
</TABLE>

                                       81
<PAGE>
*X = the greater of $ 10,000 or 20 percent of the TWB

**Y = any amount more than 80% of the TWB but less than 100% of the TWB.

TWB = the Social Security Taxable Wage Base.

                        (2) This subsection (2) applies to the allocation of
            Employer Contributions under a money purchase pension plan where the
            Employer elected an Integrated Formula in the Adoption Agreement.
            Such allocations will be performed so that each Participant receives
            the percentage of his or her Plan Compensation for the Plan Year
            specified in the Adoption Agreement (the "Base Contribution
            Percentage"), plus a percentage not to exceed the lesser of the Base
            Contribution Percentage or the Money Purchase Maximum Disparity Rate
            of such Participant's Plan Compensation in excess of the Integration
            Level.

                        Except as otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement,
            the Money Purchase Maximum Disparity Rate is 5.7%. If the Adoption
            Agreement so provides, the Money Purchase Maximum Disparity Rate
            will be equal to the lesser of:

                        (A) 5.7%; or

                        (B) the applicable percentage determined in accordance
            with the table below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           If the integration                                                  the applicable
           level is more than                 but not more than                percentage is:
           ------------------                 -----------------                --------------
<S>                                           <C>                              <C>
                  $0                                  X*                             5.7%
                  X*                              80% of TWB                         4.3%
               80% of TWB                             Y**                            5.4%
</TABLE>

                                       82
<PAGE>
*X = the greater of $ 10,000 or 20 percent of the TWB

**Y = any amount more than 80% of the TWB but less than 100% of the TWB.

TWB = the Social Security Taxable Wage Base.

                        (3) Unless the Employer elects a lower Maximum Disparity
            Rate in (1) or (2) above, the Integration Level shall be equal to
            the Taxable Wage Base. The Taxable Wage Base is the contribution and
            benefit base under section 230 of the Social Security Act as of the
            beginning of the Plan Year.

                        (iv)        Overall Permitted Disparity Limits.

                                    (A) Annual Overall Permitted Disparity
                        Limit. Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs, for any
                        Plan Year this Plan benefits any Participant who
                        benefits under another qualified plan or simplified
                        employee pension, as defined in Section 408(k) of the
                        Code, maintained by the Employer that provides for
                        permitted disparity (or imputes disparity), Employer
                        contributions and forfeitures will be allocated to the
                        account of each Participant who either completes more
                        than 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year or who is
                        employed on the last day of the Plan Year in the ratio
                        that such Participant's total Plan Compensation bears to
                        the total Plan Compensation of all Participants.

                                    (B) Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit.
                        Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January
                        1, 1995, the Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit for a
                        Participant is 35 total Cumulative Permitted Disparity
                        Years. Total Cumulative Permitted Disparity Years means
                        the number of years credited to the Participant for
                        allocation or accrual purposes under this Plan, any
                        other qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan
                        (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the
                        Employer. For purposes of determining the Participant's

                                       83
<PAGE>
                        Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit, all years ending
                        in the same calendar year are treated as the same year.
                        If the Participant has not benefited under a defined
                        benefit or target benefit plan for any year beginning on
                        or after January 1, 1994, the Participant has no
                        Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit.

            (e) Plan Compensation. For purposes of determining allocations to a
Participant's account under this section (and, if applicable, under Section
8.4(c)) Plan Compensation means the Participant's Plan Compensation for the Plan
Year under Section 2.22, adjusted as follows:

                        (1) Unless otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement,
            excluding any Plan Compensation paid to the Participant before he or
            she became Participant under Section 4.3 or after he or she ceased
            to be a Participant under Section 4.4.

                        (2) Excluding any Plan Compensation during the Plan Year
            above the cap (if any) specified in the Adoption Agreement.

                        (3) Excluding any items of Plan Compensation specified
            in the Adoption Agreement. However, no items of Plan Compensation
            will be excluded if the effect of such exclusion would be to use for
            Plan purposes a higher percentage of the total Plan Compensation of
            Highly Compensated Employees the percentage of total Plan
            Compensation used for Plan purposes for Non-Highly Compensated
            Employees.

                        Notwithstanding subsections (2) and (3) above, no items
            of compensation will be excluded if in the Adoption Agreement the
            Employer elects an Integrated Formula for allocations to
            Participants' accounts (provided that the Employer may in the
            Adoption Agreement elect a dollar cap on compensation which is above
            the Social Security wage base for such year).

                                       84
<PAGE>
                ARTICLE 9: BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT OR DISABILITY

9.1         RETIREMENT DATES:

            (a) Normal Retirement Date. A Participant may retire on his or her
Normal Retirement date. His or her Normal Retirement Date is his or her 65th
birthday unless the Employer specifies another date in the Adoption Agreement;
any other date may not be later than his or her 65th birthday or, if later, the
5th anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which he or she commenced
participation. If a Participant's Normal Retirement Date is the date he or she
completes a specified number of Years of Participation, Years of Participation
in any predecessor plan will be counted toward meeting the requirement. If, for
Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1988, Normal Retirement Age was
determined with reference to the anniversary of the Participation Commencement
Date (more than 5 but not to exceed 10 years), the anniversary date for
Participants who first commenced participation under the Plan before the first
Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1988, shall be the earlier of (i) the
tenth anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in the
Plan (or such anniversary as had been elected by the Employer, if less than 10)
or (B) the fifth anniversary of the first day of the first plan year beginning
on or after January 1, 1988. The participation commencement date is the first
day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in
the Plan.

            (b) Early Retirement Date. If the Employer selects an Early
Retirement provision in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may retire on any
date on or after he or she meets the age and service requirements specified in
the Adoption Agreement for early retirement. A Participant who terminates his or
her employment after having satisfied the service but not the

                                       85
<PAGE>
age requirement for early retirement specified in the Adoption Agreement will
become eligible to receive early retirement benefits upon satisfaction of the
age requirement.

            (c) Late Retirement Date. If a Participant continues in employment
after his or her Normal Retirement Date, he or she may continue to make 401(k)
Savings Contributions and/or After-Tax Savings Contributions (if applicable in
the Employer's Plan) until his or her Later Retirement Date, and he or she will
continue to share in Employer Contributions and forfeitures in accordance with
the Plan's allocation formula until his or her Late Retirement Date.

9.2         DISABILITY RETIREMENT:

            (a) A Participant will be considered to have retired if he or she
leaves the Employer's service because of Total and Permanent Disability. Total
and Permanent Disability means a permanent physical or mental impairment which
prevents the Participant from engaging in any substantial gainful occupation or
employment. The permanence and degree of such impairment shall be supported by
medical evidence.

            (b) The Plan Administrator will determine whether a Participant has
a Total and Permanent Disability under uniform rules of general application, and
the Plan Administrator's determination will be final.

9.3         RETIREMENT BENEFITS:

            (a) A Participant who retires will be fully vested and will receive
benefit payments based upon the total amount credited to his or her account. The
Participant will receive: (1) in the case of a single sum payment, the total
amount credited to his or her accounts at the date the distribution is made; (2)
in the case of a profit sharing plan or 401(k) plan, if elected by the Employer
in the Adoption Agreement, but only if a Participant elects such optional form
of distribution, such total amount will be used to purchase an annuity contract;
or (3) if elected by

                                       86
<PAGE>
the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, in the case of installment payments, the
first such installment will be based on such total amount, and subsequent
installments will be based on the total amount credited to the Participant's
accounts at the date of each such installment. If the Adoption Agreement so
provides, a Participant who has attained the normal or early (but in no event
prior to the attainment of age 59 1/2 with respect to 401(k) contributions)
retirement age under the Plan may elect to withdraw all or any portion of his or
her account balance while still employed by the Employer.

            (b) The date of distribution to a retired Participant (or the date
of the first install-ment payment to the retired Participant) will be the
earliest practicable date after the valuation date coincident with or next
following either (i) the Participant's retirement date or, (ii) such later date
as the Participant designates, subject to the required distribution date rules
of Section 9.8. However, if payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity is required with respect to a Participant and either the
Participant's vested account balance(s) exceeds $5,000, or there are remaining
payments to be made with respect to a particular distribution option that
previously commenced, and the account balance is immediately distributable, the
Participant and his or her spouse must consent to any distribution of such
account balance. If payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity is not required with respect to a Participant and the value of the
Participant's vested account balance exceeds $5,000, and the account balance is
immediately distributable, the Participant must consent to any distribution of
such account balance.

            (c) Except in the case of an exempt profit-sharing or 401(k) plan
(as defined in Section 9.5(d)) and except in the case of a small account (as
defined in Section 9.5(e)), the consent of the Participant and the Participant's
spouse shall be obtained within the 90-day period

                                       87
<PAGE>
ending on the Annuity Starting Date. The Annuity Starting Date is the first day
of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.
The Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant and the Participant's spouse
of the right to defer any distribution until the Participant's account balance
is no longer immediately distributable. Such notification shall include a
general description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative
values of, the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan in a manner
that would satisfy the notice requirements of section 417(a)(3), and shall be
provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the Annuity
Starting Date. However, distribution may commence less than 30 days after the
notice described in the preceding sentence is given, provided the distribution
is one to which sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, the Plan
Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right
to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the
decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a
particular distribution option), and the Participant, after receiving the
notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. The Plan Administrator may
substitute the date distribution commences for the Annuity Starting Date in
applying this subsection (c).

            Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, in the case of a profit sharing
plan or 401(k) plan for which the Employer has elected, in the Adoption
Agreement, to provide an annuity distribution, only the Participant need consent
to the commencement of a distribution in the form of a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity while the account balance is immediately distributable.
(Furthermore, if payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
is not required with respect to the Participant pursuant to section 10.6 of the
Plan, only the Participant need consent to the distribution of an account
balance that is immediately distributable.) Neither the consent of the
Participant nor the Participant's spouse shall be required to the extent that a

                                       88
<PAGE>
distribution is required to satisfy section 401(a)(9) or section 415 of the
Code. In addition, upon termination of this Plan if the Plan does not offer an
annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider) and if the Employer or any
entity within the same controlled group as the Employer does not maintain
another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan
as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of the Code), the Participant's account balance
may, without the Participant's consent, be distributed to the Participant.
However, if any entity within the same controlled group as the Employer
maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock
ownership plan as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of the Code) then the
Participant's account balance will be transferred, without the Participant's
consent, to the other plan if the Participant does not consent to an immediate
distribution.

            An account balance is immediately distributable if any part of the
account balance could be distributed to the Participant (or surviving spouse)
before the Participant attains or would have attained if not deceased) the later
of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

            (d) This subsection provides transitional rules with regard to the
cash out limits for distributions made prior to October 17, 2000.

            (1) If payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
is required with regard to a Participant, the rule in this subsection (d)(1) is
substituted for the second sentence in subsection (b). If the value of a
Participant's vested account balance derived from Employer and Employee
contributions exceeds (or at the time of any prior distribution (1) in Plan
Years beginning before August 6, 1997, exceeded $3,500 or (2) in Plan Years
beginning after August 5, 1997, exceeded $5,000, and the account balance is
immediately distributable, the Participant and the Participant's spouse must
consent to any distribution of such account balance.

                                       89
<PAGE>
            (2) If payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
is not required with respect to a Participant, the rule in this subsection
(d)(2) is substituted for the rule in the third sentence in subsection (b). If
the value of the Participant's vested account balance derived from Employer and
Employee contributions: (i) for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997,
exceeds $3,500 (or exceeded $3,500 at the time of any prior distribution), (ii)
for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, and for a distribution made prior
to March 22, 1999, exceeds $5,000 (or exceeded $5,000 at the time of any prior
distribution); (iii) and for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997 and for a
distribution made after March 21, 1999, that either exceeds $5,000 or is a
remaining payment under a selected optional form of payment that exceeded $5,000
at the time the selected payment began, and the account balance is immediately
distributable, the Participant and the Participant's spouse must consent to any
distribution of such account balance.

9.4 METHOD OF PAYMENT: Subject to the rules specified in this article, a
Participant's retirement benefit will be paid to him or her in one or more of
the following methods, as elected by the Participant:

            (a) one or more payments within one taxable year of the Participant;

            (b) if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement,
approximately equal monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual installments over
a period certain not exceeding the life expectancy of the Participant or the
joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his or her
designated beneficiary;

            (c) in the case of a profit sharing plan or a 401(k) plan for which
the Employer has made the appropriate election in the Adoption Agreement,
applied toward the purchase of a fixed

                                       90
<PAGE>
or variable annuity contract with payments over a period of time not exceeding
the lifetime of the Participant or the lifetimes of the Participant and his or
her designated beneficiary.

            (d) if elected in the Adoption Agreement, a partial distribution of
a flat dollar amount or a percentage of the entire account balance, which is not
part of a substantially equal periodic payment, alone or in combination with any
one of the methods described in subsections (a)-(c).

9.5         MARRIED PARTICIPANTS:

            (a) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Except in the case of a
Participant in an exempt profit sharing or 401(k) plan (as defined in subsection
(d) below) or in the case of a Participant with a small account (as defined in
subsection (e) below), retirement benefits to a married Participant will be paid
in the form of the purchase and delivery of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity unless the Participant elects otherwise during the 90-day period ending
on the annuity starting date. The Participant may elect to have such annuity
distributed upon retirement on or after attainment of the earliest retirement
age under the Plan. The earliest retirement age is the earliest date on which,
under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits. Such
an election must be accompanied by his or her spouse's qualified consent (other
than the Participant's election of a joint and survivor annuity giving the
spouse a 50% or greater survivorship interest). At any time before the
commencement of benefits, the Participant may make and revoke such an election
without limit as to the number of elections. The making of such an election
requires his or her spouse's qualified consent; revocation of such an election
does not.

            A Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is an immediate annuity for
the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the
Participant's spouse which is 50 percent (or greater than 50 percent if elected
in the Adoption Agreement) of the amount of the annuity

                                       91
<PAGE>
payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant's spouse.
The Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is the amount of benefit that can be
purchased with the Participant's vested interest in his or her accounts.

            (b)         Joint and Survivor Notice.

                        (1) The Plan Administrator will provide each married
            Participant no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to
            the Annuity Starting Date with a detailed explanation of: the terms
            and conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; the
            participant's right to make and the effect of an election to waive
            the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit; the rights
            of a Participant's spouse; and the right to make, and the effect of,
            a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and
            Survivor Annuity. A Participant may waive the requirement that the
            detailed explanation be provided no less than 30 days before the
            Annuity Starting Date if the following requirements are satisfied:
            (A) the Participant affirmatively elects, after having received the
            detailed explanation, a form of distribution and the Participant's
            spouse consents to such election, if necessary; (B) the Plan
            Administrator provides information to the Participant clearly
            indicating that the Participant has a right to at least 30 days to
            consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
            and consent to a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint
            and Survivor Annuity; (C) the Participant is permitted to revoke
            such affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity
            Starting Date, or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of
            the 7-day period beginning after the detailed explanation is
            provided to the Participant; (D) the Annuity Starting Date is after
            the date that the detailed explanation is provided to the
            Participant; and (E) distribution in accordance with the affirmative
            election does not commence before the

                                       92
<PAGE>
            expiration of the 7-day period beginning on the day after the
            explanation is provided to the Participant. The Annuity Starting
            Date may precede the affirmative election and the 7-day period
            described in (E).

                        (2) Notwithstanding the other requirements of the notice
            requirements prescribed by this section and section 10.3 with
            respect to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity; notice need
            not be given to a Participant if (A) the Plan "fully subsidizes" the
            costs of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified
            Preretirement Survivor Annuity, and (B) the plan does not allow the
            Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or
            Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and does not allow a
            married Participant to designate a nonspouse Beneficiary. For
            purposes of this section, a plan fully subsidizes the costs of a
            benefit if no increase in cost, or decrease in benefits to the
            participant may result from the participant's failure to elect
            another benefit.

            (c) Qualified Consent. A waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. Any waiver of a Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall
not be effective unless: (1) the Participant's spouse consents to the election;
(2) the election designates a specific Beneficiary, including any class of
Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries, which may not be changed without
spousal consent (or the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant
without any further spousal consent); (3) the spouse's consent acknowledges the
effect of the election; and (4) the spouse's consent is witnessed by a Plan
representative or notary public. Additionally, a Participant's waiver of the
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless the election
designates a form of benefit payment which may not be changed without spousal
consent (or the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without
any further

                                       93
<PAGE>
spousal consent). If it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan
representative that there is no spouse or that the spouse cannot be located, a
waiver will be deemed a qualified consent.

            Any consent by a spouse obtained under this provision (or
establishment that the consent of a spouse may not be obtained) shall be
effective only with respect to such spouse. A consent that permits designations
by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by such spouse
must acknowledge that the spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific
Beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the
spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A
revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of
the spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of
revocations shall not be limited. No consent obtained under this provision shall
be valid unless the Participant has received notice as provided in Section
9.5(b) with respect to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Section 10.3(b)
with respect to a Qualified Pre-retirement Survivor Annuity.

            The requirement for a qualified consent is waived if the Participant
establishes to the Plan Administrator's satisfaction that there is no spouse or
that the spouse cannot be located or under other circumstances described in
regulations under Code Section 417. The requirement of a qualified consent is
also waived for any election or revocation by a Participant which has the effect
of increasing the survivorship interest of the spouse.

            (d) Exempt Profit Sharing Plans. An exempt profit sharing plan is a
Plan which meets the Safe Harbor Rules under Section 10.6. In a profit sharing
plan or 401(k) plan, the sole Beneficiary of a married Participant in the event
of his or her death before retirement benefits commence is his or her spouse,
unless his or her spouse has agreed otherwise in a qualified consent (as defined
in subsection (c) above) (see Section 10.5(a)). Therefore, such a Plan is

                                       94
<PAGE>
exempt from the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirement of subsection
(a) above. Under an exempt profit sharing or 401(k) plan, a Participant will
receive his or her retirement benefit in the form of a lump sum payment under
Section 9.4(a) unless the Participant elects otherwise.

            However, if the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement that an
annuity is an optional form of distribution under the plan, then a profit
sharing or 401(k) plan is not exempt from the Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity requirements with respect to a Participant who in fact elects an annuity
form of payment under Section 9.4(c). Also a profit sharing or 401(k) plan is
not exempt from such requirement with respect to any Participant for whom the
Plan is a direct or indirect transferee (including an Elective Plan Transfer) of
a defined benefit pension plan, a money purchase pension plan (including a
target benefit plan) or a stock bonus or profit sharing plan which provides for
a life annuity form of payment to the Participant; however, this Plan will not
be treated as a transferee plan solely by reason of a rollover or Distribution
Elective Transfer from any such other plan. In addition, a profit sharing plan
will not be considered exempt unless the Participant's spouse is the Beneficiary
of any insurance on the Participant's life, unless his or her spouse agrees
otherwise in a qualified consent.

            (e) Small Account Defined. A small account is an account with a
vested balance that does not exceed, in Plan Years beginning before August 6,
1997, $3,500, or in Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, $5,000, except
that the $3,500 limitation shall apply in any situation where the $3,500
limitation was in effect at the commencement of a series of benefit payments and
where there remained, as of the first day of the Plan Year beginning after
August 5, 1997, at least one periodic distribution yet to be made. In applying
the dollar threshold, all accounts or portions of accounts from which the
claimant is entitled to payment are added

                                       95
<PAGE>
together except for accounts attributable to qualified voluntary employee
contributions. If the present value of a Participant's account balance is zero,
such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such vested
account balance. Except as otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement, a small
account will be distributed as soon as practicable following termination of
employment or retirement in the form of a single sum payment. If a Participant
would have received a distribution under this subsection (e) but for the fact
the Participant's vested account balance exceeded $5,000 when the Participant
terminated service and if a later time such account balance is reduced such that
it is not greater than $5,000, the Participant will receive a distribution of
such account balance and the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture.

            (f) Transition Rules. The provisions of this section apply to any
Participant who is credited with at least one hour of service on or after August
23, 1984. They apply to any other Participant in accordance with section 10.7
who was credited with at least one Hour of Service between September 1, 1974,
and August 23, 1984 (a transition participant).

9.6 UNMARRIED PARTICIPANTS: Except in the case of an exempt profit sharing or
401(k) plan (as defined in Section 9.5(d)) or as provided in Section 9.5(f),
unless the Participant elects otherwise, benefits to an unmarried Participant
will be paid in the form of an annuity providing periodic payments for the
lifetime of the Participant in the amount that can be purchased with the
Participant's vested interest in his or her accounts.

9.6A. DIRECT ROLLOVER REQUIREMENTS: This Section applies to distributions made
on or after January 1, 1993.

            (a) Election to Make Direct Rollover. Notwithstanding any provision
of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election
under this Article, a Distributee

                                       96
<PAGE>
may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator,
to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an
Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.

            (b)         Definitions.

                        (1) Eligible Rollover Distribution. An Eligible Rollover
            Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the
            balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible
            Rollover Distribution does not include: (A) any distribution that is
            one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
            frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of
            the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of
            the Distributee and the distributee's designated beneficiary, or for
            a specified period of ten years or more; (B) any distribution to the
            extent such distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the
            Code; (C) the portion of any distribution that is not includible in
            gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net
            unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and
            (D) any hardship distribution described in Section
            401(k)(2)(B(I)(iv) of the Code received after December 31, 1999.

                        (2) Eligible Retirement Plan. An Eligible Retirement
            Plan is an individual retirement account described in section 408(a)
            of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in section
            408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of
            the Code, or a qualified plan described in section 401(a) of the
            Code, that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution.
            However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the
            surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual
            retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

                                       97
<PAGE>
                        (3) Distributee. A Distributee includes an Employee or
            former Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's
            surviving spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's spouse or
            former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
            relations order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code, are
            Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former
            spouse.

                        (4) Direct rollover. A Direct Rollover is a payment by
            the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the
            Distributee.

9.7         DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS:

            (a) Rules Applicable to Installment Payments. The following rules
will apply to benefits payable in the form of installments under Section 9.4(b).

            In the absence of a contrary election by the Participant, the
Participant's installment payment will be payable over the Participant's life
expectancy as of the Required Beginning Date. Life expectancy of the Participant
and the Participant's spouse is calculated as of the Required Beginning Date
(see Section 9.8). Unless the Adoption Agreement provides otherwise, the
Participant may elect to determine the life expectancy of the Participant and/or
the Participant's spouse under either the Recalculation Method or the Declining
Method. If the Participant fails to make any election, the Participant will be
deemed to have elected to determine life expectancy under the Recalculation
Method. The life expectancy of a designated Beneficiary other than the
Participant's spouse will be calculated as of the Required Beginning Date and
payments for any 12 consecutive month period after such date will be based on
such life expectancy less the number of whole years passed since such date. Life
expectancy and joint and last survivor expectancy are computed using the return
multiples in Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.

                                       98
<PAGE>
            (1) Subject to 9.5, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, the
            requirements of this article shall apply to any distribution of a
            Participant's interest and will take precedence over any
            inconsistent provisions of this Plan. Unless otherwise specified,
            the provisions of this article apply to calendar years beginning
            after December 31, 1984.

                        (2) All distributions required under this article shall
            be determined and made in accordance with the Proposed Regulations
            under section 401(a)(9), including the minimum distribution
            incidental benefit requirement of section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the
            Proposed Regulations.

            (b) Required Beginning Date. The entire interest of a Participant
must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the Participant's
Required Beginning Date.

            (c) Limits on Distribution Periods. As of the First Distribution
Calendar Year, distributions, if not made in a single-sum, may only be made over
one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):

                        (1) the life of the Participant,

                        (2) the life of the Participant and a Designated
            Beneficiary,

                        (3) a period certain not extending beyond the life
            expectancy of the Participant, or

                        (4) a period certain not extending beyond the joint and
            last survivor expectancy of the Participant and a Designated
            Beneficiary. (d) Determination of amount to be distributed each
            year. If the Participant's interest is to be distributed in other
            than a single sum, the following minimum distribution rules shall
            apply on or after the required beginning date.

                        (1)         Individual account.

                                       99
<PAGE>
                                    (A) If a Participant's benefit is to be
                        distributed over (i) a period not extending beyond the
                        life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life and
                        last survivor expectancy of the Participant and the
                        Participant's Designated Beneficiary or (ii) a period
                        not extending beyond the life expectancy of the
                        Designated Beneficiary, the amount required to be
                        distributed for each calendar year beginning with
                        distributions for the First Distribution Calendar Year,
                        must at least equal the quotient obtained by dividing
                        the Participant's benefit by the Applicable Life
                        Expectancy.

                                    (B) For calendar years beginning before
                        January 1, 1989, if the Participant's spouse is not the
                        Designated Beneficiary, the method of distribution
                        selected must assure that at least 50% of the present
                        value of the amount available for distribution is paid
                        within the life expectancy of the Participant.

                                    (c) For calendar years beginning after
                        December 31, 1988, the amount to be distributed each
                        year, beginning with distributions for the First
                        Distribution Calendar Year shall not be less than the
                        quotient obtained by dividing the participant's benefit
                        by the lesser of (i) the Applicable Life Expectancy or
                        (ii) if the Participant's spouse is not the Designated
                        Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined from the
                        table set forth in Q&A-4 of section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the
                        Proposed Regulations. Distributions after the death of
                        the Participant shall be distributed using the
                        Applicable Life Expectancy in section 9.7(d)(2)(a) above
                        as the relevant divisor without regard to Proposed
                        Regulations section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

                                    (D) The minimum distribution required for
                        the Participant's First Distribution Calendar Year must
                        be made on or before the Participant's Required

                                      100
<PAGE>
                        Beginning Date. The minimum distribution for other
                        calendar years, including the minimum distribution for
                        the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Employee's
                        Required Beginning Date occurs, must be made on or
                        before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.

                        (2)         Other Forms.

                                    If the Participant's benefit is distributed
                        in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance
                        company, distributions thereunder shall be made in
                        accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of
                        the Code and the Proposed Regulations thereunder.

9.7A MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS DETERMINED USING 2001 PROPOSED REGULATIONS.

Notwithstanding Sections 9.7(d) and 10.4(b), with respect to distributions under
the Plan made for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the Plan
will apply the minimum distribution requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the
Internal Revenue Code in accordance with the regulations under section 401(a)(9)
that were proposed on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the
Plan to the contrary. This amendment shall continue in effect until the end of
the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final regulations
under section 401(a)(9) or such other date as may be specified in guidance
published by the Internal Revenue Service.

9.8 REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE: (a) General One of the following as selected by the
Employer in the Adoption Agreement:

            (1) The Required Beginning Date of a Participant is the April 1 of
the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains
age 70-1/2.

                                      101
<PAGE>
            (2) The Required Beginning Date of a Participant is the later of the
April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
Participant attains age 70-1/2, except that benefit distributions to a
Participant (other than a 5-Percent Owner) with respect to benefits accrued
after the later of the adoption or effective date of the amendment to the Plan
must commence by the later of the April 1 of the calendar year following the
calendar year in which such Participant attains age 70-1/2 or retires.

            (3) The Required Beginning Date of a Participant is the later of the
April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
Participant attains age 70-1/2 or retires, except that benefit distributions to
a 5-Percent Owner must commence by the April 1 of the calendar year following
the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2.

                                      102
<PAGE>
(b) Transitional Rules.

      (1) Any Participant attaining age 70-1/2 in years after 1995 may elect by
April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
Participant attains age 70-1/2 (or by December 31, 1997, in the case of a
Participant attaining age 70-1/2 in 1996) to defer distributions until the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires. If
no such election is made the Participant will begin receiving distributions by
the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
participant attained age 70-1/2 (or by December 31, 1997 in the case of a
participant attaining age 70-1/2 in 1996); however, if elected in the Adoption
Agreement, this paragraph will not apply if the Plan is a 401(k) or profit
sharing plan permitting all contributions to be withdrawn after age 59-1/2
while the Participant is still employed.

      (2) Any Participant attaining age 70-1/2 in years prior to 1997 may elect
to stop distributions and recommence by the April 1 of the calendar year
following the calendar year in which the participant retires. The Employer will
elect in the Adoption Agreement whether or not there is a new Annuity Starting
Date upon recommencement.

      (3) The preretirement age 70-1/2 distribution option is only eliminated
with respect to Employees who reach age 70-1/2 in or after a calendar year that
begins after the later of December 31, 1998 or the adoption date of the
amendment. The preretirement age 70-1/2 distribution option is an optional form
of benefit under which benefits payable in a particular distribution form
(including any modifications that may be elected after benefit commencement)
commence at a time during the period that begins on or after January 1 of the
calendar year in which an Employee attains age 70-1/2 and ends April 1 of the
immediately following calendar year.

                                      103
<PAGE>
9.9 TRANSITIONAL RULE:

      (a) In General. This section will apply if the Employer's execution of the
Adoption Agreement constitutes an amendment and restatement of an existing plan
that was in effect before 1984, and with respect to which one or more
Participants had made the designations described in this section.
Notwithstanding the requirements of Sections 9.7, but subject to the spousal
protection and small benefits provisions of Section 9.5, distributions on behalf
of any Employee may be made provided that each of the following requirements is
satisfied (regardless of when such distribution commences):

            (1) the distribution is one which would not have disqualified the
      Plan under Code Section 401(a)(9) as in effect before amendment by the
      Deficit Reduction Act of 1984;

            (2) the distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution
      designated by the employee whose interest in the Plan is being distributed
      or, if the Employee is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Employee;

            (3) such designation was in writing, was signed by the Employee or
      the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984;

            (4) the Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December
      31, 1983; and

            (5) the method of distribution designated by the Employee or the
      Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the
      period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any
      distribution upon the employee's death, the beneficiaries of the employee
      listed in order of priority.

                                      104
<PAGE>
      (b) Distributions on Death. A distribution upon death will not be covered
by this transitional rule unless the designation contains the information
described in subsection (a) above with respect to the distributions to be made
upon the death of the Employee.

      (c) Presumption of Designation. For any distribution which commenced
before January 1, 1984, and continued after December 31, 1983, the Employee, or
the Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made will be presumed to
have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is being
made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution
satisfies the requirement in subsections (a)(i) and (v) above.

      (d) Revocation of Designation. If such a designation is revoked, any
subsequent form of distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code Section
401(a)(9) and the Proposed Regulations thereunder as in effect at the time of
distribution. If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions
are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the end of the calendar year
following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs the total amount not
yet distributed which would have been required to have been distributed to
satisfy section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Proposed Regulations thereunder,
but for the section 242(b)(2) election. For calendar years beginning after
December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum distribution
incidental benefit requirements in section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Proposed
Regulations. Any changes in the original or a subsequent designation will be
considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere substitution
or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the
designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the designation, so
long as such substitution or addition does not alter directly or indirectly the
period over which distributions are to be made under the

                                      105
<PAGE>
designation (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life). In the case
in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan,
the rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3 in section 1.401(a)(9) of the Proposed
Regulations shall apply.

9.10 DATE BENEFIT PAYMENTS BEGIN: Unless the Participant elects otherwise (but
subject to the required distribution date rule in Section 9.7), distribution of
benefits under the Plan will begin no later than the 60th day following the
close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following events occurs:

      (a) the termination of the Participant's employment with the Employer;

      (b) the Participant attains age 65 or the Participant's Normal Retirement
Date, if earlier;

      (c) the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant began
participation in the Plan.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and spouse to
consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately distributable, within
the meaning of section 9.3 of the plan, shall be deemed to be an election to
defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this section.

9.11 ANNUITIES NONTRANSFERABLE: Any annuity contract distributed to a
Participant, spouse or Beneficiary under the Plan must be nontransferable. The
terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by the plan to a
participant or spouse shall comply with the requirements of this Plan.

9.12 DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF PARTICIPANTS. Each Participant shall advise the
Plan Administrator of each change in (a) his or her name, (b) his or her
address, (c) his or her marital status, or (d) of each other event or
circumstance which may be material to the Participant's

                                      106
<PAGE>
entitlement to benefits hereunder or the amount or timing thereof. Until such
notice has been provided to the Plan Administrator, the Plan Administrator shall
be fully protected in not complying with, and in conducting the affairs of the
Plan in a manner inconsistent with, the information set forth in such notice.
When such notice is received by the Plan Administrator, the Plan Administrator
shall be required to act with respect to such notice prospectively only. The
Plan Administrator shall not be required to modify or reverse any payment,
transaction or application of funds occurring before the receipt of any notice
that would have affected such payment, transaction or application of funds, nor
shall the Plan Administrator or any other party be liable for any such payment,
transaction or application of funds.

                         ARTICLE 10: BENEFITS UPON DEATH

10.1  BENEFITS UPON DEATH:

      (a) Death During Employment or After Retirement.

            (1) In General. If a Participant dies while employed by the Employer
      or after retirement (including disability retirement), his or her
      Beneficiary will receive: (i) in the case of a single sum payment, the
      total amount credited to the Participant's accounts at the date
      distribution is made; (ii) if elected by the Employer in the Adoption
      Agreement (in the case of an exempt profit-sharing or 401(k) plan
      described in Section 9.5 (d)), in the case of an annuity contract, such
      total amount will be used to purchase such annuity contract; or (iii) if
      elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, in the case of
      installment payments, the first such installment will be based on such
      total amount, and subsequent installments will be based on the total
      amount credited to the Participant's accounts at the date of each such
      installment.

                                      107
<PAGE>
            (2) Special Rule for Accounts Invested in Certain Annuity Contracts.
      If all or any portion of the Participant's account is invested in an
      annuity contract, and the terms of the contract so provide, the
      Participant's Beneficiary will receive a death benefit equal to the sum of
      (A) the total amount credited to the Participant's accounts which is not
      invested in such annuity contract as of the distribution date and (B) the
      greatest of: (i) the total amount credited to the Participant under the
      contract at the date distribution is made; (ii) the excess of the total
      contributions to the contract over total withdrawals from the contract; or
      (iii) the highest amount credited to the contract as of the end of the
      calendar year in which any fifth anniversary of the initial acquisition of
      the contract occurred. This paragraph (2) will become effective on the
      date that a contract providing for such death benefit is acquired.

      (b) Death After Other Termination of Employment. If a Participant dies
after termination of employment for any reason other than retirement (including
disability retirement), his or her Beneficiary will receive death benefits
determined as follows:

            (1) If the Participant died before forfeiture of the nonvested
      portion of his or her accounts under Section 11.4, the vested amount in
      the Participant's accounts will be determined and the balance will be
      forfeited immediately, death benefits will be based upon the vested
      amounts remaining after such forfeiture, and such amount will be applied
      as provided in subsection (a) above.

            (2) if the Participant died after forfeiture of the nonvested
      portion of his or her accounts under Section 11.4, death benefits will be
      based upon the vested amounts remaining after such forfeiture, and such
      amount (reduced by any prior payments to the Participant before his or her
      death) will be applied as provided in subsection (a) above.

                                      108
<PAGE>
      (c) Date of Distribution. The date of distribution to a Beneficiary (or
the date of the first installment payment to the Beneficiary) will be the
earliest practicable date after the valuation date coincident with or next
following either (i) the date when the Plan Administrator has received such
evidence of the Participant's death and such evidence of the Beneficiary's (or
Beneficiaries') right to receive such distribution as the Plan Administrator
deems necessary, or (ii) such later date as the Beneficiary designates, subject
to Section 10.4. However, where the Participant's spouse is the Beneficiary
under Section 10.5(a), payment will be made within 90 days after the
Participant's death (unless under the circumstances, 90 days is unreasonably
short); however, the spouse may elect to defer payment subject to Section 10.4.

10.2 METHOD OF PAYMENT: Subject to the requirements of Section 10.3, death
benefits will be paid in one or a combination of the following methods:

      (a) one or more payments within one taxable year of the beneficiary;

      (b) if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, approximately
equal monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual installments over a period
certain permitted under Section 10.4;

      (c) if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement (in the case of
an exempt profit sharing or 401(k) plan described in Section 9.5(d)), applied
toward the purchase of a fixed or variable annuity contract providing for
payments over a period permitted under Section 10.4.

      The method of payment will be elected by the Beneficiary unless the
Participant in his or her designation of Beneficiary form designated the form of
payment.

10.3 QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY:

      (a) Unless an optional form of benefit has been selected within the
election period pursuant to a qualified consent as defined in 9.5(c) if a
Participant dies before the Annuity

                                      109
<PAGE>
Starting Date, then the Participant's vested account balance shall be applied
toward the purchase of an annuity for the life of the surviving spouse. The
surviving spouse may elect to have such annuity distributed within a reasonable
period after the Participant's death.

      (b) Notice. In the case of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity as
described in section (a), the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant
within the applicable period for such Participant a detailed explanation of the
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms and in such manner as
would be comparable to the explanation provided for meeting the requirements of
section 9.5(b)(i) applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

      The applicable period for a Participant is whichever of the following
periods ends last: (i) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year
in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan
Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; (ii) a
reasonable period ending after the individual becomes a Participant; (iii) a
reasonable period ending after section 9.5(b)(ii) ceases to apply to the
Participant; (iv) a reasonable period ending after this article first applies to
the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be provided within a
reasonable period ending after separation from service in the case of a
Participant who separates from service before attaining age 35.

      For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a reasonable period
ending after the enumerated events described in (ii), (iii) and (iv) is the end
of the two-year period beginning one year prior to the date the applicable event
occurs, and ending one year after that date. In the case of a Participant who
separates from service before the plan year in which age 35 is attained, notice
shall be provided within the two-year period beginning one year prior to
separation and ending one year after separation. If such a Participant
thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the applicable period for
such Participant shall be redetermined.

                                      110
<PAGE>
      (c) Definitions. For purposes of Section 10.3, the following definitions
shall apply:

            (1) Election Period: The period which begins on the first day of the
      Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and ends on the date of
      the Participant's death. If a Participant separates from service prior to
      the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, with respect
      to the account balance as of the date of separation, the election period
      shall begin on the date of separation.

            (2) Pre-Age 35 Waiver: A Participant who will not yet attain age 35
      as of the end of any current Plan Year may make a special qualified
      election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity for the
      period beginning on the date of such election and ending on the first day
      of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain age 35. Such
      election shall not be valid unless the Participant receives a detailed
      explanation of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms
      as are comparable to the explanation required under section 9.5(b)(i).
      Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity coverage will be automatically
      reinstated as of the first day of the plan year in which the Participant
      attains age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date shall be subject to
      the full requirements of this article.

            (3) Spouse (Surviving Spouse): The Spouse or Surviving Spouse of the
      Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated as the Spouse
      or Surviving Spouse and a current spouse will not be treated as the Spouse
      or Surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic
      relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.

            (4) Annuity Starting Date: The first day of the first period for
      which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

                                      111
<PAGE>
            (5) Vested Account Balance: The aggregate value of the Participant's
      vested account balances derived from Employer and Employee contributions
      (including rollovers), whether vested before or upon death, including the
      proceeds of insurance contracts, if any, on the Participant's life. The
      provisions of this article shall apply to a Participant who is vested in
      amounts attributable to Employer Contributions, Employee Contributions (or
      both) at the time of death or distribution.

10.4 LIMITATION ON DEATH BENEFIT DISTRIBUTIONS:

      (a) In General. This section 10.4 governs payment of death benefits where
the form of payment is not covered by an election made before January 1, 1984 by
a Participant or Beneficiary as described in Section 9.9.

      (b) Death Distribution Provisions.

            (1) Distribution beginning before death. If the Participant dies
      after distribution of his or her interest has begun, the remaining portion
      of such interest will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as
      under the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant's
      death.

            (2) Distribution beginning after death. If the Participant dies
      before distribution of his or her interest begins, distribution of the
      Participant's entire interest shall be completed by December 31 of the
      calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death
      except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in
      accordance with (A) or (B) below:

                  (A) if any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to
            a Designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made over the life or
            over a period certain not greater than the life expectancy of the
            Designated Beneficiary commencing on or

                                      112
<PAGE>
            before December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the
            calendar year in which the Participant died;

                  (B) if the Designated Beneficiary is the Participant's
            Surviving Spouse, the date distributions are required to begin in
            accordance with (2)(A) above shall not be earlier than the later of
            (1) December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the
            calendar year in which the Participant died and (2) December 31 of
            the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age
            70 1/2.

                  If the Participant has not made an election pursuant to this
            section 10.4(b)(2) by the time of his or her death, the
            Participant's Designated Beneficiary must elect the method of
            distribution no later than the earlier of (1) December 31 of the
            calendar year in which distributions would be required to begin
            under this section, or (2) December 31 of the calendar year in which
            contains the fifth anniversary of the date of death of the
            participant. If the Participant has no Designated Beneficiary, or if
            the Designated Beneficiary does not elect a method of distribution,
            distribution of the Participant's entire interest must be completed
            by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary
            of the Participant's death.

            (3) For purposes of Section 10.4(b)(2) above, if the Surviving
      Spouse dies after the Participant, but before payments to such spouse
      begin, the provisions of section 10.4(b)(2) with the exception of
      paragraph (b) therein, shall be applied as if the Surviving Spouse were
      the Participant.

                                      113
<PAGE>
            (4) For purposes of this section 10.4(b), any amount paid to a child
      of the Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the Surviving
      Spouse if the amount becomes payable to the Surviving Spouse when the
      child reaches the age of majority.

            (5) For the purposes of this section 10.4(b), distribution of a
      Participant's interest is considered to begin on the Participant's
      Required Beginning Date (or, if section 10.4(b)(3) above is applicable,
      the date distribution is required to begin to the Surviving Spouse
      pursuant to section 10.4(b)(2) above). If distribution in the form of an
      annuity irrevocably commences to the Participant before the Required
      Beginning Date, the date distribution is considered to begin is the date
      distribution actually commences.

      (c) Definitions for this section and section 9.7.

            (1) Applicable Life Expectancy. The Life Expectancy (or joint and
            last survivor expectancy) as recalculated using the attained age of
            the Participant (or Designated Beneficiary) as of the Participant's
            (or Designated Beneficiary's) birthday in the applicable calendar
            year. Unless the Adoption Agreement otherwise provides, the
            Participant may elect to determine Applicable Life Expectancy under
            either the Recalculation Method or the Declining Method. If the
            Participant fails to make any election, then the Participant will be
            deemed to have elected to determine his or her Applicable Life
            Expectancy under the Recalculation Method.

                  (2) Designated Beneficiary. The individual(s) designated as
            the Beneficiary under the Plan in accordance with section 401(a)(9)
            and the Proposed Regulations thereunder.

                  (3) Distribution Calendar Year. A calendar year for which a
            minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before
            the Participant's death, the

                                      114
<PAGE>
            first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately
            preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant's
            Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the
            Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the
            calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant
            to section 10.4(b) above.

                  (4) Life Expectancy. Life Expectancy and joint and last
            survivor expectancy are computed by use of the expected return
            multiples in Tables V and VI of section 1.72-9 of the Federal Income
            Tax Regulations.

                  (5) Participant's Benefit.

                        (a) The account balance as of the last valuation date in
                  the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution
                  Calendar Year (Valuation Calendar Year) increased by the
                  amount of any contributions or forfeitures allocated to the
                  account balance as of dates in the Valuation Calendar Year
                  after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made
                  in the Valuation Calendar Year after the valuation date.

                        (b) Exception for second Distribution Calendar Year. For
                  purposes of paragraph (a) above, if any portion of the minimum
                  distribution for the first Distribution Calendar Year is made
                  in the second Distribution Calendar Year on or before the
                  Required Beginning Date, the amount of the minimum
                  distribution made in the second distribution calendar year
                  shall be treated as if it had been made in the immediately
                  preceding Distribution Calendar Year.

                  (6) Required Beginning Date. The Required Beginning Date of a
            Participant is the date set forth in Section 9.8.

                                      115
<PAGE>
                  (7) 5-Percent Owner. A Participant is treated as a 5-Percent
            Owner for purposes of this section if such Participant is a
            5-Percent Owner as defined in section 416 of the Code at any time
            during the Plan year ending with or within the calendar year in
            which such owner attains age 70 1/2.

                  (8) Once distributions have begun to a 5-Percent Owner under
            this section, they must continue to be distributed, even if the
            Participant ceases to be a 5-Percent Owner in a subsequent year.

10.5  BENEFICIARY:

      (a) Designation of Beneficiary and Method of Payment. A Participant may
designate one or more Beneficiaries on a form or other instrument filed with,
and acceptable to, the Plan Administrator, and may revoke or change such
designation in like manner at any time. The Beneficiary may elect the form of
payment under Section 10.2 (subject to the requirements of Section 10.3);
however, the Participant may in the designation of Beneficiary form or other
instrument specify the form of payment (subject to Section 10.3) and death
benefits will be paid in such form. If a Beneficiary is permitted to elect the
method of payment of a benefit payable to him or her, he or she may designate
one or more Beneficiaries to receive any amount remaining undistributed at his
or her death.

      Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, in an exempt profit sharing plan
or 401(k) plan as described in section 9.5(d), the sole Beneficiary of a married
Participant is the Participant's Spouse, unless the Spouse consents or has
consented to the designation of another Beneficiary in a Qualified Consent (as
defined in Section 9.5(c)).

      (b) Payment in Absence of Designation of Beneficiary. Any portion of a
Participant's death benefit which is not disposed of by a designation of
Beneficiary, for any reason

                                      116
<PAGE>
whatsoever, will be paid to the Participant's Spouse if the Spouse survives him,
otherwise to the Participant's estate in a lump sum.

      (c) Payment Under Prior Designation of Beneficiary. The Plan Administrator
will be fully protected in directing payment in accordance with a prior
designation of Beneficiary if such direction (i) is given before receipt by the
Plan Administrator of a later designation or (ii) is due to the inability of the
Plan Administrator to verify the authenticity of a later designation.

      (d) Multiple Beneficiaries. If a Participant designates two or more
primary beneficiaries and does not specify their respective interests, their
interests shall be several and equal. If any designated beneficiary predeceases
the Participant, the rights and interest of the beneficiary and of any one
claiming through him or her shall automatically terminate and the interest of
the deceased Beneficiary will be divided among the surviving Beneficiaries.

      (e) Order of Death. If it is impossible to ascertain with certainty the
order of death of the Participant and any Beneficiary, the Participant shall be
deemed to have survived such Beneficiary unless the Participant has specifically
indicated to the contrary on his or her beneficiary designation form. If it is
impossible to ascertain with certainty the order of death of two or more
Beneficiaries, deceased primary Beneficiaries shall be deemed to have survived
deceased contingent Beneficiaries.

      (f) Effect of Disclaimers. To the extent that the Participant's surviving
spouse or any other Beneficiary disclaims in a writing that is notarized, or
that has been witnessed and authenticated to the satisfaction of the Plan
Administrator, all or part of any interest in a benefit payable by reason of the
death of a Participant, such Beneficiary shall cease to be considered a
Beneficiary for Plan purposes.

10.6 SAFE HARBOR RULES:

                                      117
<PAGE>
      (a) This section shall apply to a Participant in a profit-sharing plan and
401(k) plan, and to any distribution, made on or after the first day of the
first plan year beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a separate
account attributable solely to accumulated deductible employee contributions, as
defined in section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code, and maintained on behalf of a
Participant in a money purchase pension plan, (including a target benefit plan)
if the following conditions are satisfied:

            (1) the Participant does not or cannot elect payments in the form of
      a life annuity; and

            (2) on the death of a Participant, the Participant's Vested Account
      Balance will be paid to the Participant's Surviving Spouse, but if there
      is no Surviving Spouse, or if the Surviving Spouse has consented in a
      manner conforming to a qualified election, then to the Participant's
      Designated Beneficiary. The Surviving Spouse may elect to have
      distribution of the Vested Account Balance commence within the 90-day
      period following the date of the Participant's death. The account balance
      shall be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the Participant's
      death in accordance with the provisions of the plan governing the
      adjustment of account balances for other types of distributions. This
      section 10.6 shall not be operative with respect to a Participant in a
      profit-sharing plan or 401(k) plan if the Plan is a direct or indirect
      transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan, a target
      benefit plan, stock bonus, or profit-sharing plan which is subject to the
      survivor annuity requirements of section 401(a)(11) and section 417 of the
      Code. If this section 10.6 is operative, then the provisions of section
      10.3 shall be inoperative.

                                      118
<PAGE>
      (b) The Participant may waive the spousal death benefit described in this
section at any time provided that no such waiver shall be effective unless it
satisfies the conditions of section 9.5(c) that would apply to the Participant's
waiver of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

      (c) For purposes of this section 10.6, Vested Account Balance shall mean,
in the case of a money purchase pension plan, the Participant's separate account
balance attributable solely to accumulated deductible employee contributions
within the meaning of section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code. In the case of a
profit-sharing plan, Vested Account Balance shall have the same meaning as
provided in section 10.3(c)(4)

10.7 TRANSITIONAL RULES:

      (a) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who
would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed by the previous sections of
this article must be given the opportunity to elect to have the prior sections
of this article and section 9.5 apply if such Participant is credited with at
least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan in a Plan Year
beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at least 10
years of vesting service when he or she separated from service.

      (b) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who
was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor
plan on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any
service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the
opportunity to have his or her benefits paid in accordance with section (d) of
10.7.

                                      119
<PAGE>
      (c) The respective opportunities to elect (as described in sections (a)
and (b) above) must be afforded to the appropriate Participants during the
period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would
otherwise commence to said Participants.

      (d) Any Participant who has elected pursuant to section (b) of this
Section and any Participant who does not elect under section (a) or who meets
the requirements of section (a) except that such Participant does not have at
least 10 years of vesting service when he or she separates from service, shall
have his or her benefits distributed in accordance with all of the following
requirements if benefits would have been payable in the form of a life annuity:

            (1) Automatic joint and survivor annuity. If benefits in the form of
      a life annuity become payable to a married Participant who:

                  (A) begins to receive payments under the plan on or after
            Normal Retirement Age; or

                  (B) dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working
            for the Employer; or

                  (C) begins to receive payments on or after the Qualified Early
            Retirement Age; or

                  (D) separates from service on or after attaining Normal
            Retirement Age (or the Qualified Early Retirement Age) and after
            satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of benefits
            under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive such
            benefits; then such benefits will be received under this Plan in the
            form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the
            Participant has elected otherwise during the Election Period. The
            Election Period must begin at least 6 months before the Participant
            attains qualified early retirement age and

                                      120
<PAGE>
            end not more than 90 days before the commencement of benefits. Any
            election hereunder will be in writing and may be changed by the
            Participant at any time.

                  (2) Election of Early Survivor Annuity. A Participant who is
            employed after attaining the Qualified Early Retirement Age will be
            given the opportunity to elect, during the Election Period, to have
            a Survivor Annuity payable on death. If the Participant elects the
            Survivor Annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than
            the payments which would have been made to the Spouse under the
            Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired
            on the day before his or her death. Any election under this
            provision will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant
            at any time. The Election Period begins on the later of (1) the 90th
            day before the Participant attains the Qualified Early Retirement
            Age, or (2) the date on which participation begins, and ends on the
            date the Participant terminates employment.

                  (3) For purposes of this section (d):

                        (A) Qualified Early Retirement age is the latest of:

                              (i) the earliest date, under the Plan, on which
                        the Participant may elect to receive retirement
                        benefits,

                              (ii) the first day of the 120th month beginning
                        before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or

                              (iii) the date the Participant begins
                        participation.

                        (B) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is an annuity
                  for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for
                  the life of the Spouse as described in Plan section 9.5(a).

                                      121
<PAGE>
            ARTICLE 11: TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND VESTED INTEREST

11.1 VESTED INTEREST IN ACCRUED BENEFIT:

      (a) Vesting Schedule. A Participant will have a vested and nonforfeitable
interest in that percentage of his or her Employer Contributions Account or
Matching Contributions Account determined under the vesting schedule specified
in the Adoption Agreement.

      (b) Full Vesting. Regardless of a Participant's vesting under the vesting
schedule, the Participant becomes fully vested in his or her Employer
Contributions Account or Matching Contributions Account upon the earlier of (1)
his or her attaining his or her Normal Retirement Date while he or she is still
employed by the Employer; (2) his or her attaining his or her Early Retirement
Date as specified in the Adoption Agreement while he or she is still employed by
the Employer; or (3) upon disability retirement under Section 9.2, or upon his
or her death while he or she is still an Employee.

11.2 CHANGES IN VESTING SCHEDULE: After the adoption of any amendment that
changes the vesting schedule or that directly or indirectly affects the
computation of a Participant's vested percentage, or any shift in or out of a
vesting schedule because of a Plan's top-heavy status, any Participant having
three or more years of Service will have his or her vested percentage determined
under whichever schedule gives him or her the higher vested percentage.

11.3 PAYMENT OF VESTED INTEREST: A Participant's vested interest in his or her
accrued benefit will be paid to him or her, or payments will begin, on a date
elected by the Participant and will be paid to him or her following his or her
separation from service in one or more of the methods described in Section 9.4
as elected by the Participant. The Participant's election as to either time or
form of payment will be subject to the rules, other than sections 9.1, 9.2, and
9.3 of Article 9. At the Participant's election, the Participant's vested
account balance will be paid to him or her

                                      122
<PAGE>
or payments will begin, as soon as administratively feasible following his or
her separation from service. The value of the Participant's vested account
balance will be based on the latest valuation immediately preceding the date of
distribution.

11.4 FORFEITURE OF NON-VESTED INTEREST: A Participant will forfeit the
non-vested portion of his or her account balance on the earlier of the date on
which he or he or she (i) incurs a period of five consecutive One-Year Breaks in
Service (or, if the Employer's Plan counts service for vesting purposes using
the elapsed time rules of Article 3B, a Period of Severance of 60 months in
length) or (ii) receives a distribution of his or her vested account balance.
Forfeitures will first be applied to restore the non-vested portion of the
account of a Participant described in the preceding sentence in accordance with
Section 11.5 and then as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

11.5 PROTECTIONS UPON RESUMPTION OF EMPLOYMENT: A former Participant who returns
to employment with the Employer after a period of one or more One-Year Breaks in
Service will nevertheless receive credit for all his or her prior Years of
Service for vesting purposes. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption
Agreement, with respect to a former Participant who returns to employment before
five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service (or, if the Employer's Plan counts
service for vesting purposes using the elapsed time rules of Article 3B, a
Period of Severance of 60 months in length), and such former Participant
received a distribution of his or her entire vested interest prior to his or her
reemployment, the Employer shall reinstate such Participant's forfeited account
balance. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may elect to
reinstate the forfeited account balance of a Participant described in the
preceding sentence only if he or she repays the full amount distributed to him
or her before the earlier of (1) five years after the first date on which such
Participant is subsequently reemployed by the

                                      123
<PAGE>
Employer or (2) the close of the first period of five consecutive One-Year Beaks
in Service (a Period of Severance of 60 months, in the event the elapsed time
method is being applied) commencing after the distribution. In the event such
Participant does repay the full amount distributed to him or her, the
undistributed portion of the Participant's account balance must be restored in
full, unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring subsequent to the date of his
or her termination. The source of such reinstatement shall first be any
forfeitures occurring during the year. If such source is insufficient, then the
Employer shall contribute an amount that is sufficient to restore any such
forfeited account. The Employer shall reinstate the reemployed Participant's
account balance no later than the end of the Plan Year following the plan year
of reemployment (or repayment of the vested portion of the account balance that
was distributed, as the case may be).

11.6 CALCULATING VESTED INTEREST AFTER ACCOUNT DISTRIBUTION: Where a
Participant's Employer Contributions Account or Matching Contributions Account
is charged with a withdrawal or distribution at a time when he or she is not
fully vested in such account, the remaining balance of the Participant in such
account will be credited to a separate account within the Participant's Employer
Contributions Account or Matching Contributions Account, or accounting records
will be maintained in a manner which has the same effect as establishing a
separate account. The Participant's vested interest in any such separate account
at any subsequent time will be equal to an amount ("Y") determined by the
formula:

                                Y = P(AB + D) - D

where P is his or her vested percentage at such time; AB is the account balance
in such separate account at such time; and D is the amount of the withdrawal or
distribution. The term remaining balance as used in this section means a
Participant's interest in his or her Employer Contributions

                                      124
<PAGE>
Account or Matching Withholdings Account remaining after a withdrawal or
distribution of a portion or all of his or her vested interest therein.

           ARTICLE 12: IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS AND WITHDRAWALS; LOANS

12.1 WITHDRAWAL OF AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS:

      (a) Amount. Except as otherwise provided in this section or in the
Adoption Agreement, a Participant whose employment has not terminated may upon
reasonable advance notice to the Plan Administrator (and spousal consent, if
applicable) withdraw all or any portion of his or her After-Tax Savings
Contributions Account to the extent not previously withdrawn.

      (b) Payment and Plan Administrator Rules. Any withdrawal under this
section will be paid to the Participant as soon as practicable after the
valuation date next following the Plan Administrator's receipt of the
Participant's withdrawal request; however the Plan Administrator may approve an
earlier payment of some or all of the amount to be withdrawn if such earlier
payment would not be detrimental to the interests of the other Participants. If
elected in the Adoption Agreement, in addition to Section 5.2(b), a Participant
who makes an in-service withdrawal under this section may not make 401(k)
Savings Contributions or After-Tax Savings contributions for a period of up to
12 months following the date of such in-service withdrawal. Notwithstanding the
foregoing provisions of this section, a Participant who makes an in-service
withdrawal of After-Tax Savings Contributions that are Matchable Savings
Contributions may not make After-Tax Savings Contributions for a period of at
least 6 months following the date of such in-service withdrawal. However, the
Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to limit the suspension of
After-Tax Savings Contributions to in-service withdrawals made prior to the date
that the Participant attains age 59 1/2. The Plan Administrator or the Sponsor
may

                                      125
<PAGE>
establish reasonable minimum or maximum withdrawal amounts and reasonable
limitations on the frequency or number of withdrawals during a plan year. No
forfeitures will occur solely as a result of Participant's making of an
in-service withdrawal.

      (c) Separate Contract. For purposes of Code Section 72, a participant's
After-Tax Savings Contributions Account attributable to post-1986 After-Tax
Savings Contributions will be accounted for separately and will be treated as a
separate contract under the Plan for income tax purposes.

      (d) Special Rules. If the Employer's execution of the Adoption Agreement
constitutes the amendment and restatement of an existing Plan to which one or
more participants made After-Tax Contributions before 1987, such contributions
will be accounted for separately, and for federal income tax purposes any
withdrawals or distributions from the Plan will be deemed to be a withdrawal or
distribution of such contributions until they are exhausted.

12.2 IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS FROM PROFIT SHARING PLANS:

      (a) In General. This section applies only if the Employer's plan is a
profit sharing plan (other than a 401(k) plan). To the extent provided in the
Adoption Agreement, a Participant whose employment has not terminated may make
withdrawals from his or her accounts. The Adoption Agreement may limit such
in-service withdrawals to financial hardship situations, or, as long as the
requirements set forth in section 12.2(c) are met, may permit in-service
withdrawals for reasons other than financial hardship.

      Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, an in-service withdrawal will be
permitted under the following circumstances: (i) termination of the Plan without
the establishment of a successor plan; (ii) the sale or other disposition to an
unrelated entity of at least 85 percent of the assets used by the employer in a
trade or business, provided the employee continues in

                                      126
<PAGE>
employment with the purchaser of the assets; or (iii) the sale or other
disposition to an unrelated entity of a subsidiary of the Employer, provided the
Employee continues in employment with the subsidiary.

      (b) Financial Hardship. For purposes of this section, Financial Hardship
means any of the circumstances specified in Section 12.3(c). The request for a
hardship withdrawal under this section will be made in such manner as the Plan
Administrator may prescribe. The Plan Administrator may require a Participant to
submit such information or other evidence as is necessary to make the
determination of Financial Hardship. The Plan Administrator may rely upon the
accuracy of any information or materials submitted by the Participant. The Plan
Administrator will determine the existence of a Financial Hardship and the
amount necessary to meet such Financial Hardship, and any such determination
will be binding on the Participant.

      (c) Amount. A Participant may withdraw the amount he or she specifies,
provided that a withdrawal may not exceed the smallest of whichever the
following limitations applies:

            (1) the Participant's total vested account balances;

            (2) in the case of a hardship withdrawal, the amount determined by
      the Plan Administrator as necessary to meet the Participant's Financial
      Hardship; or

            (3) in the case of a non-hardship withdrawal, the amount
      attributable to Employer Contributions which have been on deposit in the
      Plan for at least two years; provided that this limitation will apply only
      to Employees who have been Participants in the plan for less than five
      years. The limitation in this Section 12.2(c)(3) will not apply to
      withdrawals after a Participant has attained age 59-1/2, or if such
      participant has attained early or Normal Retirement Age, if such
      withdrawals are permitted in the Adoption Agreement.

                                      127
<PAGE>
      (d) Spousal Consent to In-Service Withdrawals. Unless the Plan is an
Exempt Profit Sharing Plan (as defined in Section 9.5(d)), a married
Participant's Spouse must consent to an in-service withdrawal under this section
in a Qualified Consent meeting the requirements of Section 9.5(c).

      (e) Payment and Plan Administrator Rules. Provisions governing the payment
of a withdrawal under this section and Plan Administrator rules for such
withdrawals are found at Section 12.1(b).

12.3 IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS FROM 401(K) PLANS:

      (a) In General. This section applies only if the Employer's Plan is a
401(k) plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement, a
Participant whose employment has not terminated may make withdrawals from his or
her accounts subject to the limitations of this section and the Adoption
Agreement.

      (b) Availability and Amount. The availability and amount of in-service
withdrawals will be subject to the restrictions specified below.

            (1) 401(k) Savings Contributions Account. A Participant may make
      in-service withdrawals from his or her 401(k) Savings Contributions
      Account in the event of Financial Hardship. The maximum withdrawal from
      the Participant's 401(k) Savings Contributions Account is the smaller of
      the amount of his or her 401(k) Savings Contributions, without earnings or
      investment gains (except any income allocable to 401(k) Savings
      Contributions as of no later than the later of December 31, 1988 and the
      end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989), or the amount
      needed to alleviate his or her Financial Hardship.

                                      128
<PAGE>
            If elected in the Adoption Agreement, in addition to Sections
      5.2(b), a Participant who makes an in-service withdrawal under this
      section may not make a 401(k) Savings Contribution or After-Tax Savings
      Contribution for a period of up to 12 months following such in-service
      withdrawal. However, the Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to
      limit the suspension of 401(k) Savings Contributions and After-Tax Savings
      Contributions to in-service withdrawals made prior to the date that the
      Participant attains age 59 1/2.

            (2) Employer Contributions and Matching Contributions Accounts. To
      the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may make
      in-service withdrawals from his or her Employer Contributions Account
      (Employer Supplemental Profit-Sharing Contributions) and/or Matching
      Contributions Account. The Adoption Agreement may limit such in-service
      withdrawals to Financial Hardship situations, or may permit in-service
      withdrawals for reasons other than Financial Hardship; there may be
      different rules for withdrawals from Employer Contributions Accounts and
      Matching Contributions Accounts. The maximum in-service withdrawal from a
      Participant's Employer Contributions Account or Matching Contributions
      Account is determined under the same limitations set forth in Section
      12.2(c).

      (c) Financial Hardship.

            (1) An in-service withdrawal will be on account of Financial
      Hardship only if the Participant has an immediate and heavy financial need
      and the withdrawal is necessary to meet the need.

            (2) A withdrawal will be deemed to be on account of an immediate and
      heavy need if it is occasioned by (A) a deductible medical expense (within
      the meaning of Code

                                      129
<PAGE>
      Section 213(d)) incurred by or necessary for the Participant or his or her
      spouse, child or dependent; (B) purchase of the Participant's principal
      residence (not including mortgage payments); (C) tuition, room and board
      and related educational fees for the next 12 months of post-secondary
      education for the Participant or his or her spouse, child or dependent; or
      (D) rent or mortgage payments to prevent the Participant's eviction from
      or the foreclosure of the mortgage on his or her principal residence.

            (3) A withdrawal will be deemed necessary to satisfy the
      Participant's financial needs if the Participant has made all non-hardship
      withdrawals and obtained all nontaxable loans available under all of the
      Employer's qualified retirement plans, unless obtaining all nontaxable
      loans under such plans would result in an increase in the Participant's
      immediate and heavy need; and each such other plan which provides for
      401(k) savings contribution contains restrictions similar to those in
      Section 5.2(b).

            (4) A Participant must establish to the Plan Administrator's
      satisfaction both that the Participant has an immediate and heavy
      financial need and that the withdrawal is necessary to meet the need
      (including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income
      taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the
      distribution), as provided in subsections (2) and (3) above.

            A Participant's application for a hardship withdrawal will be in
      such form and containing such information (or other evidence or materials
      establishing the Participant's Financial Hardship) as the Plan
      Administrator may require. The Plan Administrator's determination of the
      existence of and the amount needed to meet a Financial Hardship will be
      binding on the participant.

      (d) Notwithstanding subsection (b) above,

                                      130
<PAGE>
            (1) to the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant
      may make in-service withdrawals from his or her 401(k) Plan accounts after
      he or she has reached age 59-1/2; and

            (2) a participant may make in-service withdrawals from his or her
      401(k) accounts under the circumstances described in the second paragraph
      of 12.2(a).

      (e) Miscellaneous. The spousal consent requirements are as specified in
Section 12.2(d), and the payment procedures and Plan Administrator rules for
withdrawals are as specified in Section 12.1(b).

12.4 IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS FROM MONEY PURCHASE PLAN: Except as otherwise
provided in this section, in-service withdrawals are not permitted from Employer
Contribution Accounts under a money purchase plan. If elected in the Adoption
Agreement, in-service withdrawals of Employer Contributions may be made to a
Participant who has attained early or Normal Retirement Age under the Plan.

12.5 LOANS: If the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Adoption Agreement so
provides, loans will be available from the Plan. If loans are available, the
Plan Administrator will establish guidelines and procedures for loans from the
Plan to Participants in specific instances, which guidelines may include
limitations on the number of loans that may be outstanding to a Participant at
any time or on the frequency of loans. Each loan must conform to the loan
guidelines and procedures prescribed by the Plan Administrator. The guidelines
and procedures must be formulated and administered so that they conform with
ERISA Section 408(b)(1) and ERISA Reg. Section 2550.408-1(d). In addition, the
following requirements of this Section must be satisfied:

                                      131
<PAGE>
      (a) Loans are available to all active Employees who are Participants and
to all other Participants and Beneficiaries who are parties in interest (as
defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) on a reasonably equivalent basis. However, no
loan will be made to a Participant who is an Owner-Employee or a Shareholder
Employee unless such person has at his or her expense has obtained an
administrative exemption from ERISA's prohibited transaction rules from the
Department of Labor with respect to such loan (unless the Department of Labor
has issued a prohibited transaction class exemption covering such loans).

      (b) Loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees (as
defined in section 5.8 of the Plan) in an amount greater than the amount made
available to other employees.

      (c) Loans are adequately secured and bear a reasonable rate of interest.
However, no more than 50% of a Participant's nonforfeitable accrued benefit may
be pledged as collateral.

      Each loan hereunder will be a Participant-directed investment for the
benefit of the Participant requesting such loan; accordingly, any default in the
repayment of principal or interest of any loan hereunder will reduce the amount
available for distribution to such Participant (or his or her Beneficiary).
Thus, any loan hereunder will be effectively and adequately secured by the
Participant's accounts.

            (d) (1) No Participant loan exceeds the lesser of $50,000 or 50% of
      the Participant's vested account balances (excluding his or her qualified
      voluntary employee contributions account, if any), as of the valuation
      date immediately preceding the date when the loan is made, determined
      under the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Vested Amount in Accounts       Maximum Loan
               -------------------------       ------------
<S>                                            <C>
               0-$100,000                      50% of vested accounts
               Over $100,000                   $50,000
</TABLE>

                                      132
<PAGE>
            The $50,000 maximum loan limit in the above table will be reduced by
      the highest outstanding loan balance (including outstanding loans under
      plans maintained by an entity described in Sections 19.9, 19.10 and 19.11
      as the Employer) in the prior 12-month period. The 50% vested account
      limit is reduced by the current outstanding loan balance (including
      outstanding loans under plans maintained by an entity described in
      Sections 19.9, 19.10 and 19.11 as the Employer).

            (2) Except as provided in the next sentence, the maximum term of a
      loan will be five years. If a Participant requests a loan for the
      acquisition of the principal residence of the Participant, the maximum
      repayment period will be determined by reference to bank loans for the
      same purpose. (

      e) Except for a profit sharing plan or a 401(k) plan (which are exempt
from the spousal consent requirements - see Section 9.5(d)), a Participant
obtains the consent of his or her Spouse, if any, within the 90 day period
before the time the account balance is used as security for the loan. A new
consent is required if the account balance is used as security for any increase
in the loan balance, for renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of
the loan. However, spousal consent is not necessary if the total amount of loans
outstanding hereunder does not exceed $3,500 (for plan years beginning before
August 6, 1997) or $5,000 (for plan years beginning after August 5, 1997). The
consent will comply with the requirements of Section 9.5(c). The consent of any
subsequent spouse will not be necessary in order to foreclose the Plan's
security interest in the Participant's account balance if the Participant's then
Spouse validly consented to the original use of the account balance as security
(or if the Participant was unmarried at such time).

                                      133

<PAGE>
         If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in accordance with this
section, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the portion of
the Participant's vested account balance used as a security interest held by the
Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant shall be taken into
account for purposes of determining the amount of the account balance payable at
the time of death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as
repayment of the loan. If less than 100% of the Participant's vested account
balance (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the
surviving spouse, then the account balance shall be adjusted by first reducing
the vested account balance by the amount of the security used as repayment of
the loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving spouse.

         (f) The Plan Administrator may require a Participant to agree to repay
the principal and interest of a loan through regular payroll deduction payments
from the Participant's compensation. The Plan Administrator may establish
back-up repayment procedures for Participants who do not make payroll deduction
repayment; except as may otherwise be permitted under Treasury regulations, any
such back-up procedures will provide for substantially level amortization
payments made quarterly or more frequently. If a Participant defaults on any
payment of interest or principal of a loan hereunder or defaults upon any other
obligation relating to such loan, the Plan Administrator may take (or direct the
Trustee to take) such action or actions as it determines to be necessary to
protect the interest of the Plan. Such actions may include commencing legal
proceedings against the Participant, or foreclosing on any security interest in
the participant's account or other security given in connection with a loan
hereunder. In the event of a default, foreclosure on the Participant's note and
attachment of one or more of the Participant's accounts given as security will
not occur until a distributable event occurs in the Plan. An assignment or
pledge of any portion of the Participant's interest in the Plan and a loan,

                                      134
<PAGE>
pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance contract purchased under the
Plan, will be treated as a loan under this section.

         (g) In the case of any Participant with one or more loans outstanding
hereunder, the amount available for distribution to such Participant (or his or
her Beneficiary) will consist of the Participant's vested account balance(s)
(not including the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest on such
loans), plus the notes representing such loans.

                                      135
<PAGE>
                 ARTICLE 13: MAXIMUM LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS

13.1     SECTION 415 DEFINITIONS: For purposes of this Article 13, the following
         definitions apply:

         (a)      Annual Additions means the sum of the following amounts
                  allocated on behalf of a Participant for a Limitation Year:

                  (1) all Employer Contributions (including compensation
                  reduction amounts under any profit-sharing plan with a
                  qualified compensation reduction feature under Code Section
                  401(k)),

                  (2)      all forfeitures,

                  (3)      all After-Tax Savings Contributions. For this
                           purpose, any Excess Amount applied under Section 13.7
                           to reduce Employer Contributions will be considered
                           Annual Additions for such limitation year;

                  (4)      Amounts allocated after March 31, 1984, to an
                           individual medical account (as defined in Code
                           Section 415(1)(2)) which is part of a pension or
                           annuity plan maintained by the Employer are treated
                           as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan.
                           Also, amounts derived from contributions paid or
                           accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years
                           ending after such date which are attributable to
                           post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the
                           separate account of a Key Employee (as defined in
                           Code Section 419A(d)(3) under a welfare benefit fund
                           (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the
                           Employer, are treated as Annual Additions to a
                           defined contribution plan; and

                  (5)      allocations under a simplified employee pension.

         (b)      Compensation. As elected by the Employer in the Adoption
                  Agreement,

Compensation shall mean all of the Participant's Compensation as defined below:

                                      136
<PAGE>
                  (1) Information required to be reported under sections 6041,
         6051, and 6052 of the Code. (Wages, Tips and Other Compensation as
         reported on Form W-2) Compensation is defined as wages as defined in
         section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an employee
         by the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or business) for
         which the Employer is required to furnish an Employee a statement under
         sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052 of the Code. Compensation must be
         determined without regard to any rules under section 3401(a) that limit
         the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of
         the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for
         agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2)).

                  (2) Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as wages
         within the meaning of section 3401(a) for the purposes of income tax
         withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules
         that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or
         location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
         exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2)).

                  (3) 415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as
         wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts
         received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash)
         for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment
         with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts
         are includable in gross income (including, but not limited to,
         commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a
         percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips,
         bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements, or other expense
         allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in Reg. Sec.
         1.62-2(c))), and excluding the following:

                                      137
<PAGE>
                  (A) employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation
         which are not includible in the employee's gross income for the taxable
         year in which contributed, or employer contributions under a simplified
         employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are deductible
         by the employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred
         compensation;

                  (B) amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified
         stock option or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
         employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to
         a substantial risk of forfeiture;

                  (C) amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
         disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

                  (D) other amounts which received special tax benefits or
         contributions made by the employer (whether or not under a salary
         reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described in
         Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the amounts are actually
         excludable from the gross income of the employee).

                  (4) For any self-employed individual Compensation will mean
         earned income.

                  (5) For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1991,
         for purposes of applying the limitations of this article, Compensation
         for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid or includible
         in gross income during such year.

                  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Compensation for a
         Participant who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in
         Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) is the Compensation such Participant
         would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been
         paid at the rate of Compensation paid immediately before becoming
         permanently and totally disabled; for limitation years beginning before
         January 1, 1997

                                      138
<PAGE>
         but not for limitation years beginning after December 31, 1996, such
         imputed compensation for the disabled Participant may be taken into
         account only if the Participant is not a Highly Compensated Employee
         (as defined in Section 5.8 of the Plan) and contributions made on
         behalf of such Participant are nonforfeitable when made.

                  (6) For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997,
         for purposes of applying the limitations of this article, Compensation
         paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall include any
         elective deferral (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)), and any
         amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election
         of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the
         Employee by reason of Section 125 or 457 of the Code. For Limitation
         Years beginning after December 31, 2000 (unless an earlier Limitation
         Year (but in no event earlier than the Limitation Year beginning after
         December 31, 1997) is elected in the Adoption Agreement), for purposes
         of applying the limitations of this article, Compensation paid or made
         available during such Limitation Years shall include elective amounts
         that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason
         of Section 132(f)(4) of the Code.

         (c) Employer means the Employer that adopts this plan and all members
of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code
as modified by Section 415(h)), all trades or businesses (whether or not
incorporated) which are under common control as defined in Section 414(c) of the
Code as modified by Section 415(h)), all affiliated service groups (as defined
in Section 414(m) of the Code) of which the adopting Employer is a part, and all
entities aggregated with the Employer under Code Section 414(o).

                                      139
<PAGE>
         (d) Defined Benefit Fraction for any Limitation Year prior to January
1, 2000, means a fraction:

                  (1) whose numerator is the sum of the Participant's Projected
         Annual Benefits under all the defined benefit plans (whether or not
         terminated) maintained by the Employer, and

                  (2) whose denominator of which is the lesser of 125 percent of
         the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year under sections
         415(b) and (d) of the Code or 140 percent of the highest average
         compensation, including any adjustments under section 415(b) of the
         Code. Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a Participant
         as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after
         December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by
         the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of
         this fraction will not be less than 125 percent of the sum of the
         annual benefits under such plans which the Participant had accrued as
         of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1,
         1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the plan
         after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined
         benefit plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the
         requirements of section 415 for all Limitation Years beginning before
         January 1, 1987.

         (e) Defined Contribution Fraction for any Limitation Year prior to
January 1, 2000, means a fraction:

                  (i) whose numerator is the sum of the Annual Additions to the
         Participant's account under all the defined contribution plans (whether
         or not terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all
         prior Limitation Years (including the Annual

                                      140
<PAGE>
         Additions attributable to the Participant's nondeductible employee
         contributions to all defined benefit plans, whether or not terminated,
         maintained by the Employer and the Annual Additions attributable to all
         welfare benefit funds (as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code),
         individual medical accounts as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code
         and simplified employee pensions as defined in section 408(k) of the
         Code, and

                  (ii) whose denominator is the sum of the maximum aggregate
         amounts for the current and all prior Limitation Years of service with
         the Employer (regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was
         maintained by the Employer). The maximum aggregate amount in any
         limitation year is the lesser of (A) 1.25 multiplied by the dollar
         limitation determined under sections 415(b) and (d) of the Code, or (B)
         35% of the Participant's Compensation for such year.

                  If the Employee was a Participant as of the end of the first
         day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in
         one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which
         were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of the Defined
         Contribution Fraction will be adjusted if the sum of the Defined
         Contribution Fraction and the Defined Benefit Fraction would otherwise
         exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment an amount
         equal to the product of (i) the excess of the sum of the fractions over
         1.0 times (ii) the denominator of the Defined Contribution Fraction
         will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of the Defined
         Contribution Fraction. The adjustment is calculated using the fractions
         as they would be computed as of the end of the last Limitation Year
         beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in the
         terms and conditions of the plan made after May 5, 1986, but using the
         section 415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year
         beginning on

                                      141
<PAGE>
         or after January 1, 1987. The Annual Addition for any Limitation Year
         beginning before January 1, 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat all
         After-Tax Savings Contributions as Annual Additions.

         (f) Excess Amount means the excess of the Participant's Annual
         Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

         (g) Highest Average Compensation means the average Compensation for the
         three consecutive years of plan service with the Employer that produce
         the highest average.

         (h) Limitation Year means the Plan Year unless another period is
         elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. All qualified
         prototype plans of the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If
         the Limitation Year is amended to a different period, the new
         Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in
         which the amendment is made (or any other period adopted for all plans
         of the Employer pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Employer).

         (i) Master or Prototype Plan means a plan the form of which is the
         subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue
         Service.

         (j) Maximum Permissible Amount. The maximum Annual Addition that may be
         contributed or allocated to a Participant's account under the Plan for
         any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Defined
         Contribution Dollar Limitation or (ii) 25 percent of the Participant's
         Compensation for the Limitation Year. The Compensation limitation
         referred to in (ii) shall not apply to any contribution for medical
         benefits (within the meaning of section 401(h) or section 419A(f)(2) of
         the Code) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under
         section 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2) of the

                                      142
<PAGE>
         Code. If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment
         changing the Limitation Year to a different 12 consecutive month
         period, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the short Limitation Year
         will not exceed the amount set forth in clause (i) of the preceding
         sentence multiplied by a fraction whose numerator is the number of
         months in the short Limitation Year and whose denominator is 12.

                  (k) Projected Annual Benefit means, for Limitation Years
         beginning before January 1, 2000, the annual retirement benefit
         (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such
         benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight life annuity or
         Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to which the Participant would be
         entitled under the terms of the Plan assuming his or her employment
         continues until Normal Retirement Age under the Plan (or current age,
         if later), and his or her Compensation for the current Limitation Year
         and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the
         Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years.

                  (l) Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation means $30,000 as
         adjusted under Code Section 415(d).

13.2 NO PARTICIPATION IN OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS: If the Participant does not
participate in, and has never participated in another qualified plan or a
welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by the
Employer, an individual medical account, as defined in section 415(1)(2) of the
Code, or a simplified employee pension, as defined in section 408(k) of the
Code, maintained by the Employer, which provides an Annual Addition as defined
in section 13.1(a), the amount of Annual Additions which may be allocated under
this Plan on a Participant's behalf for a Limitation Year may not exceed the
lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in
this Plan. If the Employer Contribution that would

                                      143
<PAGE>
otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's account would cause
the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible
Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced under Section 13.7
so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum
Permissible Amount.

13.3 PARTICIPATION IN OTHER QUALIFIED MASTER OR PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION
PLANS: If, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under any other
qualified Master or Prototype defined contribution plan maintained by the
Employer, a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) or a
simplified employee pension, as defined in section 408(k) of the Code,
maintained by the Employer or an individual medical account as defined in Code
Section 415(l)(2), maintained by the Employer which provides an Annual Addition
as defined in Section 13.1 during any Limitation Year, the amount of Annual
Additions which may be credited under this Plan on a Participant's behalf for a
Limitation Year may not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, reduced by the
sum of any Annual Additions allocated to the Participant's accounts for the same
Limitation Year under such other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit
funds. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under other
defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds maintained by the Employer
are less that the Maximum Permissible Amount and the Employer contribution that
would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's account under
this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed
this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the
Annual Additions under all such Plans and funds for the Limitation Year will
equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to
the Participant under such other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit
funds in the aggregate

                                      144
<PAGE>
are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be
contributed or allocated to the Participant's account under this Plan for the
Limitation Year.

13.4 PARTICIPATION IN ANOTHER QUALIFIED PLAN, OTHER THAN MASTER OR PROTOTYPE
PLANS: If the Participant is covered by another plan which is a qualified
defined contribution plan other than a Master or Prototype Plan, Annual
Additions allocated under this Plan on behalf of any Participant will be limited
in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.3 through 13.6, as though the
other plan were a Master or Prototype Plan, unless the Employer provides other
limitations in the Adoption Agreement.

13.5 ESTIMATED LIMITATION: Before determining a Participant's actual
Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum
Permissible Amount on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant's
annual Compensation for such Limitation Year uniformly determined for all
Participants similarly situated. Any Employer contribution (including allocation
of forfeitures) based on estimated annual Compensation will be reduced by any
Excess Amounts carried over from prior years. As soon as administratively
feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount
for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's
actual Compensation for such Limitation Year.

13.6 APPORTIONMENT BETWEEN PLANS:

         (a) If pursuant to section 13.5 or as a result of the allocation of
forfeitures, a Participant's Annual Additions under this Plan and such other
plans would result in an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount
will be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated, except that
Annual Additions attributable to a simplified employee pension will be deemed to
have been allocated first regardless of the actual allocation date.

                                      145
<PAGE>
         (b) If, in the application of Section 13.3, an Excess Amount was
allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan which coincides
with an allocation date of another plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this
Plan will be the product of:

                  (i) the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, times

                  (ii) the ratio of (A) Annual Additions allocated to the
         Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan, to
         (B) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the
         Limitation Year as of such date under this and all other qualified
         master or prototype defined contribution plans.

         (c) Any Excess Amounts attributed to this Plan will be disposed of as
provided in Section 13.7.

         13.7 EXCESS AMOUNTS: If there is an Excess Amount with respect to a
Participant for a Limitation year, such Excess Amount will be disposed of as
follows:

         (a) Any after tax Savings Contributions (including any earnings thereon
for which no Matching Employer Contributions are made will be returned to the
Participant to the extent that the distribution or return would reduce the
Excess Amounts in the Participant's account.

         (b) If after the application of subsection (a) an Excess Amount still
exists, any Elective Deferrals (including any earnings thereon) for which no
Matching Employer Contributions are made will be returned to the Participant to
the extent that the distribution or return would reduce the Excess Amounts in
the Participant's account.

         (c) If after the application of subsection (b) an Excess Amount still
exists, the Excess Amounts will be equal to the sum of (1), (2) and (3), as
follows: (1) any After Tax Savings Contributions (including any earnings
thereon) with respect to which Employer Matching Contributions are made will be
returned to the Participant, (2) any Elective Deferrals (including

                                      146
<PAGE>
any earnings thereon) with respect to which Employer Matching Contributions are
made will be returned to the Participant and (3) the proportionate amount of
Employer Matching Contributions relating to such After Tax Savings Contributions
and/or Elective Deferrals will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The
suspense account will be applied to reduce future employer contributions for all
remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding
Limitation Year if necessary. Any such suspense account will not participate in
the allocation of the Trust's investment gains and losses.

         (d) If after the application of subsection (c) an Excess Amount still
exists, the Excess Amounts attributable to Employer contributions (other than
Matching Contributions) will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The
suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer Contributions
(including allocation of any forfeitures) for all remaining participants in the
next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary. Any such
suspense account will not participate in the allocation of the Trust's
investment gains and losses.

13.8 DEFINED BENEFIT AND DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN: For plan years beginning
before January 1, 2000, if the employer maintains or at any time maintained, a
qualified defined benefit plan (other than a defined benefit plan which is a
paired plan with this plan) covering any Participant in this Plan, the sum of
the Participant's Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan
Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which
may be credited to the Participant's account under this Plan for any Limitation
Year will be limited in accordance with the Adoption Agreement.

                                      147
<PAGE>
                        ARTICLE 14: TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

14.1 APPLICATION OF ARTICLE: If the Plan is or becomes Top-Heavy in any plan
year beginning after December 31, 1983, the provisions of this Article 14 will
supersede any conflicting provision in the Plan or Adoption Agreement (except
provisions added or attached to the Adoption Agreement to coordinate the
Top-heavy minimum contributions or benefits with another plan of the Employer).

14.2 TOP-HEAVY DEFINITIONS:

         (a) Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee (and the
beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time during the Determination Period
was (i) an officer of the Employer, if such individual's Annual Compensation
exceeds 50 percent of the dollar limitation under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A);
(ii) an owner (or considered an owner under Section 318 of the Code) of one of
the ten largest interests in the Employer, if such individual's Annual
Compensation exceeds 100 percent of the dollar limitation under Section
415(c)(1)(A) of the Code; (iii) a 5-Percent Owner of the Employer; or (iv) a 1
percent owner of the Employer who has an Annual Compensation of more than
$150,000. Annual Compensation means Compensation as defined in section C of the
Adoption Agreement, but including amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant
to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the Employee's gross
income under section 125, section 132(f)(4), section 402(e)(3), section
402(h)(1)(B) or section 403(b) of the Code. The Determination Period is the Plan
Year containing the Determination Date and the 4 preceding Plan Years. The
determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Section
416(i)(1) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

         (b) Top-Heavy Plan means this Plan if any of the following conditions
exist for any Plan Year:

                                      148
<PAGE>
                  (i) If the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60% and this
         Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive
         Aggregation Group of plans.

                  (ii) If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of
         plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-Heavy
         Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60%.

                  (iii) If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group
         and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the Top-Heavy
         Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%.

         (c)      Top-Heavy Ratio means the following:

                  (1) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution
         plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer
         has not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year
         period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued
         benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for the Required
         aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a
         fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of
         all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s) (including any part
         of any account balance distributed in the 5-year period ending on the
         Determination Date(s)), and the denominator of which is the sum of all
         account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed
         in the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)), both
         computed in accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the regulations
         thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio
         are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the
         Determination Date but which is required to be taken into account on
         that date under Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

                                      149
<PAGE>
                  (2) If, for Plan Years prior to January 1, 2000, the Employer
         maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any
         simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer maintains or has
         maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 5-year
         period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had any accrued
         benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required Aggregation Group or
         Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the
         numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated
         defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in
         accordance with (1) above, and the Present Value of Accrued Benefits
         under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key
         Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which
         is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined
         contribution plan or plans for all Participants determined in
         accordance with (1) above, and the Present Value of Accrued Benefits
         under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Participants
         as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with
         Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder. The accrued
         benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and
         denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution
         of an accrued benefit made in the 5-year period ending on the
         Determination Date.

                  (3) For purposes of (1) and (2) above the value of account
         balances and the Present Value of Accrued Benefits will be determined
         as of the most recent valuation date that falls within or ends with the
         12 month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in
         Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and
         second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and
         accrued benefits of a Participant who is not a Key Employee but who was
         a Key Employee in a prior year, or

                                      150
<PAGE>
         who has not been employed by any Employer maintaining the Plan at any
         time during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date will be
         disregarded. The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to
         which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account
         will be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations
         thereunder. Qualified voluntary employee contributions will not be
         taken into account for purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio. When
         aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits
         will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall
         within the same calendar year.

                  The accrued benefit of a participant other than a Key Employee
         shall be determined under (A) the method, if any, that uniformly
         applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained
         by the Employer, or (B) if there is no such method, as if such benefit
         accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under
         the fractional rule of section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

         (d) Permissive Aggregation Group means the Required Aggregation Group
of plans plus any other plan of the Employer which, when considered as a group
with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements
of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

         (e) Required Aggregation Group means (1) each qualified plan of the
Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any
time during the Determination Period (regardless of whether the plan has
terminated), and (2) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a
plan described in subsection (1) to meet the requirements of Code Sections
401(a)(4) or 410.

                                      151
<PAGE>
         (f) Determination date for any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan
Year means the last day of the preceding Plan Year, and for the first plan year
of the plan, the last day of that year.

         (g) Valuation Date is the date as of which account balances or accrued
benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio. The
valuation date is the Determination Date.

         (h) Present Value of benefits for purposes of computing the Top-Heavy
Ratio will be discounted only for mortality and interest. Unless adopted
otherwise, the following factors will apply: five percent interest and the
UP-1984 mortality table.

14.3 MINIMUM ALLOCATION:

         (a) Except as otherwise provided in (b) and (c) below, the Employer
contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any Participant who is not
a Key Employee shall not be less than the lesser of (i) 3% of such Participant's
compensation, or (ii) in the case where the Employer has no defined benefit plan
which designates this plan to satisfy Section 401 of the Code, the largest
percentage of Employer contributions and forfeitures, as a percentage of the Key
Employee's Compensation, as limited by section 401(a)(17) of the Code, allocated
on behalf of any Key Employee for that year. The minimum allocation is
determined without regard to any social security contribution. This minimum
allocation shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions, the
Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation or would
have received a lesser allocation for the year because of the Participant's
failure to complete any required amount of service (or any equivalent provided
in the Plan), the Participant's failure to make mandatory employee contributions
to the Plan or Compensation less than a stated amount. However, this section
does not apply to any Participant who was not employed by the Employer

                                      152
<PAGE>
on the last day of the Plan Year. Neither Elective Deferrals nor Matching
Contributions may be taken into account for the purpose of satisfying the
minimum top-heavy contribution requirement.

         (b) For purposes of computing the minimum allocation, Compensation will
mean Compensation as defined in Section 13.1(b), as limited by section
401(a)(17) of the Code. Compensation for this purpose will include any
compensation to a Participant during a Plan Year before he or she became a
Participant or after he or she ceased to be a Participant.

         (c) The minimum allocation required (to the extent required to be
nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b) may not be forfeited under Code Section
411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

14.4     APPORTIONMENT OF MINIMUM BENEFITS BETWEEN MULTIPLE PLANS:

         (a) To prevent duplication of the minimum allocation required under
Section 14.3(a) above, if any Participant in this Plan is covered under any
other defined contribution plan or plans of the Employer (whether or not such
plans are paired plans), the required minimum allocation will be satisfied first
from the money purchase plan, if any, and the minimum required allocation from
the profit-sharing plan (or plans) will be reduced by the minimum allocation
provided under the money purchase plan.

         (b) For Plan Years prior to January 1, 2000, the provisions in Section
14.3(a) will not apply to any Participant to the extent the Participant is
covered under a defined benefit plan (or plans) of the Employer and the Employer
has provided in the Adoption Agreement that the minimum allocation or benefit
requirement applicable to top-heavy plans will be met in the other plan or
plans.

                                      153
<PAGE>
14.5 MINIMUM VESTING SCHEDULE: For any Plan Year in which this plan is
Top-Heavy, one of the top-heavy vesting schedules elected by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement will automatically apply to the Plan. The Top-Heavy vesting
schedule applies to all accrued benefits within the meaning of Section 411(a)(7)
of the Code except those attributable to 401(k) Savings Contributions or
After-Tax Savings Contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective
date of Code Section 416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became Top-Heavy.
Further, no decrease in a Participant's nonforfeitable percentage may occur in
the event the Plan's status as Top-Heavy changes for any plan year. However,
this section does not apply to the account balances of any Employee who does not
have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become Top-Heavy and such
Employee's account balance attributable to Employer contributions and
forfeitures will be determined without regard to this section.

14.6 TOP HEAVY ADJUSTMENTS IN SECTION 415 FRACTIONS: For Plan Years prior to
January 1, 2000, if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year, the
denominators of the Defined Benefit Fraction and the Defined Contribution
Fraction will be determined for a Plan Year by substituting "1.0" for "1.25"
each time it appears in Section 13.1, unless the Employer provides in the
Adoption Agreement for the additional top heavy minimum benefit requirements of
Code Section 416(h) and provided further that this Plan is not Super Top-Heavy.
This Plan is Super Top-Heavy in any Plan Year if it would be Top-Heavy under
Section 14.2(b) by substituting 90% for 60% wherever 60% appears.

                                      154
<PAGE>
14.7     ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS FOR PAIRED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION AND DEFINED
         BENEFIT PLANS:

         (a) For Plan Years prior to January 1, 2000, this section is applicable
if the Employer has adopted Paired Plans of the Sponsor which include a defined
benefit plan and one or more defined contribution plans.

         (b) (i) This subsection (b) will apply in any plan year for which the
         Plan is Top-Heavy but not Super Top-Heavy unless in the Adoption
         Agreement for the Employer's paired defined benefit plan, the Employer
         has elected to apply the defined benefit fraction and the defined
         contribution fraction in all plan years by substituting "1.0" for
         "1.25" in each place it appears in Section 13.1.

                  (ii) The defined contribution plan employer contributions and
         forfeitures allocated on behalf of any participant who is not a key
         employee will not be less than the amount provided in (A) below unless
         in the adoption agreement for the employer's paired defined benefit
         plan the employer elects to provide the top-heavy minimum accrued
         benefit in such defined benefit plan and to have (B) below apply in
         this plan:

                           (A) For each non-key employee who is not a
                  participant in paired defined benefit plan, 4% of his
                  compensation; or for each non-key employee who is also a
                  participant in the paired defined benefit plan, 7-1/2% of his
                  compensation.

                           (B) For each non-key employee who is not a
                  participant in the paired defined benefit plan, 4% of his
                  compensation; or for each plan, no minimum contribution
                  (because he will receive the 3% minimum accrued benefit under
                  the paired defined benefit plan).

                                      155
<PAGE>
         (c) (i) This subsection (c) will apply in any plan year in which the
         plan is super top-heavy or in all plan years if in the adoption
         agreement for the employer's paired defined benefit plan, the employer
         has elected to apply the defined benefit fraction and the defined
         contribution fraction in all plan years by substituting "1.0" for
         "1.25" in each place it appears in Section 13.1.

                  (ii) The defined contribution plan employer contributions and
         forfeiture allocated on behalf of any participant who is not a key
         employee will not be less than the amount provided in (A) below unless
         in the adoption agreement for the employer's paired defined benefit
         plan the Employer elects to provide the top-heavy minimum accrued
         benefit in such defined benefit plan and to have (B) below apply in
         this Plan:

                                    (A) For each Non-Key Employee who is not a
                  Participant in the paired de-fined benefit plan, 3% of his or
                  her Compensation; or for each Non-Key Employee who is also a
                  Participant in the Paired Defined Benefit Plan, 5% of his or
                  her Compensation.

                                    (B) For each Non-Key Employee who is not a
                  participant in the paired defined benefit plan, 3% of his or
                  her Compensation; or for each Non-Key Employee who is also a
                  participant in the paired defined benefit plan, no minimum
                  contribution (because he or she will receive the 2% minimum
                  accrued benefit under the paired defined benefit plan).

                  (d) Provisions similar to Sections 14.3(b) and (c) and 14.4(a)
         will apply to minimum allocations under this section.

                                      156
<PAGE>
                      ARTICLE 15: ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENTS

15.1     SEPARATE ACCOUNTS:

         (a) The Plan Administrator shall create and maintain separate accounts
for each Participant's 401(k) Savings Contributions, After-Tax Savings
Contributions, Employer Contributions, Matching Employer Contributions, and
rollover contributions (and any qualified voluntary employee contributions); a
Participant's rollover account may contain subaccounts as provided in Section
7.1(a)(ii). Earnings will be credited to such accounts (and subaccounts) in
accordance with the provisions of this article. Such accounts will be primarily
for accounting purposes and will not restrict the operation of the Trust or
require separate earmarked investments for any account; however, specific
investments may be earmarked to Participants' accounts if a permitted investment
medium under Section 15.2 so provides.

         (b) The Plan Administrator may itself maintain records of Participants'
accounts or the Plan Administrator may arrange for such records to be maintained
by an outside service provider (which may be the Sponsor or Trustee or a
contractor of the Sponsor or Trustee). If the Plan Administrator arranges with a
service provider to maintain records of Participants' accounts, the Plan
Administrator will provide such information as is necessary for the service
provider to maintain such accounts as required herein.

15.2     INVESTMENT MEDIA; PARTICIPANT INVESTMENT DIRECTIONS:

         (a) Metropolitan Life Insurance Company may impose requirements
concerning the investment media or vehicles in which contributions to the
Employer's plan must be invested, and the Employer agrees to observe such
requirements as a condition of participating in this Prototype Plan.

                                      157
<PAGE>
         (b) Subject to any requirements imposed under subsection (a) above,
permissible investment media may include, but are not limited to, contracts
issued by an insurance company (including such contracts providing for
investments in a separate account maintained by the insurance company),
segregated accounts invested in one or more of savings or notice accounts,
deposits in or certificates issued by a bank, insurance or annuity contracts,
assets specified by the participant (Section 15.4), or shares of one or more
investment companies or mutual funds (Section 15.6). In addition, the Plan may
invest in qualifying employer securities as permitted under ERISA Section
407(d)(3).

         (c) Unless the Adoption Agreement otherwise provides, the Participant
shall have the sole discretion to direct the investment of After-Tax Savings
Contributions and/or Rollover Contributions and the Employer shall have the sole
discretion to direct the investment of the Employer's contributions to a money
purchase plan among the permissible investment media. Unless the Adoption
Agreement otherwise provides, Participants shall have the sole discretion to
direct the investment of all contributions to a profit-sharing plan or 401(k)
plan among the permissible investment media.

         (d) Subject to the Sponsor's requirements under subsection (a) above,
the Employer will determine the investment of any account over which the
Participant does not exercise investment control under subsection (c) above. In
making such investment determinations, the Employer will establish investment
policies or rules of general application which do not discriminate among
Participants.

         (e) This subsection will apply where Participants' accounts under the
Employer's Plan are commingled for investment purposes (in contrast to
segregated accounts whose valuation is governed by Section 15.4). In such a
case, the assets of the Plan (or each separate investment

                                      158
<PAGE>
fund thereunder consisting of investments in a particular investment vehicle)
will be valued at their fair market value as of each Valuation Date. As of each
Valuation Date, the investment earnings and gains or losses in asset value since
the preceding Valuation Date will be allocated to Participants' accounts in the
Plan (or in each separate investment fund) in proportion to the balance in each
such account as a fraction of the aggregate account balances as of the preceding
Valuation Date. The last business day of the Plan Year is a Valuation Date; the
Sponsor or Employer may designate other Valuation Dates. To the extent that the
assets of the Plan are valued on a daily basis, such valuation will be conducted
in a manner similar to that described in Section 15.4(a). To the extent that the
assets of the Plan are valued on a daily basis, such valuation generally will be
determined as of the close of each business day. However, such valuation may be
determined up to five business days in certain circumstances, including, but not
limited to, heavy volume market trading and temporary telephone or computer
technical difficulties.

15.3     RULES FOR EXERCISE OF INVESTMENT OPTIONS: Any designation of
         investments by Participants will be subject to nondiscriminatory
         general rules established by the Plan Administrator or the [NAME OF
         SPONSOR]; such rules may include:

         (a) restrictions on the minimum amount or percentage of any
contribution which may be placed in any particular investment medium;

         (b) restrictions on the use of different amounts or percentages for
different types of contributions;

         (c) minimums or maximums (or both) on the amount which may be invested
or transferred to or from any particular investment medium; and

                                      159
<PAGE>
         (d) restrictions on the time and frequency of designations, changes in
designations and transfers from one investment medium to another including the
required advance notice. These rules may differ for different types of
contributions. The effective date of any change in a participant's election
respecting allocation of contributions among investment options or any transfer
from one option to another must coincide with a Valuation Date for each option.

15.4     SEGREGATED ACCOUNTS:

         (a) The provisions of this section will apply to the extent that the
Sponsor or Employer designates Segregated Accounts as permitted investment
media. A Segregated Account is one in which all or a portion of one or more of a
Participant's accounts are invested in individual investments which are not
commingled with investments for other Participants' accounts. Examples of
investments for Segregated Accounts include, but are not limited to, interest
bearing savings or notice accounts or certificates or other savings instruments
maintained or issued by a bank or other thrift institution, life insurance or
annuity contracts issued by a life insurance company authorized to issue such
contracts in the state, or self-directed investment accounts. Earnings and
investment gains and losses of assets held in a Segregated Account and dividends
or credits earned on insurance contracts will be credited solely to such
account.

         (b) Where the Employer designates self-directed accounts as a
permissible investment medium, the Participant will be subject to such
administrative rules and restrictions on permissible investments as the Sponsor
may impose. However, such rules and restrictions will not conflict with the
terms of this Plan.

         (c) The last business day of the Plan Year is a Valuation Date for
Segregated Accounts. The Sponsor or Employer may designate other Valuation
Dates. The Trustee will determine the fair market value of the Plan's Segregated
Accounts as of each Valuation Date and

                                      160
<PAGE>
will report such value of the Plan Administrator. Each Participant with a
self-directed account will arrange for a statement of the value of the assets
therein as of each Valuation Date and will provide such statement to the
Trustee; the Trustee may rely upon such statement in making the valuations
referred to in the preceding sentence.

15.5 LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS: Where the permits and the Employer designates
life insurance contracts as permissible investment media, such contracts will be
treated as segregated investments held in a Segregated Account under Section
15.4, and the following restrictions and rules will apply:

         (a) Ownership of Contract. The trustee, if the Plan is trusteed, or
custodian, if the Plan has a custodial account, shall apply for and will be the
owner of any insurance contract purchased under the terms of this Plan. The
insurance contract(s) must provide that proceeds will be payable to the trustee
(or custodian, if applicable), however, the trustee (or custodian) shall be
required to pay over all proceeds of the contract(s) to the participant's
beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions of this plan. A
participant's spouse will be the designated beneficiary of the proceeds in all
circumstances unless a qualified election has been made in accordance with
section 9.5, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, if applicable. Under no
circumstances will the trust (or custodial account) retain any part of the
proceeds. Any dividends or credits earned on life insurance contracts will be
allocated to the account of the participant derived from employer contributions
in which the contract is held.

         (b) Limits on Amounts. Except to the extent that premiums on life
insurance contracts are paid from (1) a participant's after-tax savings
contribution account, (2) earnings on contributions held under the plan, (3) in
the event that the plan is a profit sharing plan, the amount attributable to
employer contributions which have been on deposit in the plan for at least

                                      161
<PAGE>
two years, or (4) in the event that the plan is a profit sharing plan, employer
contributions with respect to a participant who has participated in the plan for
at least 5 years, employer contributions used to pay premiums on life insurance
will be subject to the following limitations:

                  (1) Ordinary life - For purposes of this subsection, ordinary
life insurance contracts are contracts with both nondecreasing death benefits
and nonincreasing premiums. If such contracts are purchased, less than 1/2 of
the aggregate Employer contributions allocated to the Participant will be used
to pay the premiums attributable to them.

                  (2) Term and universal life - no more than 1/4 of the
aggregate Employer contributions allocated to the Participant will be used to
pay the premiums on term life insurance contracts, universal life insurance
contracts, and all other life insurance contracts which are not ordinary life.

                  (3) Combination. The sum of 1/2 of the ordinary life insurance
premiums and all other life insurance premiums will not exceed 1/4 of the
aggregate Employer contributions allocated to the Participant.

         (c) Distributions. Upon commencement of benefits, life insurance
contracts on a Participant's life will be converted to cash or an annuity and
distributed to the Participant, subject to the Plan's provisions on
distributions.

         (d) Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this
Plan and the terms of any insurance contract hereunder, the Plan provisions will
control.

         (e) Transaction with Participant. The purchase and sale of policies
between a Participant and the Trustee will be permitted in conformance with the
applicable class exemption from prohibited transactions issued by the Department
of Labor.

                                      162
<PAGE>
15.6     MUTUAL FUND SHARES:

         (a) The provisions of this section will apply to the extent that the
Sponsor or Employer designates share of one or more investment companies or
mutual funds as permitted investment media.

         (b) The Trustee will as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of
         a contribution invest such contribution in shares and fractional shares
         of such mutual funds in accordance with the investment instructions
         applicable to such contribution.

         (c) Upon receipt of instructions to transfer an amount invested in one
mutual fund to another mutual fund, the Trustee will as soon as reasonably
practicable thereafter redeem sufficient shares of one mutual fund and purchase
shares of the other mutual fund in order to carry out such instructions; such
transfer may be carried out by exchange or shares if permitted by the mutual
funds involved.

         (d) Upon receipt of instructions to redeem shares, the Trustee will
redeem shares in one or more mutual funds as instructed in order to make a cash
disbursement, whether a plan distribution or withdrawal, loan, payment of
expenses or otherwise.

         (e) The Trustee will reinvest all dividends and capital gains or other
distributions received on shares of a mutual fund in additional shares of such
fund; where permitted such investment will be carried out by the Trustee's
electing to receive such dividends and distributions in the form of additional
shares.

         (f) All mutual fund shares purchased, received, redeemed or exchanged
by the Trustee under the foregoing subsections of this section will be credited
to or debited from the appropriate account as directed by the Plan
Administrator. All such transactions will be effected at the current public
offering price or net asset value of the mutual fund shares or as otherwise
described in the then current prospectus pertaining to such mutual fund.

                                      163
<PAGE>
         (g) Investment income and gains or losses in value of each mutual fund
in which Participants' accounts are invested will automatically and continuously
be credited or debited as a function of the net asset value of the shares of
such fund and the reinvestment of dividends and other distributions in
additional shares of such fund. Accordingly, to the extent that the assets of
the Employer's plan are invested in shares of such mutual funds, each business
day will be a Valuation Date.

         With respect to mutual funds which are not open end funds, the last
business day of the Plan Year is a Valuation Date. The Employer may designate
other Valuation Dates with the consent of the Trustee. The Trustee will
determine the fair market value of the shares of such mutual funds as of each
Valuation Date and will report such value to the Plan Administrator.

         (h) The Trustee will deliver to the Plan Administrator any notices of
shareholder meetings, proxy and proxy-soliciting materials, prospectuses and
annual or other reports to shareholders received by the Trustee relating to
shares of a mutual fund held in the trust fund. The Plan Administrator will
exercise voting rights with respect to the shares, unless the Plan Administrator
has elected to pass voting rights through to Participants, in which case the
Plan Administrator will deliver such items to each Participant whose account is
invested in such shares. Within the time limit imposed by the Trustee or the
Plan Administrator, each Participant may indicate how the shares credited to his
or her accounts are to be voted. The Plan Administrator will deliver such
instructions to the Trustee who will vote the shares in the manner indicated.

         Alternatively, arrangements may be made whereby the mutual fund or
investment company sends any such materials directly to the Participant and the
Participant sends voting instructions directly to the mutual fund or investment
company.

                                      164
<PAGE>
15.7     QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES:

         (a)      Application. The provisions of this section will apply to the
                  extent that the Sponsor or Employer designates Qualified
                  Employer Securities (as defined in Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA)
                  as permitted investment media.

         (b)      Limitations on Investment in Qualifying Employer Securities.
                  The Plan's investment in Qualifying Employer Securities shall
                  be subject to the following limitations:

                  (1) In the case of a money purchase plan, the aggregate fair
         market value of the Plan's investment in Qualifying Employer Securities
         shall not exceed 10% of the fair market value of the assets of the
         Plan. Immediately after the acquisition of Qualifying Employer
         Securities, no more than 25% of the aggregate amount of stock of the
         same class issued and outstanding at the time of the acquisition may be
         held by the Plan, and at least 50% of the aggregate amount of stock of
         the same class issued and outstanding at the time of the acquisition
         must be held by persons independent of the issuer.

                  (2) In the case of a 401(k) plan, to the extent that 401(k)
         Savings Contributions and the earnings thereon are required to be
         invested in Qualifying Employer Securities pursuant to the terms of the
         Plan or at the direction of a person other than the Participant or his
         or her Beneficiary, then the aggregate fair market value of the Plan's
         investment in Qualifying Employer Securities shall not exceed 10% of
         the fair market value of the assets of the Plan. Immediately after the
         acquisition of Qualifying Employer Securities, no more than 25% of the
         aggregate amount of stock of the same class issued and outstanding at
         the time of the acquisition may be held by the Plan, and at least 50%
         of the aggregate amount of stock of the same class issued and
         outstanding at the time of the acquisition must be held by persons
         independent of the issuer. This

                                      165
<PAGE>
         Paragraph (2) shall not apply if (i) on the last day of the preceding
         Plan Year, the fair market value of all defined contribution plans
         maintained by the Employer equals not more than 10% of the fair market
         value of the assets of all pension plans (as defined in ERISA Section
         3(2)) other than multiemployer plans maintained by the Employer; or
         (ii) if pursuant to the terms of this Plan, the portion of the 401(k)
         Savings Contributions which is required to be invested in Qualifying
         Employer Securities for any Plan Year may not exceed 1% of the
         Participant's Plan Compensation which is taken into account in
         determining the maximum amount of the Participant's 401(k) Savings
         Contributions for such Plan Year

                  (3) Except as provided in Paragraph (2), unless the terms of
         the Plan impose a limitation on the acquisition of Qualifying Employer
         Securities, there shall be no limitation on the acquisition or
         retention of Qualifying Employer Securities by a 401(k) or profit
         sharing plan, subject to the fiduciary responsibility requirements of
         ERISA.

         (c) Proxy and Voting of Qualifying Employer Securities. The Trustee
will deliver to the Plan Administrator any notices of shareholder meetings,
proxy and proxy-soliciting materials, prospectuses and annual or other reports
to shareholders received by the Trustee relating to Qualifying Employer
Securities held by the Trust. The Plan Administrator will exercise voting rights
with respect to the shares, unless the Plan Administrator has elected to pass
voting rights through to Participants, in which case the Plan Administrator will
deliver such items to each Participant and Beneficiary may direct the Trustee in
writing, or in any other manner permissible under the Trust Agreement, as to the
manner in which the shares of such Qualifying Employer Securities allocated to
his or her account are to be voted. The Trustee will vote such allocated shares
of Qualifying Employer Securities in accordance with the timely written
instructions (or,

                                      166
<PAGE>
if the Trust Agreement so provides, the timely electronic or other instructions)
of such Participants and Beneficiaries, except to the extent that the Trustee
has determined that following such instructions would result in a violation of
the terms of the Plan, the Adoption Agreement or ERISA. With respect to
allocated shares of Qualifying Employer Securities for which the Trustee or its
Agent has not received timely written or other permissible voting instructions,
and with respect to shares of Qualifying Employer Securities that have not been
allocated to the accounts of Participants and Beneficiaries, if any, the Trustee
shall vote all such shares in the same proportion as the allocated shares for
which proper voting instructions are received are voted, or as provided in the
Adoption Agreement, all in accordance with the applicable provisions of ERISA.
The foregoing rules shall be subject to any applicable provisions of the Trust
Agreement.

         (d) Tender or Exchange Offer. In the event of a tender or exchange
offer for any Qualifying Employer Securities held by the Trust, the Trustee will
deliver to the Plan Administrator any tender or exchange offer materials
received by the Trustee. The Plan Administrator will determine whether to tender
or exchange shares of Qualifying Employer Securities with respect to such tender
or exchange offer, unless the Plan Administrator has elected to pass the
decision whether to tender or exchange shares through to Participants, in which
case the Plan Administrator will deliver such items to each Participant whose
account is invested in such shares. Within the time limit imposed by the Trustee
or the Plan Administrator, if the right to tender or exchange shares is passed
through to Participants, each Participant and Beneficiary may direct the Trustee
in writing, or in any other manner permissible under the Trust Agreement, as to
the number of shares of Qualifying Employer Securities that are allocated to his
or her account that he or she wishes the Trustee to tender or exchange. The
Trustee will follow

                                      167
<PAGE>
the timely written instructions (or, if the Trust Agreement so provides, the
timely electronic or other instructions) of such Participants and Beneficiaries
regarding the tender or exchange of such allocated shares of Qualifying Employer
Securities, except to the extent that the Trustee has determined that following
such instructions would result in a violation of the terms of the Plan, the
Adoption Agreement or ERISA. With respect to allocated shares of Qualifying
Employer Securities for which the Trustee or its Agent has not received timely
written or other permissible tender or exchange instructions, and with respect
to shares of Qualifying Employer Securities that have not been allocated to the
accounts of Participants and Beneficiaries, the Trustee shall tender or exchange
such shares in the same proportion as the allocated shares for which proper
tender or exchange instructions are received are tendered or exchanged, or as
provided in the Adoption Agreement, all in accordance with the applicable
provisions of ERISA. The foregoing rules shall be subject to any applicable
provisions of the Trust Agreement, the corporate law of the state governing the
construction of the terms of the Trust Agreement and the terms of any such
tender or exchange offer.

         15.8 EXPENSES: Any administrative fees and expenses will be paid by the
Trust except to the extent that such fees and expenses are paid by the Employer.
If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to apply forfeitures to
the payment of administrative expenses under the Plan, such fees and expenses
will be paid from the forfeitures under the Plan, if any. Fees or expenses will
be allocated to the accounts of Participants in any administratively reasonable
manner. Approximations may be used whenever it is not feasible to allocate such
expenses on an exact basis. The Employer may reimburse the Trust for any fees
and expenses paid by the Trust. Such reimbursement shall not be deemed to be a
contribution for purposes of Code Sections 404 and 415.

                                      168
<PAGE>
                     ARTICLE 16: ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

16.1 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR: The Employer will be the Plan Administrator for
purposes of ERISA, and any reference in this document or the Adoption Agreement
to the Plan Administrator means the Employer. The Employer may in the Adoption
Agreement designate an individual or a group of individuals acting as a
committee to act of the Employer's behalf in carrying out its duties as Plan
Administrator. Such persons may, but need not, be Plan Participants or
Employees, partners, or officers of the Employer. The Employer will notify the
Trustee of any such appointment. The Employer may remove any such individual or
committee member at any time with or without cause, by filing notice of his or
her removal with the Trustee. Any such individual or committee member may resign
at any time by filing his or her resignation with the Employer and the Trustee.
A vacancy however arising, will be filled by the Employer. If the Employer does
not appoint an individual or committee to act for the Employer, the Employer
will carry out the responsibilities of the Plan Administrator. If the Employer
is a sole proprietorship, in the event of the sole proprietor's death, his or
her executor or administrator will be the Plan Administrator. If the Employer is
a partnership, in the event of the death of all the partners, the executor or
administrator of the last to die will be the Plan Administrator.

16.2 ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN: The Plan Administrator is a named fiduciary of the
Plan and will be the agent for receiving service of legal process on the Plan.
He or she will control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan
and will have all powers and authority necessary or appropriate to carry out its
provisions. He or she will interpret and apply all terms of the Plan to
particular cases or circumstances. He or she will make all final determinations
concerning eligibility and status of Employees, Participants, vested interests,
the right to benefits and all other rights hereunder, and all other matters
concerning Plan Administration and

                                      169
<PAGE>
interpretation. All determinations and actions of the Plan Administrator are
conclusive and binding upon the Employer, Employees, Beneficiaries, and all
other persons, except as otherwise provided herein or by law. The Plan
Administrator will exercise his or her powers in a non-discriminatory manner and
will apply uniform administrative rules of general application to insure that
persons in similar circumstances are treated alike.

In the event of a mistake or misstatement as to the age, eligibility, years of
service or participation of an Employee, or the amount of distribution(s) made
or to be made to a Participant or Beneficiary, including distributions for
hardship, the Plan Administrator or his or her delegate may make such
adjustments (including in the case of overpayments, offsets, recoupment or
reduction in benefit payments) to the extent the Plan Administrator or its
delegate deems possible, and in the Plan Administrator's sole judgment, grant to
such Participant the credits or distributions to which he or she is properly
entitled under the Plan. In the event that this mistake requires that additional
amounts be allocated to a Participant's account, upon notice from the Plan
Administrator, the Employer shall make a supplemental contribution to the Plan.

16.3 REPORTING AND DISCLOSURE: The Plan Administrator will prepare, file,
submit, distribute or make available any documents, plan descriptions, reports,
statements, forms or other information to any government agency, Employee,
former Employee, or Beneficiary as may be required by law or by the Plan.

16.4 RECORDS: The Plan Administrator will record his or her acts and decisions,
and will prepare and maintain all data and records necessary or helpful to the
Plan's administration. The Employer will supply all information required by the
Plan Administrator to administer the Plan, and the Plan Administrator may rely
upon the accuracy of such information.

                                      170
<PAGE>
16.5 COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES: The Plan Administrator will serve without
compensation unless otherwise determined by the Employer, but no Employee of the
Employer will be compensated for his or her service as Plan Administrator. All
reasonable expenses of operating and administering the Plan will be paid by the
Employer or from the assets of the Trust fund, as provided in Section 15.7. Such
expenses include the compensation of all persons employed or retained by the
Plan Administrator (such as attorneys, accountants, actuaries, or other
consultants or specialists), premiums for insurance or bonds protecting the Plan
or Trust and required by law or deemed advisable by the Plan Administrator, and
all other fees, expenses or costs of Plan Administration.

16.6 CLAIMS PROCEDURE: Any request for benefits (the claim) by a Participant or
his or her Beneficiary (the claimant) will be filed with the Plan Administrator.
Within a reasonable period after receipt of a claim, the Plan Administrator will
provide notice to any claimant whose claim has been wholly or party denied,
including:

      (a) the reasons for denial;

      (b) the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

      (c) any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim
and the reasons it is necessary; and

      (d) the plan's claims review procedure.

      A claimant will be given a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator
of the denial of his or her claim if he or she makes a request for review within
sixty (60) days after notification of the denial. The claimant may review
pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments. The Plan Administrator
will render a decision on review promptly and will include specific reasons for
the decision and references to the Plan provisions on which the decision is
based.

                                      171
<PAGE>
16.7 MORE THAN ONE EMPLOYER: If more than one employer has adopted the plan, the
Employer designated in Part A of the Adoption Agreement will be considered the
Employer for purposes of exercising certain powers and administrative duties. In
joining the plan, other employers delegate authority to such Employer to
complete and select options in the Adoption Agreement and to select permissible
investment media under Article 15; to designate the Plan Administrator and any
other fiduciary; to amend or terminate the Plan without a separate instrument
from each joining employer, provided that any such amendment or termination must
apply equally to all adopting employers; to determine the appropriate basis
under which Plan administrative expenses will be shared or to redelegate that
authority to the Plan Administrator; and to take, or redelegate authority to the
Plan Administrator to take, such other action as may be necessary for the
efficient and proper administration of the Plan. Each joining employer will
retain the authority to terminate the Plan for its own Employees. However, any
amendment or termination of the Plan which does not uniformly apply to all
members of a controlled group or affiliated service group or other aggregated
group (within the meaning of Sections 19.9, 19.10 and 19.11 hereof) will cause
any standardized plan to be considered a non-standardized plan so that the
Employers may not rely upon the plan's qualification under Code Section 401(a)
unless they obtain a determination letter to such effect from the Internal
Revenue Service. Any entity shall cease to participate in the plan on the date
on which it ceases to be a member of the same controlled group, affiliated
service group or other aggregated group (within the meaning of Sections 19.9,
19.10 and 19.11, respectively) as the Employer designated in Part A of the
Adoption Agreement.

16.8 CORRECTION OF ADMINISTRATIVE ERRORS. The Plan Administrator shall take such
steps as it considers necessary and appropriate to remedy any inequity that
results from incorrect

                                      172
<PAGE>
information received or communicated in good faith, or as a consequence of
administrative or operational error. Such steps may include, but shall not be
limited to, taking any action required under the employee plans compliance
resolution system of the Internal Revenue Service, any asset management or
fiduciary conduct error correction program available through the Department of
Labor, any similar correction program instituted by the IRS, DOL or other
administrative agency, reallocation of Plan assets, adjustments in amount of
future payments to Participants and Beneficiaries, and institution and
prosecution of actions to recover benefit payments made in error or on the basis
of incorrect or incomplete information.

              ARTICLE 17: AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR MERGER OF PLAN

17.1 AMENDMENT BY SPONSOR: The Sponsor may amend any or all provisions of this
Prototype Plan at any time without obtaining the consent of the Employer, and
the Employer (and each other adopting employer) hereby expressly delegates
authority to amend this Plan to the Sponsor.

17.2 AMENDMENT BY EMPLOYER: Except for (a) changes of design options selected in
the Adoption Agreement, (b) amendments stated in the Adoption Agreement which
allow the Plan to satisfy Section 415 of the Code or to avoid duplication of
minimums under Section 416 of the Code because of the required aggregation of
multiple plans, and (c) adding certain model amendments published by the
Internal Revenue Service which specifically provide that their adoption will not
cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed, if the Employer amends
the Plan or non-elective portions of the Adoption Agreement, for any other
reason, it will no longer participate in this prototype plan, but will be
considered to have an individually designed plan.

                                      173
<PAGE>
17.3 RESTRICTIONS ON AMENDMENTS: No amendment under Section 17.1 or 17.2 will:

      (a) cause or permit any part of the assets of the Trust to be diverted to
purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants and their
Beneficiaries, or cause or permit any portion of such assets to revert to or
become the property of the Employer;

      (b) retroactively deprive any Participant of any benefit to which he or
she was entitled hereunder by reason of contributions made by the Employer or
the Participant before the amendment, unless such amendment is necessary to
conform the Trust or Plan to, or satisfy the conditions of any law, governmental
regulation or ruling or to permit the Plan and Trust to meet the requirements of
Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code;

      (c) decrease a Participant's account balance, except to the extent
permitted under Section 412(c)(8) of the Code. For purposes of this paragraph, a
Plan amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Participant's account
balance, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment
shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit;

      (d) if the vesting schedule of a Plan is amended, for an Employee who is a
Participant as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it
becomes effective, cause the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such
date) of such Employee's right to his or her Employer-derived accrued benefit to
be less than his percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such
amendment; also, in the event of an amendment affecting the vesting schedule of
the Employer's Plan, any Participant with three or more Years of Service will
have his or her vesting determined under the pre-amendment vesting schedule if
this would result in such Participant having a greater vested interest than
under the amended vesting schedule.

      (e) eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit. The preceding
sentence shall not apply to a Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the
ability of a Participant to receive

                                      174
<PAGE>
payment of his or her account balance under a particular optional form of
benefit if the amendment satisfies the conditions in (1) and (2) below:

            (1) The amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is
      otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit eliminated or
      restricted. For purposes of this condition (1), a single-sum distribution
      form is otherwise identical only if it is identical in all respects to the
      eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical
      except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with
      respect to the timing of payments after commencement.

            (2) The amendment is not effective unless the amendment provides
      that the amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an annuity
      starting date earlier than the earlier of: (i) the 90th day after the date
      the Participant receiving the distribution has been furnished a summary
      that reflects the amendment and that satisfies the ERISA requirements at
      29 C.F.R. Section 2520.104-2 relating to a summary of material
      modifications or (ii) the first day of the second Plan Year following the
      Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted.

      (f) increase or otherwise affect the duties, liabilities or rights of the
Trustee unless the Trustee consents thereto.

17.4 TERMINATION OF PLAN: The Employer has established this Plan with the bona
fide expectation and intention that it will continue to make contributions
indefinitely. However, circumstances not now foreseen or beyond the control of
the Employer may make it impossible or inadvisable for the Employer to continue
the Plan. The Employer may, therefore, in its discretion, discontinue
contributions or terminate the Plan completely or partially at any time with
respect to its Employees by delivering to the Trustee a notice of complete or
partial

                                      175
<PAGE>
termination specifying the date of termination of the Plan and in the case of a
partial termination the Participants affected by such partial termination. The
Employer will be deemed to have completely terminated the Plan in the case of
(a) complete discontinuance of contributions or (b) termination of the
Employer's legal existence. The Employer will incur no liability to any person
as a result of any discontinuance of contributions or complete or partial
termination of the Plan. In the event of a termination or partial termination of
the Plan, or in the event of complete discontinuance of contributions under a
profit-sharing plan, the account balance of each affected Employee will be fully
vested and nonforfeitable.

17.5 DISPOSITION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST:

      (a) Upon complete or partial termination of the Plan, the Plan
Administrator will determine subject to the joint and survivor rules of this
plan, whether to direct the Trustee to continue to hold the accounts of
Participants affected by the termination or partial termination, to disburse
them as immediate benefit payments, to purchase immediate or deferred annuity
contracts, or to follow any other procedure he deems advisable. The Trustee will
follow the directions of the Plan Administrator.

      (b) The Trust created hereunder will terminate when all the assets of the
Trust have been distributed.

17.6 MERGER OF PLANS: A merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or
liabilities to, any other plan will be permitted only if the benefit each
Participant would receive if the Plan were terminated immediately after the
merger, consolidation or transfer is not less than the benefit he or she would
have received if the Plan had terminated immediately before the merger,
consolidation or transfer.

                                      176
<PAGE>
             ARTICLE 18: TRANSFERS FROM OR TO OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS

18.1 TRANSFERS FROM ANOTHER PLAN OF THE EMPLOYER:

      (a) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Employer may cause to
be transferred to the Trustee all or any of the assets held (whether by a
trustee, custodian, or otherwise) under any other defined contribution plan
which satisfies the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code and which is
maintained by the Employer for the benefit of any of the Participants hereunder.
If the Trustee is keeping separate accounts for each Participant, any such
assets so transferred will be accompanied by instructions from the Employer or
Plan Administrator naming the Participants for whose benefit such assets have
been transferred and showing separately the respective contributions by the
Employer and by the Participants and the current value of the assets
attributable thereto.

      (b) Upon receipt of any assets transferred to it under subsection (a), the
Trustee may sell any non-cash assets and invest the proceeds and any cash
transferred to it. The Trustee will make appropriate credits to the proper
accounts in accordance with the Employer's or Plan Administrator's instructions.

18.2 TRANSFERS TO OTHER PLANS: Upon the request of the Employer, the Trustee
will transfer an amount designated by the Employer to the Trustee or custodian
of any other qualified plan under which Plan Participants are covered. With the
consent of the Plan Administrator and the plan administrator of the transferee
plan, a Participant described in Section 7.2(a)(1) may make a Distribution
Elective Transfer of his or her account balance under this Plan to the trustee
or custodian of any other qualified plan under which such Participant is or will
become covered as a participant. With the consent of the Plan Administrator and
the plan administrator of the transferee plan, a Participant described in
Section 7.2(a)(2) may make an Elective Plan Transfer

                                      177
<PAGE>
of his or her account balance under this Plan to the trustee or custodian of any
other qualified defined contribution plan of the same type (as described in
Section 7.2(a)(2)(iii).

                            ARTICLE 19: MISCELLANEOUS

19.1 PROHIBITED DIVERSION: Except as provided in Section 19.6, no portion of the
corpus or income of the Trust will be used or diverted to purposes other than
for the exclusive benefit of Participants, former Participants and their
Beneficiaries, and to defray administrative expenses of the Plan and Trust.
However, payment of sales charges, administrative expenses and taxes from the
Trust assets is expressly permitted.

      No contract will be purchased under the Plan unless such contract or a
separate agreement between the Employer and the insurer provides that: (1) no
value under contracts providing benefits under the Plan or credits determined by
the insurer (on account of dividends, earnings, or other experience rating
credits, or surrender or cancellation credits) with respect to such contracts
may be paid or returned to the Employer or diverted to or used for other than
the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries. However, any
contribution made by the Employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned
to the Employer within one year of the contribution. If this Plan is funded by
individual contracts that provide a Participant's benefit under the Plan, such
individual contracts shall constitute the participant's account balance. If this
plan is funded by group contracts, under the group annuity or group insurance
contract, premiums or other consideration received by the insurance company must
be allocated to Participants' accounts under the Plan.

                                      178
<PAGE>
19.2 FAILURE TO ATTAIN OR RETAIN QUALIFICATION: If the employer's plan fails to
attain or retain qualification, such plan will no longer participate in this
prototype plan and will be considered an individually designed plan.

19.3 NONALIENATION:

      (a) In General. Except as provided in subsection (b) and Section 19.4, no
benefit or interest of any participant, former Participant or Beneficiary
hereunder will be subject to assignment or alienation, either voluntary or
involuntary.

      (b) Exceptions. The following shall not be precluded by the operation of
subsection (a) hereof:

            (1) the withholding of income taxes from distributions (whether by
      legal mandate or by election of the prospective distributee;

            (2) the pledge by a borrower from the Plan (and foreclosure on the
      pledged amount by the lender or other holder of the borrower's debt
      obligation) of any portion of his or her interest in the Plan as security
      for the repayment of the amounts borrowed, pursuant to Section 12.5,
      interest payable in respect thereto, and costs and expenses associated
      therewith;

            (3) any arrangement for the recovery by the Plan of overpayments of
      benefits previously made to or for the benefit of the Participant or other
      person with respect to whom such an arrangement applies;

            (4) transfer of any eligible rollover distribution amount from the
      Plan to any other benefit plan qualified under section 401(a) of the Code
      or to an individual retirement arrangement established under section 408
      of the Code;

                                      179
<PAGE>
            (5) direct deposit arrangements with respect to benefits if the
      direct deposits are authorized by such arrangement is to an account of the
      payee (or a joint account of the payee and his or her spouse) at a bank or
      other financial institution;

            (6) any assignment or alienation of benefits in pay status to the
      extent that such assignment or alienation (i) is voluntary and revocable,
      (ii) is not for the purpose of, nor has the effect of, defraying plan
      administration costs; and (iii) does not, when combined with all other
      such assignments in the aggregate, exceed ten percent of any benefit
      payment;

            (7) any assignment to the Employer if (i) such assignment is
      revocable at any time, and (ii) the Employer files with the Plan
      Administrator an acknowledgement meeting the requirements of Treas.
      Reg.Section1.401(a)-13(e)(2) (or a successor regulation of similar
      purpose);

            (8) the enforcement of a federal tax levy made pursuant to section
      6331 of the Code or the collection by the United States on a judgment
      resulting from an unpaid tax assessment; and

            (9) any amount that a Participant is ordered or required to pay to
      the Plan if the order or requirement to pay arises under (A) a judgment or
      conviction for a crime involving the Plan, (B) a civil judgment (including
      a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in
      connection with a violation or alleged violation of Part 4 of Title I of
      ERISA by a fiduciary or any other person, or (C) a settlement agreement
      between the Secretary of Labor and the Participant or a settlement; the
      judgment, order, decree or settlement agreement expressly provides for the
      offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the
      Plan against the Participant's account under

                                      180
<PAGE>
      the Plan and, if applicable, the requirements of Section
      401(a)(13)(C)(iii) of the Code are satisfied.

19.4 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS:

      (a) A qualified domestic relations order (QDRO) is a judgment, decree, or
order which meets the requirements of Code Section 414(p). An Alternate Payee is
an individual named in the QDRO who is to receive some or all of the
participant's benefit.

      (b) Upon receipt of an order which appears to be a QDRO, the Plan
Administrator will notify the Participant involved and each Alternate Payee
under the order (and under any previous QDRO covering the participant's
benefits). The Plan Administrator will determine whether the order is a QDRO and
will notify each affected individual of his or her determination. In general,
the Plan's claims procedure rules under Section 16.6 apply to this determination
and any subsequent determination relating to the order. In applying these rules,
an individual who is or may be an Alternate Payee enjoys the status of a
claimant. However, the Plan Administrator may take any action or delay
contemplated in Code Section 414(p) and the regulations under it, whether or not
contemplated in the Plan's claims procedure rules.

      (c) To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Plan Administrator's
determination that an order is or is not a QDRO is final. Any subsequent change
in this determination is applied only prospectively, unless the Plan
Administrator rules otherwise.

      (d) Certain conflicts between a domestic relations order and the Plan's
provisions will cause the order to fail to be a QDRO. However, once an order is
determined to be a QDRO, the provisions of the QDRO take precedence over any
conflicting provisions of the Plan.

      (e) Except as otherwise provided under the terms of the QDRO, all benefits
under a QDRO will be payable in the form of a single sum commencing as soon as
practicable after the

                                      181
<PAGE>
Plan Administrator determines that a domestic relations order is a QDRO. For
purposes of determining the accounts from which benefits under a QDRO will be
distributed, the Trustee will distribute a pro rata amount from each of the
Participant's Employer Contribution, After-Tax Savings Contribution, 401(k)
Savings Contribution, Matching Contribution, rollover contribution, and all
other accounts maintained on behalf of the Participant, unless the QDRO
otherwise provides. To the extent provided in a QDRO (assuming that the QDRO
does not provide for the form of distribution described in the preceding
sentence), a former spouse will be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse of
a Participant for purposes of the spousal protection and any other relevant
provisions of the Plan.

      (f) A domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985, will be
treated as a QDRO if payment of benefits pursuant to the order has commenced as
of that date. At the Plan Administrator's discretion, it may be treated as a
QDRO if payment of benefits has not commenced as of that date, even though the
order does not satisfy the requirement of Code Section 414(p).

19.5 LIMITATION ON RIGHTS CREATED BY PLAN:

      (a) The adoption and maintenance of the Plan and Trust will not be
construed to give a Participant the right to continue in the employ of the
Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge, lay off or
discipline a Participant at any time, or give the Employer the right to require
any Participant to remain in its employ or to interfere with the Participant's
right to terminate his or her employment.

      (b) The adoption and maintenance of the Plan and Trust, the creation of
any account or the payment of any benefit will not be construed as creating any
legal or equitable right against the Employer or the Trust except as this Plan
specifically provides.

                                      182
<PAGE>
      (c) The Employer, the Trustee, the Plan Administrator and the Sponsor do
not guaranty the payment of benefits hereunder and benefits will be paid only to
the extent of the assets of the trust. It is a condition of participation in the
Plan that each Participant (and his or her Beneficiary or anyone else claiming
through him or her) will look only to the assets of the Trust for the payment of
any benefit to which he or she or his or her Beneficiary or other person is
entitled.

19.6 ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES: The Employer, the Trustee and the Plan
Administrator will each have only those duties and responsibilities specifically
allocated to each of them under the Plan. There will be no joint fiduciary
responsibility between or among fiduciaries unless specifically stated
otherwise. Any person may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity.

19.7 RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS:

      (a) If the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines that the Plan is
not initially qualified under the Code, any contribution made conditionally
subject to such initial qualification will be returned to the Employer if demand
therefor is made within one year after the date initial qualification is denied,
but only if application for a determination concerning the Plan's initial
qualification was made within the time prescribed by law for filing the
Employer's tax return for the taxable year in which the Plan was adopted or
within such longer time as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

      (b) All Employer contributions are conditioned upon their deductibility
under Code Section 404. A contribution which is made because of a mistake of
fact or the deduction of which is disallowed, will be returned to the Employer
within one year thereafter.

                                      183
<PAGE>
      (c) If the Trustee is keeping separate accounts for each Participant,
Participants' accounts will be adjusted in accordance with instructions from the
Plan Administrator to the Trustee to reflect any returns under this Section
19.6.

19.8 CURRENT ADDRESS OF PAYEE: The Plan Administrator shall make reasonable
efforts to locate any Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee to whom
benefits are required to be paid under the terms of the Plan or applicable law.
If, as a result of the exercise of reasonable efforts to locate any such person,
the plan administrator is unable to locate such person, unless otherwise
provided in the Adoption Agreement, the Plan Administrator shall forfeit such
person's benefit, which benefit will be reinstated if a claim is made by the
Participant or Beneficiary.

19.9 CONTROLLED GROUP: All employees of all corporations which are members of a
controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code) and
all employees of all trades or businesses, whether or not incorporated, which
are under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code) will be
treated as employed by a single employer.

19.10 AFFILIATED SERVICE GROUPS: All employees of all members of an affiliated
service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code) will be treated as
employed by a single employer.

19.11 OTHER AGGREGATED GROUPS: Employees of employers which are aggregated in
accordance with regulations under Code Section 414(o) will be treated as
employed by one employer to the extent provided in such regulations.

19.12 LEASED EMPLOYEES: Any Leased Employee shall be treated as an Employee of
the recipient employer. The term "Leased Employee" means any person (other than
an Employee of the recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient
and any other person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the
recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance
with section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full time basis

                                      184
<PAGE>
for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under the
primary direction and control by the recipient employer. Contributions or
benefits provided a Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are
attributable to services performed for the recipient employer shall be treated
as provided by the recipient employer.

      A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient if:
(i) such Employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a
nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation,
as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts contributed
pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the
Employee's gross income under section 125, section 402(e)(3), section
402(h)(1)(B) or section 403(b) of the Code, (2) immediate participation, and (3)
full and immediate vesting; and (ii) Leased Employees do not constitute more
than 20 percent of the recipient's nonhighly compensated workforce.

19.13 APPLICATION OF PLAN'S TERMS:

      (a) If an Employee retired, died or otherwise terminated his or her
service before the effective date of the Employer's Plan, the Employee and his
or her Beneficiaries will receive no benefits and will have no rights under the
Plan.

      (b) If an Employee retires, dies or otherwise terminates his or her
service on or after the effective date of the Employer's Plan, the benefits and
rights of the Employee and his or her Beneficiaries will be determined in
accordance with the terms of the Plan that are in effect on the date of such
termination of service.

      (c) The allocations to a Participant's account for any year of reference
will be determined in accordance with the terms of the Plan that are in effect
for such year.

                                      185
<PAGE>
19.14    RULES OF CONSTRUCTION:

      (a) This Plan is intended to qualify as a profit sharing plan or a pension
plan under Section 401(a) of the Code to be an eligible individual account plan
as defined in Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to comply with all applicable
requirements of both statutes. The terms of the plan will be construed to carry
out this intent.

      (b) A word or phrase defined or explained in any section has the same
meaning throughout the Plan unless the context indicates otherwise.

      (c) Where the context so requires the masculine includes the feminine, the
singular includes the plural, and the plural includes the singular.

      (d) Unless the context indicates otherwise, the words "herein", "hereof",
"hereunder", and words of similar import refer to the Plan as a whole and not
only to the section in which they appear.

      (e) Headings and titles are for convenience only, and the text will
control in all matters.

      (f) Reference to any section of the Code or ERISA includes reference to a
similar provision of a successor statute.

19.15 GOVERNING LAW: To the extent that state law applies, the provisions of the
Plan will be construed enforced and administered according to the laws of the
state where the principal offices of the Trustee are located.

19.16 PAYMENT FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT: In the event that any amount is payable
under the plan to a minor or to any person deemed by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be incompetent, either mentally or physically, such payment
shall be made for the benefit of such minor or incompetent person by payment to
a person who has been designated by a court of competent jurisdiction to receive
such amount.

                                      186

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00047-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00047-of-00352.parquet"}]]